Isn’t it obvious that repeating the policies of 2009 won’t be enough to save the system from a long-delayed reset?
2019 is shaping up to be the year in which all the policies that worked in the past will no longer work. As we all know, the Global Financial Meltdown / recession of 2008-09 was halted by the coordinated policies of the major central banks, which lowered interest rates to near-zero, bought trillions of dollars of bonds and iffy assets such as mortgage-backed securities, and issued unlimited lines of credit to insolvent banks, i.e. unlimited liquidity.
Central governments which could do so went on a borrowing / spending binge to boost demand in their economies, and pursued other policies designed to bring demand forward, i.e. incentivize households to buy today what they’d planned to buy in the future.
This vast flood of low-cost credit and liquidity encouraged corporations to borrow money and use it to buy back their stocks, boosting per-share earnings and sending stocks higher for a decade.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So it begins, the shootings with the weapons they are trying to ban. Seems to convenient doesn’t it. This is a lead up to a bigger false flag. They are just paving the way to the big false flag. [/stextbox]
The gunman who went on bloody shooting spree in Santa Monica on Friday killing four and injuring five more, planned the attack in advance and was carrying a handgun and a rifle along with some 1,300 rounds of ammunition.
“Any time someone puts on a vest, of some sort, comes out with a bag full of loaded magazines, has an extra receiver, has a handgun and has a semi-automatic rifle, carjacks folks, goes to a college, kills more people and has to be neutralized at the hands of the police, I would say that that’s premeditated,” said Santa Monica police Chief Jacqueline Seabrooks.
The killer, 23, could not be identified as his next of kin was out of the country. The gunman had an unspecified “contact” with the police in 2006 when he was a juvenile, according to authorities.
Weapons and ammunition were recovered from the scene of the killings at Santa Monica College, a two-year school with about 34,000 students, where the shooter was gunned down by police forces on Friday.
The gunman looked calm and composed as he fired, said college employee Joe Orcutt.
“He’s just standing there, like he’s modeling for some ammo magazine,” he said, “seeing who he could shoot, one bullet at a time, like target practice.”
The violence started a mile away from the school when the gunman began shooting at a house, as it caught on fire. The killings began as a domestic violence incident, according to officials who spoke on condition of anonymity to Associated Press. The victims in the house, the gunman’s father and brother, were later found inside dead.
As thousands continue to stage violent protests in Turkey for 10 straight days, Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan has refused to resign, blasting the protesters as “marginal” extremists. He also called on supporters to hold a pro-government rally.
Riot police forcefully dispersed crowds of demonstrators in Istanbul and the Turkish capital of Ankara, where protesters gathered in front of the US Embassy to throw rocks and shoot fireworks at police. Numerous injuries were reported after riot police used teargas and water cannons, and beat back protesters with batons.
Clashes also erupted in the major western city of Izmir and the city of Adana in the south. In Istanbul’s western Gazi neighborhood, rioters hurled projectiles and taunted police, AFP reported.
Demonstrations calling for the resignation of Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan have been held in 78 cities across the country for 10 successive days. The mass protests have killed three and injured some 5,000 others.
Speaking to supporters on Sunday, Erdogan vowed he would not resign or hold early elections: “We can only be accountable to the people of Turkey, not marginal groups. And we can be accountable at the ballot boxes. The people of Turkey brought us here, and only the people of Turkey can send us away. At this point, no one but the Turkish people has the power to send us away.”
“Those who burn, those who destroy, and those who attack are called vandals. So, with all due respect, those who back them are in the same family,” he added.
6.10.13 – NSA: Everyone’s a Terrorist | Brainwash Update
The economic “recovery” just keeps getting worse for the average worker: U.S. employers squeezed their employees even harder than usual in the first quarter, leading to the biggest drop in hourly pay on record.
Hourly pay for nonfarm workers fell at a 3.8 percent annualized rate in the first quarter, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reported on Wednesday. This was the biggest quarterly decline since the BLS started keeping track in 1947. Some of the drop was payback for a 9.9 percent surge in hourly pay in the fourth quarter of 2012, as employers shoveled money out the door to avoid tax changes they expected to take place in 2013.
But there have been plenty of such quarterly pay increases in the past. Many were even bigger. Some went on for several quarters at a time. And never has there been such a steep pay drop in response as there was in the first quarter of this year.
Smoothing out the quarterly ups and downs doesn’t make the picture look any better. Hourly worker pay rose just 1.9 percent in 2012, a pitiful increase that barely kept up with the 1.8 percent gain in the consumer price index. That was the third-weakest annual increase in hourly pay since 1947, topping only the 1.4 percent gain in 2009 and a 1.8-percent gain in 1994.
Hourly pay has grown by just 2 percent per year, on average, for the past four years, the weakest four-year stretch on record. At the same time, corporate profits are at record highs, and until a recent swoon, the stock market was setting records, too. Workers haven’t been reaping the rewards, but their employers have been.
The economy hasn’t been getting much out of the bargain lately, either. Worker productivity — hour output per hour worked — gained 0.5 percent in the first quarter, according to the BLS. That’s weaker than the 0.7 percent gain in all of 2012 or the 0.6 percent gain in all of 2011. Productivity is down dramatically from average annual gains of 3 percent in 2009 and 2010.
Rising Red tide: China encircles U.S. by sailing warships in American waters, arming neighbors
China has been quietly taking steps to encircle the United States by arming western hemisphere states, seeking closer military, economic, and diplomatic ties to U.S. neighbors, and sailing warships into U.S. maritime zones.
The strategy is a Chinese version of what Beijing has charged is a U.S. strategy designed to encircle and “contain” China. It is also directed at countering the Obama administration’s new strategy called the pivot to Asia. The pivot calls for closer economic, diplomatic, and military ties to Asian states that are increasingly concerned about Chinese encroachment throughout that region.
Obama urged to ‘punch’ China
A leading U.S. manufacturing group on Monday called on President Obama to take a tough line on China when he holds his first summit with new Chinese President Xi Jinping at the end of the week in California.
Even as Chinese companies are stepping up their acquisitions in the American market, Scott Paul, president of the Alliance for American Manufacturing (AAM), suggested the Obama administration should “punch back hard” against the Chinese for recent national security and economic intrusions of U.S. military and business targets.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Building the propaganda to get into war. Hard to prove if the cyber attack is coming from Iran. Cyber attacks can be bounced off many servers and the last server is the only server you see. So this is just more BS to get us into war[/stextbox]
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu accused Iran and its Palestinian and Lebanese allies on Sunday of carrying out “non-stop” cyber attacks on major computer systems in his country.
He gave no details on the number of attacks but said “vital national systems” had been targeted. Water, power and banking sites were also under threat, he added.
“In the past few months, we have identified a significant increase in the scope of cyber attacks on Israel by Iran. These attacks are carried out directly by Iran and through its proxies, Hamas and Hezbollah,” he told a conference on cyber warfare in his country’s commercial hub Tel Aviv.
“Despite the non-stop attacks on us, you hear only about a few of them because we thwart most of them,” he added.
Netanyahu established a national cyber directorate in 2011 charged with protecting Israel’s computer systems from disruption.
Israel and the United States are widely believed to be behind a series of cyber attacks in recent years against an Iranian nuclear program they say is aimed at developing atomic weapons. Iran says its nuclear activities are peaceful.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]WARNING: The president has now taken steps towards a cyber attack hitting the U.S. Presidential Policy Directive 20 indicates the government believes cyberattacks, known as “Offensive Cyber Effects Operations,” or OCEO, are becoming common and that cyberwar could be just around the corner. Everything is accelerating and they are putting everything into place. Please read the last section, thedocument acknowledges that cyber operations could come with collateral damage[/stextbox]
President Obama called on national security leaders to develop destructive cyberwarfare capabilities that could be triggered with “little or no warning” against adversaries around the world, according to a top-secret document obtained by The Washington Post.
Presidential Policy Directive 20, issued to national security and intelligence officials in October, includes an array of procedures to ensure that cyberattacks are lawful and minimize damage. But in bureaucratic language, the directive indicates the government believes cyberattacks, known as “Offensive Cyber Effects Operations,” or OCEO, are becoming common and that cyberwar could be just around the corner.
“OCEO can offer unique and unconventional capabilities to advance U.S. national objectives around the world with little or no warning to the adversary or target and with potential effects ranging from subtle to severely damaging,” the document said. “The United States government shall identify potential targets of national importance where OCEO can offer favorable balance of effectiveness and risk as compared with other instruments of national power.”
The leak of the document could complicate Saturday summit talks between Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping, during which Obama is expected to complain about Chinese cyberspying and theft of American trade secrets. Cyber-specialists take it for granted that the United States and China are already engaged in a struggle in cyberspace.
Those summit talks come just days after Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, speaking to troops in Hawaii, warned, “Cyber is one of those quiet, deadly, insidious unknowns you can’t see.”
“It’s in the ether — it’s not one big navy sailing into a port or one big army crossing a border or squadrons of fighter planes,” he said. “This is a very difficult but real and dangerous threat. There is no higher priority for our country than this issue.”
The document acknowledges that cyber operations could come with collateral damage. Cyber operations, “even for subtle and clandestine operations, may generate cyber effects in locations other than the intended target, with potential unintended or collateral consequences that may effect U.S. national interests in many locations.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They are doing everything they can to get the guns away from the people. There will be another false flag event which will involve a bloody shootout like the march on the capitals on July 4th of this year or it could be anything where they can’t show that gun owners are crazy. They are also trying to brainwash the children and teaching them that guns are bad and only showing one side of the story. What is very interesting is that the cities that have the strongest gun control laws and gun free zones have a lot of crime and murders. Here is the program called Project Sentry that they are teaching our children. This is from the assembly my children attended and this is the document they received.[/stextbox]
Plan B is not just a controversial morning-after pill; it’s also an effort on Michelle Obama’s part to paint anyone who doesn’t agree with her husband’s restrictive gun measures as people who are willing to force children to live their lives in terror. Michelle attempted to paint that picture during an interview with Lee Cowan on “CBS Sunday Morning,” when she dredged up sob stories from her gun violence visit to Chicago last month.
The first lady said that after delivering her speech on gun violence in April, she was amazed at the extent to which Chicago’s children were forced to live in subjugation to the fear of being shot. Thus, the unspoken premise of Michelle Obama’s comments is that the cure for children in Chicago being dominated by the fear of being killed by a stray bullet is to subjugate the entire nation’s Second Amendment rights.
Michelle shared that students at Harper High School in Englewood, Illinois told her, “Every day they wake up and wonder whether they’re going to make it out of school alive.” Mrs. Obama said, “I mean, every single kid worries about their own death, or the death of someone, every single day.” Michelle Obama uttering those words is a prime example of liberal duplicity. This is a woman who supports 3,500 babies a day being aborted, and she’s preaching to us about teenagers who, no thanks to her or her husband, miraculously made it out of the womb alive — not making it out of school alive?
To add insult to injury, Mrs. Obama then said “we” have an “obligation to these kids” to try again. When Mrs. Obama uses words like “obligation to these…” anything, it’s a clear sign that hubby, on behalf of some victimized group, believes he is bound to a higher authority than Congress and is probably out searching desperately for some way to circumvent the law.
Michelle Obama, savior of America’s children, then pointed out, “We have millions of kids living in these kinds of circumstances who are doing everything right.” What she forgot to mention was that, despite restrictive gun laws already in place, children living in Chicago “who are doing everything right” will still be victimized by those in Chicago, children or otherwise, who will continue to do everything wrong.
Evidence of the sequester remains elusive. The warning signs that we track closely – initial jobless claims, Richmond Fed, personal income and payrolls – do not show any material deterioration that we can attribute to the sequester. One mystery is why personal income of government workers has not contracted, as fewer hours worked should equal less pay. The answer, BofAML notes, is simple – it’s just beginning…
Close to a million federal employees have been told that they will be furloughed for several days this year, but the number that has actually started to take furlough days is quite low.
We expect aggregate government worker income to decline in May given that furloughs started in late May.
The first day of government wide furloughs was on May 24, when roughly 115,000 federal workers, or 5% of the total federal work force, stayed home without pay.
However, with the majority of the furloughs not kicking in until the beginning of July, including the Pentagon’s 680,000 furloughs beginning July 8, the real income shock will not show up until the July personal income and outlay report on August 30.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is how it begins, laws to take away the people’s rights, the people agree, then they just take them in secret, then they have one set of laws for them and another set for the people. There is now a disconnect between the government and the people. The government believes they are above the people and they need to control the people. [/stextbox]
There’s one reason why the administration, James Clapper and the NSA should just keep their mouths shut as the PRISM-gate fallout escalates: with every incremental attempt to refute some previously unknown facet of the US Big Brother state, a new piece of previously unleaked information from the same intelligence organization now scrambling for damage control, emerges and exposes the brand new narrative as yet another lie, forcing even more lies, more retribution against sources, more journalist persecution and so on.
The latest piece of news once again comes from the Guardian’s Glenn Greenwald who this time exposes the NSA’s datamining tool “Boundless Informant” which according to leaked documents collected 97 billion pieces of intelligence from computer networks worldwide in March 2013 alone, and “3 billion pieces of intelligence from US computer networks over a 30-day period.”
This is summarized in the chart below which shows that only the middle east has more active NSA-espionage than the US. Also, Obama may not want to show Xi the activity heatmap for China, or else the whole “China is hacking us” script may promptly fall apart.
Using simple, non-AES 256 breaking math, 3 billion per month amounts to some 100 million intrusions into the US per day, or looked at from another perspective, just a little more than the “zero” which James Clapper vouched announced earlier today is the applicable number of US citizens falling under the NSA’s espionage mandate: “Section 702 cannot be used to intentionally target any U.S. citizen, or any other U.S. person, or to intentionally target any person known to be in the United States.” Oops.
But it gets worse for the NSA. As the Guardian reports, “Emmel, the NSA spokeswoman, told the Guardian: “Current technology simply does not permit us to positively identify all of the persons or locations associated with a given communication (for example, it may be possible to say with certainty that a communication traversed a particular path within the internet. It is harder to know the ultimate source or destination, or more particularly the identity of the person represented by the TO:, FROM: or CC: field of an e-mail address or the abstraction of an IP address). Thus, we apply rigorous training and technological advancements to combine both our automated and manual (human) processes to characterize communications – ensuring protection of the privacy rights of the American people. This is not just our judgment, but that of the relevant inspectors general, who have also reported this.”
In other words, Americans are absolutely the target of billions of monthly intrusions, but said data “mining” is exempted because it is difficult to identify in advance if a US citizen is implicated in any metadata chain.
When Pentagon head Chuck Hagel dropped into Southeast Asia this past weekend to spin Washington’s pivoting, no one was exactly expecting a Moses-like moment.
At the Shangri-la Dialogue in Singapore – Southeast Asia’s top annual security conference – the usual cascade of euphemisms adorned the perennial notion of the US as a benign superpower. Something as crude as “pivoting” was hardly mentioned; it was rather a matter of “strategic balance”, or “rebalancing” involving the “Indo-Pacific”.
The fact remains that the Pentagon up to 2020 will transfer more air power, including tactical aircraft and bombers; US Army troops and Marines; and a variety of high-tech weaponry to the Asia-Pacific – no matter its downsized budget. And then there’s 60% of the US Navy, which translates as eight large vessels more than the current deployment. It seems oh so harmless when such fire power is dissolved into a Hagel-esque “we prioritize developments of our most advanced platforms to the Pacific.”
Anybody visiting Changi Naval Base would have been able to see the tip of the “rebalancing”; the USS Freedom, an April arrival, the first of four Littoral class combat ships to be permanently stationed in Singapore.
The rebalancing is being spun as Washington “resuming” its Asia-Pacific “role” after a draw down from the spectacular defeats at both Iraq and Afghanistan. It should not be interpreted as containment of China, of course; according to Hagel, this is only happening because “the arc of the 21st century will be shaped by events here in Asia.”
That should explain the Pentagon being so gung-ho on “new concepts” and “game-changing capabilities” to ensure “freedom of action”. The question is, freedom for whom.
Police have deployed tear gas and water cannons to quell more than 10,000 protesters that gathered in downtown Ankara. This comes as officials claim the protests are under control and the process is “becoming normalized and in line with common sense.”
The rally in the Turkish capital started peacefully in the early hours of the morning, reports the Hurriyet Daily. As the protesters arrived at the Kizilay Square in late afternoon, police there made calls to disperse in order to not block car traffic.
The police then started “a sudden and unexpected intervention” as the protesters ran to the narrow streets surrounding the square.
According to witness reports on twitter police were targeting and detaining “random” youths in the crowd. Police reportedly made at least three arrests.
Authorities deployed over 4,000 riot police to quell the unrest, witnesses claim.
Meanwhile in Istanbul a massive crowd packed the whole of Taksim Square. Protesters in the epicenter of the countrywide anti-government movement were chanting and setting off flares while the police kept their distance from the rally.
Even the fans from rival football teams Fenerbahce, Besiktas and Galatasaray united in the square, AFP reports.
However, in Istanbul’s western Gazi neighborhood things did not go as peacefully as protesters hurled incendiary devices and taunted police, which resulted in fresh clashes.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]No we will not give up a few,some or any of our Constitutional rights because there is nothing to give up. We are born with these rights they were not given to us by you or the Government. [/stextbox]
President Obama, in a strong defense of his efforts to monitor Americans’ telephone calls and other communications, argued that additional security certainly is worth the loss of some constitutional privacy rights, and further, he assured the nation that “nobody’s listening to the content of people’s phone calls.”
But he also confirmed that it is the content of telephone calls that is being targeted, and there’s a process available for investigators who want to listen in: just get permission from a court.
While answering questions at an appearance in California, where he promoted his health care takeover, he said, “When it comes to telephone calls, nobody is listening to your telephone calls. That’s not what this program’s about. As was indicated, what the intelligence community is doing is looking at phone numbers and durations of calls. They are not looking at people’s names, and they’re not looking at content.”
Then he continued, “But by sifting through this so-called metadata, they may identify potential leads with respect to folks who might engage in terrorism. If these folks – if the intelligence community then actually wants to listen to a phone call, they’ve got to go back to a federal judge, just like they would in a criminal investigation.
“So I want to be very clear. Some of the hype that we’ve been hearing over the last day or so – nobody’s listening to the content of people’s phone calls.”
But he also admitted, “And so not only does that court authorize the initial gathering of data, but I want to repeat, if anybody in government wanted to go further than just that top-line data and wanted to, for example, listen to Jackie Calmes’ phone call, they’d have to go back to a federal judge and, and, and indicate why, in fact, they were doing further – further probing.”
With the United States having reached unprecedented levels of debt and no end in sight, Europe close to widespread destabilization, and Japan now having lost control of their bond market, it should be quite apparent that there is no turning back.
Governments around the world are doing everything in their power to maintain the perception that all is well. Despite their best efforts, however, the coming catastrophe cannot be stopped.
The collapse that’s going to occur here is going to be a trifecta of bonds, stocks and real estate combined.
[stextbox id=”highlight” shadow=”false”]
The Fed over here has ordered – and I want everybody to listen because this is insider information – the Fed has ordered the U.S. pension funds to begin to acquire U.S. debt. That is coming down the pike, it’s going to start happening, the states are going to start carrying it in order to fatten up their books… So, we are moving into the last stages before an all out collapse.
That’s exactly where we’re headed.
Now the Rubicon has been crossed… the armies are surrounding the Capital itself.
We’re at a very critical juncture, and that’s what’s got me freaked out the most. The Japanese have lost control and they don’t know what to do at this point. .. They’re telling the public “don’t worry, everything’s ok.”
That is a signs, folks, that they are panicking. That is a sign that everything is not OK… that there is a great fear and trepidation that has begun.
And when this thing goes bust, this is the trigger that’s going to bring this whole thing down.
We’re on the last leg for this whole storybook. Unfortunately, it’s not going to be a storybook ending. So we’re in the last few pages of a chapter that’s been written about a hundred years ago, and it’s soon coming to an end.
Now the question becomes, what exactly are they going to do?
They’re going to bring this thing to a halt. They’re going to create economic turmoil and a crash. And then they’re going to sell the population on some sort of armed conflagration, some sort of a massive global war.
That is typically the playbook of the globalists. That is typically what we see, a pattern that is repeated often.
A small scale controlled regional war is not going to fix the $1.5 Quadrillion derivative debt globally.
A small scale regional war is not going to fix the massive levels of unemployment in America, in Europe, in Japan…
It’s not going to fix the economic problems that have festered in much of the western world and parts of the world that utilize a western style of banking.
It’s not going to fix it this time.
This time they’re going to drag everybody in. This time there’s not going to be anybody who’s going to be unaffected.
Let me tell you right now. It is mathematically impossible to pull this back. It’s mathematically impossible.
So many devastating changes in the Middle East’s so-called ‘Arab Spring’ aftermath are being blamed on misguided US policies in many countries. This in-depth report reveals how Washington institutions allegedly groom destructive elements when attempting to destabilise nations. Their tentacles are now even touching Turkey’s fully-fledged democracy – one that has achieved economic transformation in only a decade, with tourism and foreign investment booming. Even its armed forces were depoliticised. Sadly, its rise as a regional power capable of maintaining regional stability is now threatened…
AMERICA has been accused of training political activists to encourage unrest in Bahrain and across the Middle East.
The US administration has poured millions of dollars into financing leading personalities who launched campaigns of destabilisation and mobilised protesters via social media, according to the New York Times.
The newspaper said the Bahrain Centre for Human Rights, April 6 Youth Movement in Egypt, and activists such as Yemeni Entisar Qadhi have all received training and financing under the guise of promoting grassroots democracy in Arab countries.
It has reportedly come from groups such as the International Republican Institute (IRI), National Democratic Institute (NDI) and Freedom House, a non-profit human rights organisation based in Washington and other think tanks known for playing a dubious role in engineering the wave of unrest and destabilising regimes.
Russia conducted the first flight test of a new inter-continental ballistic missile (ICBM) that Russian officials say is designed to defeat U.S. missile defenses.
The prototype ICBM was launched yesterday from Moscow’s Kapustin Yar missile range, a spokesman for Russian Defense Ministry told state media.
U.S. and Russian officials describe the new missile as a road-mobile missile known as Yars-M that is slated for deployment later this year.
On Friday, Russian Deputy Premier Dmitri Rogozin said the new missile was designed specifically to defeat U.S. missile defenses—a key Russian priority for its strategic nuclear arms buildup.
“We closely watched last night’s events. They were successful. We tested an intercontinental ballistic missile which I call ‘a missile defense killer,’” Rogozin was quoted by Interfax as saying. “Neither modern nor future American missile defense means will be able to stop this missile from hitting its target directly.”
No details on the characteristics of the new missile were made public. However, U.S. officials said the new ICBM is believed to use a high-technology fuel that allows higher speeds needed to outfly high-speed U.S. missile defense interceptors.
The new ICBM will have a range of up to 6,835 miles and 10 multiple, independently targetable reentry vehicles.
Hackers affiliated with the Anonymous collective have leaked a US Department of Defense memo relating to the PRISM program, revealing that the National Security Agency has secretly gathered intelligence on millions of Americans for years.
The hacktivists, who have long sought complete transparency online and elsewhere, published a total of thirteen documents, one of which outlines the US government’s “NetOps Strategic Vision” for monitoring the Internet.
The documents are mostly pulled from 2008, just after when the government reportedly began using PRISM to mine servers at technology companies including Microsoft and Yahoo. An NSA slideshow published Thursday by the Guardian and the Washington Post reveals the intelligence community first gained access to Google in January of 2009 and Facebook in June of the same year.
“NetOps will transform along with the Global Information Grid to dynamically support new warfighting, intelligence, and business processes and enable users to access and share trusted information in a timely manner,” one document states.
“The future Global Information Grid will result in a richer Net-Centric information environment comprised of shared services and capabilities based on advanced technologies.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Painting the picture that gun owners are crazy. The next false flag event to push the bills through the Senate is coming soon.[/stextbox]
A Texas woman has been arrested in connection with the mailing of three letters containing ricin to President Barack Obama, New York City Mayor Mike Bloomberg and the director of Mayors Against Illegal Guns, federal authorities said.
“You will have to kill me and my family before you get my guns,” each mailing reads. “Anyone wants to come to my house will be shot in the face. The right to bear arms is my constitutional God-given right and I will exercise that right ’til the day I die. What’s in this letter is nothing compared to what I’ve got planned for you.” None of the letters, all postmarked May 20, were sent with a return address or signature.
The letter addressed to New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg was discovered at City Hall’s mail sorting facility on May 24. The letter contained a pink, oily substance which prompted a mail worker to flag it as suspicious. The letter later tested positive for ricin.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The FED and central bankers are doing everything they can to keep everyone mesmerized on the stock market. I said on The People that their end game was to prop up the market and slam the gold. Everyone into the market and into housing this is what they want. Why you ask, to rob the people of their wealth, real hard assets. Think about, the FED is buying all the properties at a rate of 40-45 billion a month, they are the owners of land.[/stextbox]
On Monday we brought to you proof of a 15 millisecond frontrunning of the Mfg ISM number by what turned out to be HFT clients of Reuters which admitted subsequently it had “inadvertently” leaked the number to select clients. However, that was child’s play compared to the absolute market farce that happened today which we can visualize courtesy of Nanex, and which impacted gold, ES, and Treasury Futures altogether.
In sequential order: 62 milliseconds before the NFP number a massive dump of gold took place in what can merely be described as yet another of the infamous gold take downs we know so well which however take place just around the time of the London fixing. That it happened right before the NFP number is either an indication of an early NFP data leak reaching “some” HFT traders, or merely an attempt to set the “mood” for further selling by someone who decided that the NFP print would be negative for gold no matter what it was…
However, manipulated gold markets are nothing new, and frankly we would have been surprised if they did not happen.
6.07.13 – Live Terrorism Drill Demonstration Held In Los Angeles Street
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Wait a minute, does everyone realize that this is a drill to control the made up American terrorist. Remember when we see more taxes, more rights taken away and when we see more drills with real gun fire we are getting closer to the collapse. Here is my list from Episode 74
1. Quickly creating laws to remove rights 2. More taxes 3. More troops on the ground 4. More military exercises within our borders 5. Bail ins (bank holiday) 6. More false flags to pass gun control laws, CISPA law, martial law 7. War has started
China is voraciously gobbling up real estate and is establishing economic beachheads all over America. If China continues to build economic power inside the United States, it will eventually become the dominant economic force in thousands of small communities all over the nation. Just think about what the Smithfield Foods acquisition alone will mean. Smithfield Foods is the largest pork producer and processor in the world. It has facilities in 26 U.S. states and it employs tens of thousands of Americans. It directly owns 460 farms and has contracts with approximately 2,100 others. But now a Chinese company has bought it for $4.7 billion, and that means that the Chinese will now be the most important employer in dozens of rural communities all over America.
Dozens of companies from China are putting down roots in Detroit, part of the country’s steady push into the American auto industry.
Chinese-owned companies are investing in American businesses and new vehicle technology, selling everything from seat belts to shock absorbers in retail stores, and hiring experienced engineers and designers in an effort to soak up the talent and expertise of domestic automakers and their suppliers.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This meeting is not to discuss a cyber ceasefire. There cannot be ceasefire the central banks need a war to cover up this entire collapse. This talk is probably to convince China to stop trading with other countries in non US dollars. They can’t have China and Russia backing Iran and Syria so this is probably another discussion [/stextbox]
The issue of cyber-attacks, accusations of which have marred US-China relations for months, is set to be discussed by the two nations’ leaders at their first informal meeting, scheduled to take place in Sunnylands, California.
The talks have been preceded by months of back-and-forth allegations of cyber-espionage. Washington in particular has repeatedly accused Beijing of perpetrating cyber-warfare, while China has continuously denied the accusations.
The latest round in this blame game saw the US Defense Science Board publish a report saying that nearly 40 Pentagon weapons programs and almost 30 other defense technologies were compromised by Chinese hackers, some allegedly tied to the military or government.
Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel issued a stern warning to China for its alleged cyber-attacks against the US: “We are also clear-eyed about the challenges in cyber. The United States has expressed our concerns about the growing threat of cyber intrusions, some of which appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military.”
Beijing responded earlier this week, when China’s top Internet security office claimed it amassed huge amounts of data on hacking attacks against the country perpetrated by the United States.
“We have mountains of data, if we wanted to accuse the US, but it’s not helpful in solving the problem,” said Huang Chengqing, director of CNCERT, China’s cyber-security body.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]There is no way out, if the taper now or later the same problem exists, a collapse of the economy. The FED is trapped so they will continue to print and rob the people of their wealth. The other option is to start a war and blame this entire financial collapse on someone else. [/stextbox]
Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan told CNBC on Friday that the central bank should taper its $85 billion a month bond buying even if the U.S. economy is not ready for it.
“The sooner we come to grips with this excessive level of assets on the balance sheet of the Federal Reserve—that everybody agrees is excessive—the better,” he said in a “Squawk Box” interview. “There is a general presumption that we can wait indefinitely and make judgments on when we’re going to move. I’m not sure the market will allow us to do that.”
But if the Fed moves too quickly in reining in its accommodative policies, he added, it could shock the market, which is already dealing with a very large element of uncertainty.
Greenspan said he’s not sure the markets will allow an easy exit. “Gradual is adequate, but we’ve got to get moving.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is the recovery, these are the great jobs they are talking about. Most are temp jobs or low paying service jobs.[/stextbox]
The time has come to look at the quality component of the 175K jobs added in May, so without further ado, let’s drill down at where the growth was. Without much surprise, we find that as in months past, the bulk of the job growth continues to be concentrated in the lowest wage jobs:
Leisure and Hospitality added the most jobs in May, 43K
Retail Trade jobs rose by 28K
Education and health added another 26K
Temp jobs: the lowest of all paying jobs added another 26K
In summary – of the 175K jobs, 122K was to low wage occupations.
How about higher paying jobs? Professional and Business Services (ex. Temp) rose by 31K in May, less than the 34K in April, Financial Activities posted a tiny 4K increase compared to 9K in April, Wholesale Trade was up a whopping 8K (compared to 4K in April), and finally Manufacturing jobs declined for the second consecutive month in a row, dropping first 9K in April and now 8K in May.
So lets see they wanted a back door to major internet sites, but they already have the back door. They are spying on all Americans because they know the collapse is coming. What have they done so far to prepare for the collapse, here is a summary
1. Patriot Act 2. NDAA 3. DHS 4. Gun Control 5. Fusion Centers Spying on Americans 6. Tapping into American Phone Calls 7. Tapping into email, and web information
They use this information to see who is going to be a problem, place them into groups, weed out those who have militia contacts, try to track down gun owners etc.
Welcome to total control, your rights are gone, its time to take them back
For seven years, the US National Security Agency (NSA) has been using a congressionally approved warrantless Web surveillance system with a near-limitless ability to spy on Americans’ phone calls, emails, video chats, search history and more.
The existence of the classified ‘PRISM’ surveillance program was revealed in simultaneous reports by the Washington Post and the Guardian. The Wall Street Journal also reported that the NSA is monitoring Web searches, credit card transactions and customer records from companies such as AT&T, Sprint and Verizon.
A leaked 41-page PowerPoint presentation, verified by both papers and published almost concurrently Thursday evening, outlines details of the previously undisclosed PRISM program.The slides were slated for declassification in 2036.
According to the documents, the program currently boasts access to some of the largest Internet companies in the world, with Microsoft thought to be the first corporation to sign onto the scheme in 2007. Microsoft was followed by Yahoo in 2008, Google, Facebook and PalTalk in 2009, YouTube in 2010, Skype and AOL in 2011, and Apple in 2012. Cloud storage company Dropbox is listed as “coming soon.”
With the participation of those companies, PRISM – and therefore Washington intelligence workers – have access to the bulk of Americans’ email, video and voice chat, videos, photos, voice-over-IP (Skype) chats, file transfers and social networking details.
Apple, Google, Yahoo, Microsoft and Facebook all made public statements on Thursday that they had either never heard of or had not complied with PRISM by giving the program access to their servers.
“From time to time, people allege that we have created a government ‘backdoor’ into our systems, but Google does not have a ‘backdoor,’” a Google spokesperson told CNBC.
“We have never heard of PRISM. We do not provide any government agency with direct access to our servers,” Apple said.
“We do not provide any government organization with direct access to Facebook servers,” Facebook chief security officer Joe Sullivan said in a statement.
In the leaked documents, the NSA lauds PRISM as “one of the most valuable, unique and productive accesses for NSA.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]It is completely falling apart, the European and Asian markets are down again. The FED, plunge protection and high frequency trading systems will try to keep the stock market propped up. All eyes on America, if the market is up everything is OK or is it?[/stextbox]
It’s always a bit amusing to meet an investor making money in the markets right now who actually thinks it’s because he’s smarter than everyone else.
Everyone knows the Fed’s quantitative easing program calls for them to buy $85 billion worth of bonds and mortgage backed securities each and every month. And the connection to market performance is clear.
To put this figure in perspective, $85 billion is DOUBLE the annual profits of Exxon Mobil. It’s also equivalent to ALL the money Chinese tourists spent overseas on holidays last year.
It’s also just over $1 trillion annually… which coincidentally is the headline budget deficit that the US federal government squanders each year.
With so much money being pumped into the market, stock investors should all have busts of Ben Bernanke next to their trading screens.
With few exceptions, analysis, street smarts, and fundamentals have practically been thrown out the window in favor of a tiny banking elite’s control over the PRINT button.
However, it now looks to me as though we may have entered a new phase. Institutional investors are beginning to look ahead and worry what will happen when that money is no longer being pumped into the market.
It may be 6 months away. It may be 18 months away. Only Ben Bernanke knows. But, while the markets have short memories looking back, they do tend to discount future events 12-18 months ahead of time.
And that’s beginning to happen.
We’re already seeing many stock markets coming off their highs. Plus most emerging market currencies have been struggling lately. Even the Australian dollar, New Zealand dollar, and Canadian dollar have been weak.
All of this indicates that the leveraged investing herd seems to be squaring positions, going to cash, and paying back some of the USD-denominated debt they’ve borrowed.
So far it’s all been an orderly move lower. And herein lies the trouble.
Few investors are spooked right now because there is so much calm in the markets. But that calm can quickly turn into anxiety, which can quickly turn into all-out panic.
It’s taken years (since 2008) to print so much money. This means that a market panic will unwind years’ worth of liquidity in a matter of weeks. It’s a financial tsunami that no investor should underestimate.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Americans should be protesting in the streets demanding all this stopped and these data centers closed. Wake up everyone, they are tearing up the Constitution right in front us[/stextbox]
With new revelations of constant US government spying on citizens’ activities and desperate efforts to hide the truth, Barack Obama is likely to go down in US history as one of the most unconstitutional presidents, says RT contributor Afshin Rattansi.
RT: This is obviously quite a shock to Verizon users but does this come as a surprise to you?
Afshin Rattansi: I think one can get blasé about the fact that the United States is repeatedly breaking its own Constitution. Glenn Greenwald, the journalist who broke it, I don’t know whether he’s on Verizon. He’s leaked this – this is the FBI document. To Americans, what it says: “It is further ordered that no person should disclose to any other person that the FBI or the National Security Agency has sought to obtain tangible things under this order.” So the order itself is trying to deny itself, signed by Judge Roger Vincent. Who is he? I don’t know, maybe the sunshine in Florida has got to his head or he’s a Tea Party judge.
It’s very interesting and I think the way it’s going to play in the United States, it will play quite big. Former vice president Al Gore, under Bill Clinton, who hardly ever says anything against Obama, has already tweaked him saying “Is this really the state of things?” Implying is this what James Madison and Thomas Paine, meant for the US Constitution? Is this leading up to President Obama signing an order? It was signed ten days after the Boston Marathon bombings.
RT: What about the man who leaked this? Are we looking at another Bradley Manning case now?
AR: I was looking at Roger Vincent, the man who signed this document, and his term expires as judge of the United States Foreign Intelligence Court. FISA, those secret courts in the United States. They expire, as far as I saw, on May 4 of this year. Could he be leaking it? One wonders, certainly he’ll be in the spotlight now. But of course more seriously, as to your question, Glenn Greenwald, presumably, his phone will be bugged. Journalists will be bugged and that is going to stop these sources from leaking. The United States and the Obama administration is desperately trying to stop the truth about mismanagement, Constitutional mismanagement, getting through to the American public.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They are using this propaganda for two reasons, one to distract ObamaGate and two to build up the propaganda of cyber attacks so when they use the cyber attack as a false flag they can blame China and start WWIII[/stextbox]
The U.S. secretly traced a massive cyberespionage operation against the 2008 presidential campaigns of Barack Obama and John McCain to hacking units backed by the People’s Republic of China, prompting high level warnings to Chinese officials to stop such activities, U.S. intelligence officials tell NBC News.
The disclosure on the eve of a two-day summit between the U.S. and Chinese presidents highlights what has become a persistent source of tension between the two global powers: Beijing’s aggressive, orchestrated campaign to pierce America’s national security armor at any weak point – in this case the computers and laptops of top campaign aides and advisers who received high-level briefings.
“There’s been successful exfiltration of data from government agencies (by the Chinese) up and down Pennsylvania Avenue,” said Shawn Henry, who headed up the FBI’s probe of the 2008 attacks as the bureau’s chief of cyberinvestigations. He is now president of Crowdstrike, a computer security firm.
In retrospect, the attack seems simple. It was delivered by a “phishing” email – outlining the “agenda” for an upcoming meeting — that circulated among top staffers and contained a zip file attachment with “malware,” a hidden malicious virus.
Advertise | AdChoices
But it was no ordinary virus, said Alan Brill, the senior managing director of Kroll Solutions. The malware was “as sophisticated as anything we had seen” and was part of what he called “an infection chain” that replicated itself throughout the Obama campaign’s computer system. It also was designed to stay buried in the computers for months, if not years, he said.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]We all know its coming but from everything we see I do believe we will see the first wave crash in September[/stextbox]
In “Stocks for the Long Run,” economist Jeremy Siegel researched all the “big market moves” between 1801 and 2001. Bottom line: 75% of the time, there is no rationale for “big moves.” No one can predict them. Maybe technicians and traders can pick short-term moves the next second. Maybe tomorrow. But the long-term “big market moves?” No way.
So why predict an “87%” chance of another meltdown in 2013? Because in the real world of statistical probabilities, historical facts and expert opinions danger signals are flashing wild. In mid-2008 we summarized the predictions of 20 experts over several years. Predicted a meltdown in a few years — markets crashed two months later. Fast.
In retrospect, it was inevitable, thanks in part to the hype, arrogance and incompetence of Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke and Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson who failed to prepare America.
6.06.13 – 6 Corporations That Control Your Perception
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is why we are all kept in the dark. Oh by the way, nobody owns X22 Report, completely independent[/stextbox]
With Greek government bonds at multi-year highs (up 300% in the last year), the Athens Stock Index still up 100% in the last year, and leaders all over the Euro-zone proclaiming the crisis is over (and that Greece has “made big strides”); we thought it perhaps useful to look at the reality behind the propagandized talk and manipulation. The sad truth is Greece is rapidly dissolving into a ‘fourth world’ nation with unemployment rates (broad and youth) at unprecedented levels, poverty widespread, and homelessness rife. Perhaps, as Germany today stated that there will be no more debt reduction for Greece, it is ‘math’ in the first image that the TROIKA and the Greek representatives should pay special attention to…
Stephanos became homeless in late 2012 when the clothes shop, where he had worked for over a decade, closed down and he had no income to pay for his flat. He now lives next to a church in central Athens and eats in soup kitchens. Stephanos smokes a cigarette as he sits on a rug in central Athens May 16, 2013.
I was never a Sandy Hook Truther but this sure is starting to look fishy. The Sandy Hook Parents are pushing for House Bill No. 6424 which will allow the Sandy Hook Massacre Crime Scene Evidence to be hidden from the public FOREVER!
They had camera footage and refuse to show it. Nobody wants to see dead kids. But let me tell you this, their is absolutely no evidence that this Sandy Hook thing even happened. They showed us one picture.
In the article she says, “There is no reason to look, please pass house bill 6424,” said Jennifer Hensel.
Two weeks ago, with its current account getting crushed by relentless gold imports, India’s finance minister Finance Minister literally begged the people to stop buying gold. Judging by the popular response, the ongoing physical shortage, and last night’s increase in Indian gold import duties from 6% to 8%, appealing to people’s feeling when it comes to the choice of fiat vs physical, has failed miserably. So the FinMin Chidambaram has decided to escalate. Per Reuters: “The Reserve Bank of India has advised banks against selling gold coins to retail customers, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram said on Thursday, a day after he raised gold import duty to try to ease pressure on India’s bloated current account deficit.” Well, if there ever was one sure way to send demand for any product through the roof (guns, ammo, etc), it is for the government to prohibit its outright sale. What follows next, almost without fail, is a panicked, chaotic buying scramble.
Why? If it is not clear by now, here is the explanation: there is simply not enough gold to satisfy demand at the current artificially downward-manipulated price, no matter what propaganda script is being spun on Verizon TV at any given moment. And with India’s idiotic decree, even more gold will be purchased at these prices.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Why would anyone want gold and silver, Ben Bernanke said its just a tradition and its not money. Hmmm, I guess the smart people are doing the opposite and trading in their paper worthless currency for some real stuff.[/stextbox]
GLD, PHYS, PSLV, and SLV investors may want to start following the North America bullion markets because demand is so strong that it is using up all of domestic mine supply. We will get into that in a little bit, but for now let us look at U.S. bullion sales for the month of May.
Analyzing the US Mint Sales Numbers
When analyzing sales numbers it is important that investors go past the headlines and dig deep into the true nature of the sales. For brevity we are only showing the last few years of sales, but for doing comparisons we have used data from the beginning of the current bull market in 2001. We also use the average monthly London price fix to calculate the dollar value of the month’s bullion sales.
To start, let’s take a look at the U.S. Mint sales numbers for silver and gold for May and compare them to the same month in previous years. We are doing a year-over-year comparison because coin sales are very seasonal in nature and to get a fair read we have to compare May to May.
We know that last month’s April sales broke all sorts of sales records, so we were expecting a little bit of a slowdown in gold and silver sales. May sales came down from the previous month’s totals, but still are at exceptionally high levels. Richard Peterson, the acting director of the U.S. Mint, commented that “Demand right now is unprecedented. We are buying all the coin (blanks) they can make,” – that comment was made in June or two months AFTER the record-breaking April.
As investors can see from the table above, May sales continue to be exceptionally high for gold and silver. Silver once again surpassed 3 million ounces sold for the month and gold was fairly strong at 70,000 ounces sold. On a year-to-date basis, gold and silver sales are still breaking records and gold sales are 8,000 ounces higher than any other previous year, while silver sales are almost 2 million higher than the second highest silver sales year.
Canadian Mint Sales
Silver sales were also strong in Canada, as the Royal Canadian Mint (RCM) issued its first quarter report showing that it is also seeing record breaking sales. Unfortunately, the RCM does not issue monthly statistics, but on a quarterly basis (January through March of 2013) it has sold 269,000 gold ounces (96% higher than the 2012 first quarter) and 6.6 million silver ounces (65% higher than the 2012 first quarter). These sales numbers were before the major price drop in April, so we expect that second quarter sales numbers will be significantly higher than even this stellar first quarter.
There is truly something wrong with our government. They don’t give two shits about the constitution or the people’s rights. Lets take a trip back in history to the people who fought and bled for our freedoms of today, who know what government and the central banks were really all about.
Thomas Jefferson, stated: “I predict future happiness for Americans if they can prevent the government from wasting the labors of the people under the pretense of taking care of them.”
They must stop trading liberty for security.
They must stop thinking the role of the government is to be involved in all aspects of their lives.
They must take a good look at what the proper role of government is.
They must understand that as government expands, liberty contracts.
That government is best, which governs least.
Senators on both sides of the political aisle moved to defend the National Security Agency’s collection of data from millions of Americans’ phone records, saying it has been an ongoing practice that has kept the United States safe.
[stextbox id=”highlight” shadow=”false”]
Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) told reporters on Thursday that The Guardian’s revelation of the court order that compels Verizon to give data on millions of Americans’ calls is a standard three-month renewal of a practice that has been ongoing for about seven years.
Feinstein, the chairwoman of the Senate Intelligence committee, also defended the practice. “It’s called protecting America,” she said, according to reporter Jamie Dupree. Both she and Sen. Saxby Chambliss (R-Ga.) said the practice was legal under the Patriot Act.
Meanwhile, Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), a Verizon customer, said he’s “glad” the NSA has been using phone data to try to “find out what the terrorists are up to overseas and in our country.”
“I don’t mind Verizon turning over records to the government if the government is going to make sure that they try to match up a known terrorist phone with somebody in the United States,” Graham said on “Fox & Friends.”
Some Senators who have been critical of both the Bush and Obama administrations on civil liberties did express concerns about the practice.
Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.), for instance, tweeted a few references to George Orwell’s dystopian novel “1984.” And Sen. Mark Udall (D-Colo.) said in a statement that the White House “needs to be straight w/ American people about the breadth of its authority.”
Volatility is rising and asset prices are highly vulnerable to all incoming news. Recent sell-offs in stocks and bonds indicate that the current uptrend could uncoil before the end of quantitative easing (QE). The amount of attention paid to rumors about QE highlights how vulnerable the U.S. economy is to the prospect of a tapering in asset purchases or a rise in interest rates.
This is largely because the current economic expansion is dependent on further gains in housing, which would be adversely affected by a material rise in mortgage rates. Between one and two percent of GDP growth is coming from housing activity. The sluggishness in the rest of the economy is evident if you remove that number from the latest reading of 2.4 percent GDP growth for Q1. This dynamic underpins the Federal Reserve’s current dilemma over how to normalize monetary policy. I do not anticipate an easy ride for policymakers or investors over the coming months.”
Economist Kay: Global Financial System Is ‘Waiting for the Next Crisis’
The world is “waiting for the next crisis,” according to John Kay, an economist and author.
That’s because the global financial system is built on profits from trading, which is inherently unstable, argues the London School of Economics professor, the Financial Times reports.
The eurozone, he believes, is the likely site of the next crisis.
Kay plans to outline his reasoning in a speech at the Russell Investments’ annual pensions conference in London this week, according to the Times.
He points to the list of financial crisis that have taken place, such as the emerging market debt crisis in the mid- to late-1990s, the new economy bubble and the eurozone crisis.
“They’re trading crises, fundamentally, and the system is geared around trading profits, which are, in large part, money that is borrowed from the future. A crisis results from the moment at which this money has to be paid back,” Kay explains.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is very dangerous, the people are already protesting and the PM is not listening. If you push people to far they will react and he might be ousted one way or another. If he is removed from office by peaceful or by force the U.S. might loose its strategic military advantage in this region depending on who is placed into power. How will the U.S. intervene?[/stextbox]
Turkey’s PM has vowed that development of Taksim Square will go ahead, despite ongoing protests. Tayyip Erdogan made the remark in Tunisia, and is due to return to Turkey today. Erdogan is also under scrutiny, with opponents blasting him as authoritarian.
As the protests enter their seventh day, casualties have risen, with three people dead and more than 4,000 injured. What began as an environmental protest against the demolition of Taksim Gezi Park in Istanbul to build a mall has turned into Turkey’s biggest wave of anti-government protest in years.
“There is a problem called Twitter right now and you can find every kind of lie there. The thing that is called social media is the biggest trouble for society right now,” Erdogan said before leaving for North Africa. The Turkish prime minister also slammed the protests as undemocratic, and dismissed them as being organized by extremists.
In their list of demands issued to Erdogan, activists are calling for the firing of the chiefs responsible for the violent police crackdown, the release of protesters detained by police, and for a ban on the use of teargas. If these demands are fulfilled, protesters said they would end the riots.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Why are we making it easy for Government agencies to spy on us. So let me get this straight, the government is fighting cyber attacks wants increased security because of the attacks on the websites, but they also want back doors to spy on people. Who else would use these back doors? [/stextbox]
The FBI is unhappy that there are communications technologies that it cannot intercept, and wants a new requirement that software makers and communications companies create a back door so they can listen in when they want.
But a team of technology experts warns that would be nothing more than handing over to the nation’s enemies abilities they are not capable of developing for themselves.
According to a recent report in the Washington Post, the issue is being raised by the FBI because “there is currently no way to wiretap some of these communications methods easily, and companies effectively…”
The solution, according to the FBI, is a plan to fine companies when they fail to comply with wiretap orders, essentially requiring all companies to build a back door for wiretap capabilities into all their communications links.
“The importance to us is pretty clear,” FBI general counsel Andrew Weissman said in the report. “We don’t have the ability to go to court and say, ‘We need a court order to effectuate the intercept.’”
But a report at the Center for Democracy & Technology warns of the unintended consequences.
“Wiretap functionality allows covert access to communications that can be exploited not only by law enforcement, but by criminals, terrorists, and foreign military and intelligence agencies,” the report said. “Wiretap endpoints will be vulnerable to exploitation and difficult to secure.”
6.06.13 – The Terrifying Future of The United States
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This just seems like they are getting prepared for something big and they want to throw anyone into jail if they are in the way. Its amazing how many laws NY has passed against the people[/stextbox]
Those elected to allegedly serve the interests of “the people” in the State of New York, as usual are working on a bill to protect some of their own: the police.
According to WIVB, legislators in the Empire State (fitting nickname) seek to make a crime to “annoy” a cop. The imaginative title of the bill: “An act to amend the penal law, in relation to aggravated harassment of peace officers or police officers.”
The bill states:
[stextbox id=”highlight” shadow=”false”]A PERSON IS GUILTY OF AGGRAVATED HARASSMENT OF A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER WHEN, WITH THE INTENT TO HARASS, ANNOY, THREATEN OR ALARM A PERSON WHOM HE OR SHE KNOWS OR REASONABLY SHOULD KNOW TO BE A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER ENGAGED IN THE COURSE OF PERFORMING HIS OR HER OFFICIAL DUTIES, HE OR SHE STRIKES, SHOVES, KICKS OR OTHERWISE SUBJECTS SUCH PERSON TO PHYSICAL CONTACT.[/stextbox]
If the bill is passed, it would go into effect in November and “violators” will face a felony charge and up to four years in a cage.
One of the bill’s sponsors, Sen. Joe Griffo, had this to say in support for the words on paper: “”Police officers who risk their lives every day in our cities and on our highways deserve every possible protection, and those who treat them with disrespect, harass them and create situations that can lead to injuries deserve to pay a price for their actions.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is a proposal and it is not implemented yet. We will wait for the news that it has been implemented[/stextbox]
The House late Wednesday voted to stop the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) from entering into new contracts to buy millions of rounds of ammunition until DHS reports to Congress on the need for the ammo, and its cost.
Rep. Mark Meadows (R-N.C.) proposed an amendment to the DHS spending bill for 2014 that would require the report to Congress before it can pursue plans to buy 1.1 billion rounds of ammunition. Meadows said the speed bump is a necessary reaction to news of the huge purchase, which alarmed many Americans and prompted conservative groups to suspect that the government was stocking up on the rounds to fight citizens.
“Given this large purchase, the American people and members of Congress rightfully had concerns and questions,” Meadows said. “This is a responsible amendment which ensures that Congress and the American people are aware of the necessity and the cost of ammunition prior to entering into new contracts for procurement.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Doesn’t anyone have a problem with this, that the Government is violating the IV Amendment?[/stextbox]
The National Security Agency is currently collecting the telephone records of millions of US customers of Verizon, one of America’s largest telecoms providers, under a top secret court order issued in April.
The order, a copy of which has been obtained by the Guardian, requires Verizon on an “ongoing, daily basis” to give the NSA information on all telephone calls in its systems, both within the US and between the US and other countries.
The document shows for the first time that under the Obama administration the communication records of millions of US citizens are being collected indiscriminately and in bulk – regardless of whether they are suspected of any wrongdoing.
Beware Verizon Customers. NSA has full access to your data and your location at this very moment.
A copy of the secret court order posted on the newspaper’s website demanded Verizon provide the National Security Agency with data on all calls involving a U.S. phone number. The order covers such data as location, call duration and timing and other identifiers, though not the contents of the phone conversations. The order is currently in force, giving the NSA full access to the data over a period running April 25 until July 19.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Its starting to look like the Japanese market is falling apart, European markets are on the positive side so far today, what a recovery[/stextbox]
Joining its partner in economic destruction and currency devaluation (Argentina), Japanese stocks have just crossed over to the dark-side. After a glorious “well, the market is up, so everything must be great” rally of 85% in six months, the Nikkei 225 is now down over 20% from its highs – signifying a ‘bear market’. This is the largest 10-day plunge in 27 months as volume has exploded on the downside. We wonder how the herds representing these five charts are feeling now? At the same time, JPY has broken back below 99 against the USD (and AUDJPY is at 5 month lows) as the entire JPY-funded rampage comes undone – seems like the message from the FX option market was spot on again. This is the lowest level in two months since Kuroda first spoke at the BoJ. Get that porta-potty ready, Abe… What next? Blame speculators? Short-sale ban? Shorting ban?
Here you go DHS, read the IV Amendment, understand it, you do not have the right or the power to search anyone on a hunch
IV Amendment: The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
The Department of Homeland Security has reaffirmed their belief that they have the power to conduct unwarranted electronic surveillance on American citizens returning to the country, based on nothing more than a hunch.
The data taken from electronic devices such as smartphones and laptops can then be copied and saved by homeland security.
Despite widespread outrage from civil liberties groups such as the ACLU, Homeland Security’s own internal study shows that they plan to continue the practice and are using scary words such as terrorism and child pornography to justify it.
A recent report by a local CBS affiliate in Washington D.C. outlined the study:
The 23-page report, obtained by The Associated Press and the American Civil Liberties Union under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act, provides a rare glimpse of the Obama administration’s thinking on the long-standing but controversial practice of border agents and immigration officers searching and in some cases holding for weeks or months the digital devices of anyone trying to enter the U.S.
Since his election, President Barack Obama has taken an expansive view of legal authorities in the name of national security, asserting that he can order the deaths of U.S. citizens abroad who are suspected of terrorism without involvement by courts, investigate reporters as criminals and — in this case — read and copy the contents of computers carried by U.S. travelers without a good reason to suspect wrongdoing.
The DHS study, dated December 2011, said the border searches do not violate the First or Fourth amendments, which prohibit restrictions on speech and unreasonable searches and seizures.
It specifically objected to a tougher standard in a 1986 government policy that allowed for only cursory review of a traveler’s documents.
The study then goes on to ludicrously claim that if border agents were not allowed to search anyone they chose based off of a personal hunch then they would be handicapped in doing their job due to searches conducted needing to be able to be formally defended. In other words, agents simply cannot hassle themselves with worry about the Constitutional rights of American citizens.
A lot of things that have not happened since the last recession are starting to happen again. As you read the list below, you will notice that the year “2009″ comes up again and again. There is a reason for that. Many of the same patterns that we witnessed during the last major economic downturn are starting to repeat themselves. In fact, many of the things that are happening right now have not happened in quite a few years.
#1 The average interest rate on a 30 year mortgage has risen above 4 percent for the first time in more than a year.
#2 The decline in the number of mortgage applications last week was the largest drop that we have seen since June 2009.
#3 Mark Hanson is reporting that “mass layoffs” have occurred at three large mortgage institutions…
#4 It was just announced that average hourly compensation in the United States experienced its largest drop since 2009 during the first quarter of 2013.
#5 As I wrote about the other day, the Institute for Supply Management manufacturing index declined to 49.0 in May. Any reading below 50 indicates contraction. That was the first contraction in manufacturing activity in the U.S. that we have seen since 2009.
#6 The inventory to sales ratio has hit a level not seen since 2009. That means that there is a lot of inventory sitting out there that people are not buying.
#7 According to the Commerce Department, the demand for computers dropped by a stunning 9 percent during the month of April.
#8 As I noted in a previous article, corporate revenues are falling atWal-Mart, Proctor and Gamble, Starbucks, AT&T, Safeway, American Express and IBM.
#9 Job growth at small businesses is now at about half the level it was at the beginning of the year.
10 The stock market is starting to understand that all of these numbers indicate that the U.S. economy is really starting to slow down. The Dow was down 216.95 points on Wednesday, and it dropped below 15,000 for the first time since May 6th.
#11 The S&P 500 has now fallen more than 4 percent since May 22nd. Is this the beginning of a market “correction”, or is this something much bigger than that?
#12 Japanese stocks are now down about 17 percent from the peak of May 22nd. Japan has the third largest economy on the planet and it is one of the most important trading partners for the United States. A major financial crisis in Japan would have very serious implications for the U.S. economy.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Everything is escalating, the collapse is going to happen along with war. Be prepared.[/stextbox]
The catalyst for the next great war will likely occur somewhere in the middle east. The Americans know this. As do the Russians and the Chinese. And as with the last two ‘great wars,’ the groundwork is being laid well ahead of time.
A large American military force disembarked Tuesday, June 4, at the southern Jordanian port of Aqaba – ready for deployment on the kingdom’s Syrian border, DEBKAfile’s exclusive military sources report. The force made its way north along the Aqaba-Jerash-Ajilon mountain road bisecting Jordan from south to north, under heavy Jordanian military escort.
Our sources disclose that this American force numbers 1,000 troops, the largest to land in Jordan since the Syrian civil war erupted in March 2012. They are members of the 24th Marine Expeditionary Force carried aboard the USS Kearsageamphibious assault ship, which has been anchored off neighboring Israeli Eilat since mid-May. Upon landing, the marines took to the road in a convoy of armored vehicles including Hummers.
Washington and Amman have imposed a blackout on their arrival.
According to our US sources, the arrival of the US force in Jordan was not directly related to the regular exercise but decided on at an emergency meeting at the Pentagon on May 31, which was attended by top military and civilian Defense Department officials. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, who is away from Washington, took part by video conference.
Just last month the Russians, in response to a multi-year American Naval buildup, deployed the majority of their Pacific Fleet to the Mediterranean, and they are now shifting nuclear submarines to the region.
Sides are being taken, with Russia providing material support to the Assad regime and the United States providing money and weapons to the Free Syrian Army rebels, who sources claim are not only not Syrian, but likely operatives of America’s sworn enemy Al Queda.
There will be no draw down of troops or naval assets in the near future. Russia and the United States, as well as China, have strategic reasons for being in the region, and no one is going to pull back.
A terrible future lies ahead for the people of Syria and the greater world as this conflict continues to escalate.
6.05.13 – Selling 1 Oz Gold Coin for $25 (when it’s worth over $1,500)
[stextbox id=”x22report”] This video is so funny, people have no clue how much gold is and that gold is real money. They believe that other things like lipstick are worth more. This is why most Americans are going to be shocked when the collapse hits.[/stextbox]
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Keeping the American people dumbed down and in the dark. This is why nobody knows whats going on.[/stextbox]
Today, there is almost zero truth in mainstream media. Just as global financial firms like Goldman Sachs have repeatedly been exposed for issuing conflicting advice to different tier clients depending upon how much money the client has with the firm, mainstream media has constantly been exposed for issuing different stories as well, depending upon the propaganda they wish to disseminate. For example, Time Magazine often runs different cover stories for the United States and the rest of the world as is illustrated by the covers of issues released in October and December 2011 below.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The UN Arms Treaty is pending in the Senate, so to push this through they will need some sort of false flag event either to push the American people and congress to pass it or to distract everyone while its being signed[/stextbox]
Instead of taking the opportunity to sign the United Nations Small Arms Treaty on Tuesday, the White House has indicated that Barack Obama will sign it sometime before the end of August. This causes some concern as to what type of event the White House is waiting on to exploit the emotions of Americans to gain support for the measure and put pressure on the Senate to ratify it. Many have suggested that the signature will come under cover of darkness, sometime in August, When Congress will not be in town.
Press Secretary Jay Carney said that Obama aims to sign the treaty “before the end of August.” Tuesday was the earliest he could have signed it.
“We believe it’s in the interest of the United States,” he said. “While we look forward to signing the treaty, there are remaining translation issues that need to be resolved.”
The National Rifle Association (NRA) opposes the treaty, and the delay would allow Obama to sign the pact during the August doldrums, with Congress out of town.
That time frame appears to validate the concerns of treaty advocates who had worried the administration would wait until the cover of darkness to sign a treaty opposed by a majority of senators.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Hold on to your seats its going to be a bumpy couple of weeks. The FED and Central Bankers will try to push the market up or keep it our of the red until all control is lost. [/stextbox]
In the wake of the BIS’ official bail-in blueprint, Jim Sinclair has sent an alert to readers urging them to exit the system immediately.
Sinclair states that even though readers are being told daily what is going to happen, 99.9% of even his close friends are in freeze-frame and have yet to move to pre-emptively protect themselves and their wealth from the bankster freight train rolling straight at them.
The sharpest revisions revolved around labor costs, though. Hourly compensation sank 3.8% in the first quarter instead of rising 1.2% as initially reported. That’s the biggest drop since the Labor Department began keeping track shortly after the end of World War Two.
First Quarter Hourly Compensation Plunges 3.8%, Most on Record; Manufacturing Hourly Compensation Plunges 6.9%; What’s Going On?
Inquiring minds are digging into the stunningly bad Quarter-Over-Quarter decline in wages and real wages across all sectors
China’s top Internet security official says he has “mountains of data” pointing to extensive U.S. hacking aimed at China, but it would be irresponsible to blame Washington for such attacks, and called for greater cooperation to fight hacking.
Cyber security is a major concern for the U.S. government and is expected to be at the top of the agenda when President Barack Obama meets with Chinese President Xi Jinping in California on Thursday and Friday.
Obama will tell Xi that Washington considers Beijing responsible for any cyber attacks launched from Chinese soil and must take action to curb high-tech spying, White House officials said on Tuesday.
China’s Internet security chief complained that Washington used the news media to raise cyber security concerns which would be better settled through communication, not confrontation.
“We have mountains of data, if we wanted to accuse the U.S., but it’s not helpful in solving the problem,” said Huang Chengqing, director of the National Computer Network Emergency Response Technical Team/Coordination Center of China, known as CNCERT.
“They advocated cases that they never let us know about,” Huang said in comments on Tuesday and carried by the government-run China Daily newspaper on Wednesday.
“Some cases can be addressed if they had talked to us, why not let us know? It is not a constructive train of thought to solve problems.”
CNCERT has instead co-operated with the United States, receiving 32 Internet security cases from the United States in the first four months of 2013, and handling most promptly, except for a few that lacked sufficient proof, Huang said.
6.05.13 – [stextbox id=”x22report”]Here is the recovery, as you can see the economy is struggling, it is not getting better it is getting much, much worse and they know it is, but shhhh, don’t tell anyone, look at the stock market, everything is ok.[/stextbox]
The wealthiest 1 percent now control 39 percent of the world’s wealth, and their share is likely to grow in the coming years, according to a new report.
The world’s total private wealth grew 7.8 percent last year to $135 trillion, according to the Boston Consulting Group’s Global Wealth report. The top 1 percent control $52.8 trillion, and those worth $5 million or more control nearly a quarter of the world’s wealth
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Everyone is preparing for war, drills in Jordan, drills on capturing and island, hmmmm, getting ready for the big one[/stextbox]
The Japanese Self Defense Forces (SDF) will be taking part in a California-based military training exercise led by the U.S., and including Canada and New Zealand, from June 10 until the 26. The Dawn Blitz 2013 will be the first year for Japan to participate, as well as see all the involved nations have their troops take part in amphibious assault training. “The exercise is aimed at improving the integrated operation capabilities of the SDF and maintaining and improving bilateral capabilities with the U.S. military,” said a public affairs official from the SDF Joint Staff Office.
Five personnel from the Air Self Defense Force will be joining the exercise, while the Maritime Self Defense will have 730 personnel deployed, followed by 250 ground personnel. Three warships and seven combat helicopters have been sent for the exercises, taking place at Camp Pendleton. Japan also sent 40 ground SDF personnel to Guam last September for a smaller amphibious military exercise. Col. Grant Newsham of the US Marines finds Japan’s participation in the Dawn Blitz historic. “Now, eight months later we have three MSDF vessels, two of them amphibious ships, with 250 GSDF troops with their equipment and helicopters aboard, sailing across the Pacific Ocean to southern California to train with each other and with the U.S. Marines and U.S. Navy in a much more complex amphibious exercise. This is unprecedented,” Col. Newsham said, comparing operations to those held in Guam.
It is expected that the SDF’s move aims to be equipped with the necessary skills to protect Japan’s maritime territories. Some find SDF’s participation a move to counter China, which is known to have dispute with Japan over a group of islands in East China Sea. Others are even wary that Japan may offend China. Tetsuo Kotani, a specialist in maritime matters at The Japan Institute of International Affairs, believes that China will not remain silent. “Beijing will likely ask Japan not to engage in activities that could exacerbate regional tensions,” he said.
“The information in this report is taken from sources believed to be reliable; however, the Commodity Exchange, Inc. disclaims all liability whatsoever with regard to its accuracy or completeness. This report is produced for information purposes only.” – disclaimer now posted on the Comex gold and silver daily warehouse stock report as of Monday, June 3, 2013.
Well now. How would you like to get your bank statement in the mail from JP Morgan or Bank of America and see this disclaimer added at the bottom:
“The information in this account statement is taken from sources believed to be reliable; however, JP Morgan Chase & Co. disclaims all liability whatsoever with regard to its accuracy or completeness. This account statement is produced for information purposes only.”
How would feel about that? That’s pretty much the equivalent of what the attorneys for the CME/Comex have done by adding the statement at the top to their daily gold and silver warehouse stock reports. That disclaimer was not in Friday’s warehouse stock report, it was on yesterday’s (kudos to the commenter “anonymous” who discovered this).
The common reaction would be to ask “why now?” But we already know the answer to that question. I’ve suspected for a long time that the Comex vault operators lease out a substantial portion of the gold and silver bars that they keep in both the “registered” and “eligible” account designations. It would be easy income for JP Morgan, a bullion bank who actively engages in gold leasing, to lease out the majority of the bars it stores for delivery – “registered” – and for investors who have taken delivery but keep their gold/silver in JPM’s Comex vault – “eligible.” After all, in any given delivery month, less than 1-2% of the open interest ever stand for delivery, making it very easy for a Comex vault operator to earn extra income by leasing out gold and silver that it knows it will never be required to produce for delivery.
I am willing to bet a very large amount of money that this disclaimer was put on the warehouse reports starting yesterday as a result of the large amount of gold bars that has been physically removed from Comex vaults, and specifically from JP Morgan’s “eligible” account, since the beginning of the year. This means that it is highly likely that a significant portion of the remaining gold and silver sitting in Comex precious metals vaults – especially JPM’s – has been been hypothecated in some form.
For anyone who has witnessed what happened with MF Global and the illegal hypothecation of customer assets, a situation in which JP Morgan is/was inextricably tied, if you believe that Wall Street is willing to hypothecate the sacred customer accounts but would not hypothecate or lease out Comex gold, then you are either tragically naive or terminally ignorant.
To make matters even worse, I just looked up the Comex warehouse rules with regard to storage and guarantee requirements, and there is not any requirement that Comex vault operators establish “allocated” accounts for the individual customers who have taken delivery – theoretically – of gold or silver from the Comex and chose to “safekeep” it in a Comex vault. Here’s the link the to rules: Comex Storage Rules
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Getting all NATO nations on board with the cyber attack false flag event. This will be the main event, the perfect storm to get everything the central bankers and government want. When the cyber attack hits the lights will go out, the government will declare martial law, the President will implement executive orders, money will be siphoned off from everyone’s accounts and all of this will be blamed on China or any other country they want to blame this entire thing on to get everyone into WWIII to cover up the colossal economic collapse [/stextbox]
Nato suffered around 2,500 suspected cyber attacks on its networks last year the alliance’s Secretary General said as defence ministers gathered for the first time to discuss the threat.
Anders Fogh Rasmussen said: “This is a serious challenge and we are taking it seriously because cyber attacks are getting more common and more complex and more dangerous. They come without warning from anywhere in the world and they can have devastating consequences.”
A Nato official said none of the attacks had broken through Nato security.
The great majority were believed to be petty crime or activists. A small number may have had state backing, though officials declined to name countries involved.
Chuck Hagel, United States defence secretary, at the weekend accused the Chinese government of ‘cyber intrusions’ against the US and in the past Russia has been accused of cyber attacks on Estonia and Georgia.
The alliance agreed to set up rapid reaction teams of experts to defend Nato networks in the event of attack, but discussion of a plan to allow individual alliance members to call on the teams was postponed until October. Several alliance members including Britain had argued that funding a shared pool of teams for alliance members would only duplicate their own domestic spending on cyber defences.
In “Stocks for the Long Run,” economist Jeremy Siegel researched all the “big market moves” between 1801 and 2001. Bottom line: 75% of the time, there is no rationale for “big moves.” No one can predict them. Maybe technicians and traders can pick short-term moves the next second. Maybe tomorrow. But the long-term “big market moves?” No way.
So why predict an “87%” chance of another meltdown in 2013? Because in the real world of statistical probabilities, historical facts and expert opinions danger signals are flashing wild. In mid-2008 we summarized the predictions of 20 experts over several years. Predicted a meltdown in a few years — markets crashed two months later. Fast.
In retrospect, it was inevitable, thanks in part to the hype, arrogance and incompetence of Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke and Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson who failed to prepare America.
The warnings are again accelerating. And so is the happy talk from Wall Street casino insiders, about rallies, housing recoveries, perpetual cheap money. Don’t listen. The next crash will happen by year-end.
Yes, there’s a 13% chance the next Fed chairman will keep printing cheap money into 2014. But on New Years Eve our aging bull will be 4½ years old, well past Bill O’Neill’s “average” 3.75 years for putting this bull out to pasture.
So unless you’re shorting, all bets on Wall Street casinos for 2014 are megarisk, like 2008. Like a Stephen King horror film, you feel it coming. Could happen anytime, even tomorrow, says Siegel’s research, or the unpredictable logic in Nassim Taleb’s “Black Swan.”
Here are 10 other predictions adding credibility to a crash by the end of 2013:
1. Warren Buffett ‘guaranteed’ new bubble, new recession four years ago
Actually he saw it coming early. Shortly after the 2008 crash Warren Buffett was asked: “Do you think there will be another bubble leading to a huge recession?” Yes, “I can guarantee it.” Cycles happen.
Next question: “Why can’t we learn the lessons of the last recession? Look where greed has gotten us.” Then with the impish grin of a Zen master, Uncle Warren replied, “Greed is fun for a while. People can’t resist it.” But “however far human beings have come, we haven’t grown up emotionally at all. We remain the same.”
Yes, one of world’s richest men was personally guaranteeing another bubble, another “huge recession.” Now, four years later, that time bomb is ticking louder, closer.
2. Federal Reserve’s Council: ‘Unsustainable bubble in stocks, bonds’
The International Business Times just reported on the minutes of the Federal Reserve Board Advisory Council’s mid-May meeting. Members expressed “strong concerns over the Fed’s low-interest-rate policies and its bond-purchase program, which they say could trigger unmanageable inflation and an ‘unsustainable bubble’ in the stock and bond markets.” Some “pointed out that near-zero interest rates could not be sustained in the long run.”
Why? “A spike in inflation could force the Fed to hike interest rates, hurting business confidence and consumer spending, and prove disastrous to the U.S. economy, which is still clawing its way back from the debilitating effects of the 2008 financial crisis.”
Get it? The Fed and Wall Street insiders hear something’s dead ahead.
3. Peter Schiff is ‘doubling down’ on his ‘doomsday’ prediction
Euro Pacific Capital CEO Peter Schiff, author of “The Real Crash: America’s Coming Bankruptcy,” is “not backing away from doomsday predictions about the U.S. economy,” wrote MarketWatch’s Greg Robb last week. He sees the no-win scenario: “Either the Fed stops QE and starts selling the Treasurys and mortgage-related assets on its balance sheet, thus triggering a recession, or else faces an inevitable, even-worse, currency crisis.”
The “idea that the U.S. economy is in recovery is based entirely on rising asset prices … Asset prices are only rising because rates are low. As soon as rates go back up, asset prices will” fall.
Last year on Fox Business Schiff warned: “We’ve got a much bigger collapse coming.” Then last week: “I am 100% confident the crisis that we’re going to have will be much worse than the one we had in 2008.” His 100% beats our 87%.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Europe is down, Asian markets are down, the Nikkei is ~20% off its highs. The market is very volatile, but lets see what the American market does today. The FED and the central bankers will do everything they can to get the market up so that everyone in America says the problems must be only in Europe and Asia.[/stextbox]
That deep red premarket color on your terminal means it must be a non-Tuesday. Just kidding.
Anyone expecting Abe to announce definitive, material growth reform instead of vague promises to slay a “deflation monster” last night was sorely disappointed. The country’s PM, who may once again be reaching for the Immodium more and more frequently, said the government aims for 3% average growth over the next decade and 2% real growth, raising per capita income by JPY 1.5 million. The market laughed outright in the face of this IMF-type silly vagueness (as well as the amusing assumption that Abe will be still around in 7 years), which left untouched the most critical aspect of Abenomics: energy, and nuclear energy to be specific, and sent the USDJPY plummeting well below the 100 support line, printing 99.55 at last check. But more importantly, after surging briefly at the opening of the second half of trading to mask a feeble attempt at telegraphing the “all is well”, it rolled over with a savage ferocity plunging 700 points from an intraday high of 13,711 to just above 13,000 at the lows: yet another 5% intraday swing in a market which is now flatly laughing at the BOJ’s “price stability” mandate. Tonight’s drop has extended the plunge from May 23 to 18.4% meaning just 1.6% lower and Japan officially enters a bear market.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I believe Gerald Celente said this, currency war, then trade ware and finally real war. Be prepared!![/stextbox]
We reported yesterday that Europe, in a surprising escalation of global trade wars, announced it would impose solar-panel duties against China in one week, with the terms rapidly deteriorating over the next three months. It took China less than one day to retaliate. What’s worse the retaliation is aimed at Europe’s already weakest – the PIIGS – by targeting not hard German machinery exports but something far more prosaic: French, Spanish and Italian wine.
Reuters reports that “in a step targeting southern European states such as France and Italy that back the duties but largely sparing north European opponents such as Germany, Beijing said it launched an anti-dumping and anti-subsidy probe into sales of European wine. The Chinese ministry said the government had begun the probe into EU wines at the request of Chinese wine makers.
“The Commerce Ministry has already received an application from the domestic wine industry, which accuses wines imported from Europe of entering China’s market by use of unfair trade tactics such as dumping and subsidies,” it said in a statement.
“We have noted the quick rise in wine imports from the EU in recent years, and we will handle the investigation in accordance with the law.”
The move appeared largely symbolic and less severe than if China had targeted hi-tech exports such as Airbus aircraft, made by Toulouse-based European aerospace group EADS.
Beijing imported 430 million liters of wine last year, of which more than two-thirds came from the EU, according to Chinese customs figures. Imports from France alone came to 170 million liters.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I wonder who the government, central bankers had to pay or threaten to get this report. Doing everything and anything to get this war started to cover the economic collapse.[/stextbox]
After having some time to regroup, Western-backed propaganda against the Assad government of Syria regarding the alleged (and erroneous) claims of the use of chemical weapons against rebels death squads and civilians has apparently resumed.
As Reuters reports, “United Nations human rights investigators said on Tuesday they had “reasonable grounds” to believe that limited amounts of chemical weapons had been used by government forces in Syria.”
Reuters also states that “In their latest report, based on interviews with victims, medical staff and other witnesses, they said they had received allegations that both Syrian government forces and rebels had used the banned weapons, but that at least four instances related to their use by state forces.”
Paulo Pinheiro, chair of the UN Commission of Inquiry, told a news conference in Geneva, Switzerland “There are reasonable grounds to believe that limited quantities of toxic chemicals weapons were used. It has not been possible, on the evidence available, to determine the precise chemical agents used, their delivery systems or the perpetrator.”
Pinheiro stated that the information he was reporting came from interviews conducted with “victims, refugees who fled some areas, and medical staff.” The interview process, as Reuters reports, involved teams “composed of more than 20 investigators, conducted 430 interviews from January 15 to May 15 among refugees in neighboring countries and by Skype with people still in Syria.”
The UN Commission of Inquiry largely contradicts earlier reports by its own UN investigators into the nature of chemical weapons’ use in Syria.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Moving forward with gun control, they are doing everything they can to get the guns away from the American people. Little do they know is that all of these are null and void according to the 2nd Amendment[/stextbox].
John W. Griffin is a fast-talking, whiskey-loving, fifth-generation Nevadan who spends his days as a lobbyist courting lawmakers in Stetsons. He advocates for luxury casinos, once brokered a dispute between a brothel and a nightclub, and has helped feuding families resolve tussles over cattle crossings.
Now he is representing the ultimate city slicker, Michael R. Bloomberg, the mayor of New York, who, undaunted by defeat in Congress, is taking his campaign for stricter gun laws to the nation’s state capitals, including here, where a bill to expand the use of criminal background checks is before the State Legislature.
“I thought, ‘Heck, that’s going to be a tough battle,’ ” Mr. Griffin said. “But for a man with unmatchable resources, there’s good reason to be hopeful.”
Fortified by several million dollars in contributions that have come in since the Newtown school massacre in December, Mayors Against Illegal Guns, the national coalition Mr. Bloomberg co-founded and finances, says it has deployed more than 50 people across the country, building grass-roots organizations and dispatching foot soldiers to pressure local politicians.
In Washington State, where a Bloomberg-backed background-checks bill was defeated in the Legislature this year, the coalition is assisting with a ballot initiative on the same issue. In Oregon, the group has hired lobbyists to revive long-stalled legislation to regulate private gun sales. In Colorado, where the coalition helped pass stricter gun laws this year, it is preparing to defend lawmakers against a recall effort pushed by the National Rifle Association.
Mr. Bloomberg faces an uphill battle — many of the states he seeks to influence are places where guns are dear and New York is not. He is going up against well-organized networks of gun enthusiasts, with scores of rural voters eager to block his every move.
The conclusion: the second housing bubble may have already popped…The following comment from Mark Hanson should pour cold water on anyone who still harbors any delusion that there is a “housing recovery” or that any transitory, cheap-credit driven price hikes, will persist.
Mass Layoffs in Mortgage Space
Large scale, sudden mortgage finance job loss on deck…will impact weekly claims. Rates a stiff headwind to house prices, bank earnings, consumer spend, home improvement et al.
After 5 years of interest rates being forced incrementally lower each year — and everybody that qualifies refinancing over and over again allowing the banks to originate and earn several points off of each gov’t loan churn — the jig is up for a while at least. The mortgage market is now so efficient — and rates have been at historic lows for so long – there is simply nobody on the proverbial “fence”.
This morning I was made aware that three large private mortgage bankers I follow closely for trends in mortgage finance ALL had mass layoffs last Friday and yesterday to the tune of 25% to 50% of their operations staff (intake, processing, underwriting, document drawing, funding, post-closing). This obviously means that my reports of refi apps being down 65% to 90% in the past 3 weeks are far more accurate than the lagging MBA index, which is likely on its’ way to print multi-year lows in the next month.
As I stress in the note below, the “refi capital conveyor belt” is a quiet, yet powerful economic driver. Not only do refi’s grease homeowners balance sheets and have been responsible for the lions” share of mortgage-centric US banks’ earnings over the past few years but they are huge for the labor market.
With respect to jobs, well over 100 individuals touch one refi from loan application printing/shipping, up-front processing (appraisal, credit, bank/job verifications, title, escrow etc), to lender underwriting, document drawing, and funding, and through post-closing including securitization and trustee services. So when the refi door slams shut it’s a macro headwind for which few account. In fact, many model the exact opposite…that rising rates is great for banks and the economy.
A week ago this notice was posted by concerned gun owners in the state of Texas:
We will be gathering for a legal armed open carry march to raise public awareness of gun laws in Texas. It is partially in response to the Temple Police Department violating the Second and Fourth Amendment rights of Active Duty MSGT Christopher J. Grisham HERE. Please join us all. We will be exercising our rights as free men and women. Be part of the solution. All permits and armed march route has been approved and coordinated with the city and local authorities. Come out for music, great speakers, food and a march around the police station and town square.
When: June 1st
Where: Temple, TX
Venue: Community Market 212 S. Main St.
“While out hiking with my son through backcountry roads to help him earn his Eagle Scout rank, I was illegally arrested and disarmed without cause. I was thrown in jail and my lawfully owned weapons were confiscated without receipt or notice,” -Grisham
That’s right! Get your guns and get to Temple, TX. They forgot we have rights and we must remind them. If we don’t stand up for fellow Texans today then we will stand alone when it happens to us in our hometown. Just a reminder on legal open carry in Texas: It must be a long gun and can be strapped or hung on your person. Holding it could be considered “calculated to alarm” and this will be a peaceful march. We will be taking up donations for the 2nd Amendment Legal Defense Fund for Christopher J. Grisham.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Getting everything into place to start the war. All they need is a false flag event to get everyone on board. [/stextbox]
An American military analyst says it seems the United States is getting ready for a military intervention in Syria by deploying its military weapons in Jordan.
“The United States is getting ready for another major war effort. It sounds terrible”, Michael Burns told Press TV on Tuesday.
“The fact is day by day (Syrian President Bashar) Asad and the loyalists, the Syrian government in power, maybe winning this war, and the Western powers are doing everything to prepare everything … against Asad and the liyalists.”
“It’s just another little nail tap tap tap in the coffin of war”, Burns added.
Burns also mentioned Washington’s warmongering policies are coming despite domestic problems in the country.
A U.S. Central Command spokesman confirmed the deployment of a Patriot missile battery and F-16 fighter jets to Jordan.
“In order to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the government of Jordan,” said Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor, a spokesman at the U.S. Central Command.
Damascus has repeatedly said that the crisis in Syria is being engineered from outside the country. On May 18, President Assad said militants from 29 different countries were fighting against his government in different parts of the country.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]When the mainstream media tells you to get into real estate you know its a bubble. They did the same thing prior to 2008.[/stextbox]
From the NYT:
The last time the housing market was this hot in Phoenix and Las Vegas, the buyers pushing up prices were mostly small time. Nowadays, they are big time — Wall Street big.
Large investment firms have spent billions of dollars over the last year buying homes in some of the nation’s most depressed markets. The influx has been so great, and the resulting price gains so big, that ordinary buyers are feeling squeezed out. Some are already wondering if prices will slump anew if the big money stops flowing.
“The growth is being propelled by institutional money,” said Suzanne Mistretta, an analyst at Fitch Ratings. “The question is how much the change in prices really reflects market demand, rather than one-off market shifts that may not be around in a couple years.”
We have quantified the massive footprint of the New Normal’s landlords in the past, but here it is again from the NYT:
Blackstone, which helped define a period of Wall Street hyperwealth, has bought some 26,000 homes in nine states. Colony Capital, a Los Angeles-based investment firm, is spending $250 million each month and already owns 10,000 properties. With little fanfare, these and other financial companies have become significant landlords on Main Street. Most of the firms are renting out the homes, with the possibility of unloading them at a profit when prices rise far enough.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I have a problem with this, fingerprinting and photographing is not removing something from your body. The real question is where is this going, if they need a tooth can they remove it from your body, if they need to cut your hair can they take it? [/stextbox]
US police are now legally allowed to take DNA samples from those who are arrested, even if they have not been convicted for a crime or gone to trial. The Supreme Court ruled 5-4 to uphold the controversial practice on Monday.
Critics claim that taking DNA samples from anyone in custody without a warrant is considered an unconstitutional “search”, but the high court believes otherwise. US police who arrest anyone for a felony are now legally allowed to take a cheek swab of the arrestee to obtain a DNA sample, regardless of whether or not an individual has been convicted.
The court compared this practice to fingerprinting and photographing, and ruled that it is “a legitimate police booking procedure that is reasonable under the Fourth Amendment.” The court also described DNA sampling as the 21st century version of fingerprinting.
“DNA identification of arrestees is a reasonable search that can be considered part of a routine booking procedure,” Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote, representing the court’s majority decision.
A formerly obscure naval exercise involving China and the United States is coming under increased scrutiny ahead of President Barack Obama’s meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping on Friday. For the first time, the Obama administration invited China’s People’s Liberation Army to participate in the 2014 Rim of the Pacific (RIMPAC) exercise, an annual maritime exercise that enlists a variety of nations typically allied with the United States. But in wake of concerted Chinese attempts to obtain U.S. military secrets, not everyone is thrilled about the two naval powers floating side-by-side.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The gun control bill, UN arms treaty and CISPA are all pending in the Senate. What is Kerry saying, we will have a false flag event that will be so spectacular, horrifying and bloody that the American people will beg Congress for the bills to be passed. The only purpose for all this is to get the guns away from the people before the economic collapse.[/stextbox]
Secretary of State John Kerry says that the U.S. will sign a controversial United Nations treaty on arms control in spite of bipartisan opposition from lawmakers.
Kerry released a written statement on Monday saying the U.S. “welcomes” the next phase for the treaty, which the U.N. General Assembly approved on April 2 but which gun rights advocates on Capitol Hill fear could lead to new gun control measures domestically, reports Fox News.
“We look forward to signing it as soon as the process of conforming the official translations is completed satisfactorily,” Kerry said, adding that the treaty is “an important contribution to efforts to stem the illicit trade in conventional weapons, which fuels conflict, empowers violent extremists, and contributes to violations of human rights.”
The treaty would reportedly require countries that ratify it to establish national guidelines to govern the transfer of conventional arms and components and to regulate arms brokers.
Supporters of gun rights have warned that it could be used as the basis for more gun control measures in the U.S.
Last week, 130 members of Congress signed a letter to President Barack Obama and Kerry calling on them to reject the measure.
“We strongly encourage your administration to recognize its textual, inherent and procedural flaws, to uphold our country’s constitutional protections of civilian firearms owners, and to defend the sovereignty of the United States, and thus to decide not to sign this treaty,” they wrote.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Of course they need to keep their email a secret, but the peoples email can be spied on without a warrant. It seems we have two sets of rules.[/stextbox]
Some of President Barack Obama’s political appointees, including the Cabinet secretary for the Health and Human Services Department, are using secret government email accounts they say are necessary to prevent their inboxes from being overwhelmed with unwanted messages, according to a review by The Associated Press.
The scope of using the secret accounts across government remains a mystery: Most U.S. agencies have failed to turn over lists of political appointees’ email addresses, which the AP sought under the Freedom of Information Act more than three months ago. The Labor Department initially asked the AP to pay more than $1 million for its email addresses.
The AP asked for the addresses following last year’s disclosures that the former administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency had used separate email accounts at work. The practice is separate from officials who use personal, non-government email accounts for work, which generally is discouraged – but often happens anyway – due to laws requiring that most federal records be preserved.
The secret email accounts complicate an agency’s legal responsibilities to find and turn over emails in response to congressional or internal investigations, civil lawsuits or public records requests because employees assigned to compile such responses would necessarily need to know about the accounts to search them. Secret accounts also drive perceptions that government officials are trying to hide actions or decisions.
A new report from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) has weighed in with an educated guess about the Israeli military’s secretive nuclear weapons program, estimating the nation has around 80 “strategic” level nuclear weapons.
The estimate suggests 50 of the warheads are for Jericho II medium range missiles, with another 30 gravity bombs to be dropped from warplanes. The report says it is possible that smaller tactical nukes could also be in the nation’s arsenal.
If true, this would make Israel’s arsenal the smallest of the eight nuclear powers, though roughly in line with India and Pakistan who both, like Israel, are not signatories to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT). SIPRI put their arsenals in the range of 90-120 warheads.
Israel had been believed to have a considerably larger arsenal than this, with past estimates mostly in the 200 warhead range and some suggesting the number could be as high as 400. Israel is the only nuclear weapons state in the Middle East.
The report was critical not only of the non-NPT nations with nuclear arsenals, but also of the signatories who they reported are flouting treaty requirements to work toward disarmament, noting that all five such powers are working on new nuclear weapons or plan to do so.
6.04.13 – 13yr old Reprimanded By School For Saving Kid From Knife Attack (Canada,The Right To Be A Victim)
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Is the world turning into a bunch of wimps. People today cannot do anything themselves, think for themselves. There is only one reason the governments do want us to stand-up or to intervene, it makes it easier for the government to control the people.[/stextbox]
[stextbox id=”x22report”]America in recovery, feels good[/stextbox]
Following the State’s takeover of Detroit’s finances in March, it seems the end is growing ‘nigh’er for the troubled city. According to the WSJ, Kevyn Orr, Detroit’s emergency manager, plans to call unions and creditors to a meeting in mid-June to lay the groundwork for a bankruptcy within a matter of months. The meeting is designed to restructure the long-struggling city’s liabilities of over $17bn and is an attempt to “have a mature and sober discussion” of repayment terms following its delayed payment in April of $226 million on pensions and other obligations. Several unions said they are willing to come to the table, but believe “it’s a scare tactic.” Up to now, Gov. Snyder and Detroit elected officials have said they want to avoid using bankruptcy (Detroit would be the biggest muni filing ever) to clean up the city’s mess. But in recent days, their positions have softened, adding that, “I don’t want to go to bankruptcy, but I do know that it is a strong possibility.” Mr. Orr’s office confirmed it was evaluating the potential sale of prized assets such as the artwork at the Detroit Institute of Art, a collection potentially worth billions.
6.04.13 – The U.S Is On The Brink Of A Massive Civil War
6.04.13 – Civil War And The Litmus Test – “Will you shoot Americans?”
BREAKING NEWS! ATTACK ON AMERICA UPDATES LOCK AND LOAD!
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Gun control is really working well, as you can see in those places where there are strict gun control laws the crime and killings are higher than any other place. So heat is the problem, if this is the case than all southern states would have mass killings all year round.[/stextbox]
As weekend temperatures soared over 90 degrees Fahrenheit, New York City saw a sudden increase in shootings, with 26 people felled by bullets in 72 hours — seven fatally.
“When we have hot temperatures, we see that the crime rate seems to go up,” New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg said Monday.
But Bloomberg emphasized that for the year, shootings are down in the city — 127 since January 1, which is 40 less than the same period in 2012.
“One shooting is one too many, but last week we had the fewest shootings in a decade, including this weekend’s shootings,” Bloomberg noted.
A professor says the heat index and the crime rate can connect.
“Lifestyle differences exist between cold weather and warm weather,” says James Alan Fox, a professor of Criminology, Law and Public Policy at Northeastern University in Boston.
Fox has conducted research on the possible connection between temperature and crime. His findings illustrate how these lifestyle differences can contribute to varying levels of violent crime.
“In cold weather, particularly in blizzards, people stay indoors, and the violent crime rate is lower. When the weather is warm, people are interacting more with others, be they friends, family, or strangers, so there are increased opportunities for conflict,” Fox says.
Fox says this trend continues except when it gets incredibly hot, so unbearable that even criminals become lethargic.
“When it gets to be in the high 90s, especially over 100 degrees, people just go indoors and look for air conditioning,” Fox said.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]We are seeing the destruction of America, first manufacturing was moved, now there are no jobs, it’s like they want to destroy America on purpose[/stextbox]
Did you know that Barack Obama has been secretly negotiating the most important trade agreement since the formation of the World Trade Organization? Did you know that this agreement will impose very strict Internet copyright rules, ban all “Buy American” laws, give Wall Street banks much more freedom to trade risky derivatives and force even more domestic manufacturing offshore?
If you have not heard about this treaty, don’t feel bad. Obama has refused to even give Congress a copy of the draft agreement and he has banned members of Congress from attending the negotiations. The plan is to keep this treaty secret until the very last minute and then to railroad it through Congress and have it signed into law by October.
The treaty is known as “the Trans-Pacific Partnership”, and the nations that are reported to be involved in the development of this treaty include the United States, Canada, Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, Chile, Peru, Brunei, Singapore, Vietnam and Malaysia. Opponents of this treaty refer to it as “the NAFTA of the Pacific”, and if it is enacted it will push the deindustrialization of America into overdrive.
The “one world” economic agenda that Barack Obama has been pushing is absolutely killing the U.S. economy. As you will see later in this article, we are losing jobs and businesses at an astounding pace. And each new “free trade” agreement makes things even worse.
For example, just check out the impact that the recent free trade agreement that Obama negotiated with South Korea is having on us…
A 10 percent decline of U.S. exports to Korea
The U.S. trade deficit with Korea has climbed 37 percent
U.S. auto industry has been crippled
Loss of U.S. control where international trade, banking and finance is concerned
A projected 159,000 jobs will be lost
Wait a second – I though that “free trade” agreements were actually supposed to increase exports.
So why have they declined by 10 percent?
Did someone make a really bad deal?
And of course we have all seen the economic devastation that NAFTA has wrought.
When NAFTA was pushed through Congress in 1993, the United States actually had a trade surplus with Mexico of 1.6 billion dollars. By 2010, we had a trade deficit with Mexico of 61.6 billion dollars.
And “free trade” with China has turned out to be a complete and total nightmare as well.
Back in 1985, our trade deficit with China was approximately 6 million dollars (million with a little “m”) for the entire year.
The US will deploy Patriot missile batteries and F-16 fighter jets in Jordan for military exercises, and the weapons may remain there indefinitely due to the threat of the Syrian civil war. The US has declined to comment on the size of the deployment.
The missile defense systems were “approved for deployment to Jordan as part of Exercise Eager Lion,” AFP quoted US Central Command spokesperson Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor as saying. “In order to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the government of Jordan,” he added.
The US has so far refused to reveal how many F-16s are being deployed, or how many of them will remain in Jordan after the exercises conclude. Jordanian officials have confirmed that the missile defense systems are being sent, vowing they will only be used to defend the country from potential missile attacks.
Russia has not yet delivered Russian-made S-300 surface-to-air missiles to Syria, President Vladimir Putin said.
“As for the S-300s, it’s one of the best air defense systems in the world,” Putin said following a Russia-EU summit. “It’s a serious weapon. We would not like to tip the balance of power in the region. We signed the contract a few years ago. It has not been implemented yet.”
Bank for International Settlements warns of stock market crash
There is no economic recovery. However, the loose monetary policies of central banks drives the share prices to record highs. Therefore, the BIS warns of bubble formation.
The markets were under the curse of the world’s central banks, the Bank for International Settlements (BIS). The cheap money pushing up stock prices at record highs, even though there was absolutely no economic recovery.
The continuing flood of money some major central banks in recent months had “helped the operators to repress signs of a global slowdown,” the FT quoted from the latest quarterly report from the BIS, the so-called central bank of central banks.
The Basel institution is particularly critical of the plans announced in April, the Bank of Japan to double the monetary base of the yen by extreme money printing.This new phase of loose monetary policy may be seen also in Europe, where the ECB has cut interest rates to historically low 0.5 percent.
The global flood of money have let the stock prices shoot up even in Europe the prices went up -. Despite the recession and despite the banking crisis in Cyprus Investor behavior will determined by the central banks, the BIS..
Central bankers themselves, whose goal was just so, to give the market prices of buoyancy, have warned in recent months against too much optimism. Both the head of the U.S. Federal Reserve and the Bank of England-Chief, have publicly warned that their policies could lead to blistering (last here ) But the central bankers are in a dilemma. One end of the flood of money would immediately cause global recession.
BIS records startling collapse of eurozone interbank loans
Cross-border lending is falling drastically across the western world as banks slash exposure to Europe and bend to tougher capital rules, according to data from the Bank for International Settlements.
Foreign bank loans fell by $472bn (£311bn) in rich countries in the fourth quarter of last year, contracting at an 8pc annual rate. The retrenchment was led by a collapse of interbank loans in the eurozone, where lenders in the creditor states continue to pull back from periphery countries.
Volumes fell by $284bn across the eurozone, a 20pc rate of contraction. Belt-tightening by banks is a key reason why the region remains stuck in recession for the seventh quarter in a row.
The BIS said in its quarterly report that the markets are “under the spell of monetary easing”, convinced that central banks will keep the asset boom going despite signs of “broad deceleration” in the US economy and fatigue in China.
According to the 1967 book, The Report from Iron Mountain, lasting peace would be neither desirable nor sustainable nor create the legitimate right for government to rule society. Among its nine specific recommendations, war and militarism topped the list as government’s best overall solutions until and if there was an effective substitute for war, equal in stature and impact to war, capable of creating a similar national rallying point for the masses. Their highest recommendation other than war and militarism was…environmentalism.
More than 100 world leaders, including President George H.W. Bush, gathered in Rio for fourteen days of discussion on climate change and biodiversity. While attending, President Bush Sr., along with 178 other national heads, signed the Rio Declaration, a non-binding, non-partisan statement of broad principles for environmental policy called United Nations Agenda 21. Its global mission is to elevate the status of nature in order to preserve the natural world for future generations.
By executive order, in 1993, President Bill Clinton created and set up the President’s Council on Sustainable Development to translate UN Agenda 21 into public policy administered by the federal government. The Council’s sixteen-point document, “Sustainable America,” affirmed the commitment to develop and implement the Agenda’s environmental policies in the United States. Its three strategies, environment, economy, and social equity are represented by three interconnecting circles.
Governments . . . should adopt a national strategy for sustainable development — “Agenda 21,” Section 8.7
Sounds good on the surface, but upon closer scrutiny, Agenda 21 is the implementation plan of global governance from the local level on up. Since that day in Rio in 1992, the Agenda’s more sinister implications have come to light. “Soft” law of the original non-binding document had no legal teeth. However, as ICLEI infiltrates local communities, Agenda 21’s true colors shine through as “hard” regulations with associated penalties.
The phrase “sustainable development” gave Agenda 21 a positive public image but in the end, it only panders to and soothes the people with a marketing sound bite while nefarious new infrastructures are seamlessly put in place. Federalists in 1787 used the same sort of strategy when they distributed Federalist Papers to assure the public that all power of government was in the people; meaning a new constitution would in no way change the hard-won liberties gained by the American Revolution.
Agenda 21 is poised to wipe out whatever might be left of the private property rights of individuals. Do not be deceived by the rhetoric. Sustainable development is underway where you live. An agenda of domination and control bleeds through the seemingly benign cover story in the land of the New Normal of nature’s rights.
It is the duty of the patriot to protect his country from its government. — Common Sense, Rights of man, and other Essential Writings of Thomas Paine, Thomas Paine, Anti-Federalist, author, 1791
A professor in West Virginia provides yet another example of the inescapable reality that the real threat to America, beyond a complicit media, is likely to be found in college classrooms.
Christopher Swindell, journalism professor at Marshall University, is calling on National Rifle Association members to be shot before a firing squad.
In an op/ed published in the Charleston Gazette on Thursday, Swindell offered his version of the “final solution” for supporters of the Second Amendment, as Independent Journal Review’s Michael Miller characterized his vile rhetoric.
While passing himself off as “mainstream,” Swindell labels the NRA’s concerns as “knuckle-dragging Cretan talk” and accuses the organization of advocating for the overthrow of the U.S. government:
“Here it is. The NRA advocates armed rebellion against the duly elected government of the United States of America. That’s treason, and it’s worthy of the firing squad.
The professor adds that James W. Porter, Jr., the new NRA president, whom he referred to as “a white, rich old man,” has an agenda to arm the populace for confrontation and to drive his point home, he pulls the race card:
“We put the president in the White House. To support the new NRA president’s agenda of arming the populace for confrontation with the government is bloody treason. And many invite it gladly as if the African-American president we voted for is somehow infringing on their Constitutional rights.”
After calling himself as a “peacable man,” Swindell suggested “to turn the song lyric they so love to quote back on them, “We’ll put a boot in your —, it’s the American way.”
“Except it won’t be a boot,” he writes. “It’ll be an M1A Abrams tank, supported by an F22 Raptor squadron with Hellfire missiles. Try treason on for size. See how that suits. And their assault arsenal and RPGs won’t do them any good.”
That the Charleston Gazette would even publish such inflammatory vitriol is irresponsible in the least, but far more egregious is that this man is teaching the youth of America. God help us.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So now we have Japan, South Korea and Europe rejecting the GMO crops. It is spreading and this just might be the trigger to send everything out of control[/stextbox]
Monsanto has just announced it’s giving up on most of Europe: people there don’t want GMO food. In America, the struggle is for labeling GMOs.
This is some kind of “fairness doctrine.” Let the US consumer decide what kind of food to buy. Choice. It’s the American way, right?
No, actually it isn’t. The evidence gathered over the last 10 years is staggering. GMO food and the herbicides sprayed on them constitute a major health hazard, to say the least.
And this doesn’t begin to cover the lying business practices of Monsanto, who promised farmers that Roundup would kill weeds in the fields. Instead, the weeds have proliferated to the point where the farmers have to kill everything growing with stronger, more dangerous herbicides, like Paraquat.
In the US, laws exist to prosecute crimes involving endangerment of health and crimes related to false marketing practices. These laws are on the books. When it comes to Monsanto, they’re gathering dust on the shelves.
Choice and fairness apply to competitive products that are safe. The consumer picks one type of tomato over another. The consumer buys walnuts rather than pecans. The consumer chooses black olives over green olives.
Choosing non-GMO corn instead of GMO corn still leaves dangerous GMO corn in produce bins.
Militants planned to use the mobile anti-aircraft systems they had received from Qatar for hitting Assad’s plane with the help of a surface –to- air missile on its way to Latakia Airport, the Addiyar Newspaper says.
It turned out that 2 technical workers from the Mezza military airfield near Damascus from where the airliner of the Syrian President was due to take off were involved in the above-mentioned plot. According to the Lebanese newspaper, among the master minders of an attack on the airliner of the Syrian President were the militants of the radical Islamist group Jebhat al-Nusra and the Syrian anti-aircraft gunners who deserted from the Syrian army and whom radical Islamists attracted to their side. The firing should have started after Assad’s plane’s going down to the height of 50 metres.
The information to the effect that Syrian President Bashar al-Assad has started to spend his days off on the beach came in from sources in Latakia, where the other participants of the plot were operating. The airliner of the Syrian President took off as was planned but immediately landed, the Lebanese newspaper said. The whole group consisting of 3 persons was spotted and immediately neutralized.
The Addiyar Newspaper believes that the Qatari and Turkish special services are behind the planned assassination attempt against the Syrian President. “Failing to win a military and diplomatic victory over Assad, official Doha and official Ankara decided to physically eliminate him”, the Lebanese newspaper says.
Neither the official sources in Damascus nor government media have given their commentaries yet over the information published by the Addiyar Newspaper.
The only thing more ominous for the world than a Hindenburg Omen sighting is a Bilderberg Group meeting. The concentration of politicians and business leaders has meant the organisation, founded at the Bilderberg Hotel near Arnhem in 1954, has faced accusations of secrecy. Meetings take place behind closed doors, with a ban on journalists. We suspect the agenda (how the US and Europe can promote growth, the way ‘big data’ is changing ‘almost everything’, the challenges facing the continent of Africa, and the threat of cyber warfare) has been somewhat re-arranged as market volatility picks up and the status quo begins to quake once again.
Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
Paul M. Achleitner, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG
Josef Ackermann, Chairman of the Board, Zurich Insurance Group Ltd
Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
Helen Alexander, Chairman, UBM plc
Roger C. Altman, Executive Chairman, Evercore Partners
Matti Apunen, Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA
Susan Athey, Professor of Economics, Stanford Graduate School of Business
Asli Aydintasbas, Columnist, Milliyet Newspaper
Ali Babacan, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs
Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
Francisco Pinto Balsemão, Chairman and CEO, IMPRESA
Nicolas Barré, Managing Editor, Les Echos
José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
Nicolas Baverez, Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
Olivier de Bavinchove, Commander, Eurocorps
John Bell, Regius Professor of Medicine, University of Oxford
Franco Bernabè, Chairman and CEO, Telecom Italia S.p.A.
Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
Carl Bildt, Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs
Anders Borg, Swedish Minister for Finance
Jean François van Boxmeer, CEO, Heineken
Svein Richard Brandtzæg, President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA
Oscar Bronner, Publisher, Der Standard Medienwelt
Peter Carrington, Former Honorary Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
Juan Luis Cebrián, Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA
Edmund Clark, President and CEO, TD Bank Group
Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
Bjarne Corydon, Danish Minister of Finance
Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
Enrico Cucchiani, CEO, Intesa Sanpaolo SpA
Etienne Davignon, Belgian Minister of State; Former Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
Ian Davis, Senior Partner Emeritus, McKinsey & Company
Robbert H. Dijkgraaf, Director and Leon Levy Professor, Institute for Advanced Study
Haluk Dinçer, President, Retail and Insurance Group, Sabanci Holding A.S.
Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
Nicholas N. Eberstadt, Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy, American Enterprise Institute
Espen Barth Eide, Norwegian Minister of Foreign Affairs
Börje Ekholm, President and CEO, Investor AB
Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So the CIA created and controlled Al Qaeda is telling the American people that they are going to create another false flag event since the Boston Bombing event went really bad and did nothing to stop gun owners or bring us into war. So they are going to try again, the government and central bankers are setting up another false flag event to get the war started to cover up the economic collapse. Remember we have potential events coming up, look at the side bar of X22 Report and see all the potential false flag events.[/stextbox]
The military leader of al-Qaida’s Yemeni branch says Americans will not be safe unless their leaders respect the security of other nations and do not attack or oppress them.
In a message addressed “to the American nation,” Qassim al-Rimi, commander of al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula, said: “your security is not achieved by despoiling other nations’ security or by attacking and oppressing them.”
The six-minute English-subtitled audio, posted on a militant website late Saturday, implored Americans to “leave us with our religion, land and nations and mind your own internal affairs.”
Al-Rimi said the bombing of the Boston marathon in April, and the recent sending of ricin-tainted letters to President Barack Obama and New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg “indicate that the control of your security has broken away.” The video was produced by al-Qaida’s media arm, al-Malahem Foundation.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Will this be the potential false flag for the gun control? We will have to wait and see[/stextbox]
Police say a school custodian noticed a person believed to be about 14-years-old outside the Dowagiac Middle school with a gun around 6:40 a.m. The principal arrived on scene and attempted contact with the person, but they then entered the woods to the east of the building.
Officers arrived and set up a perimeter to try and find the person, who was seen walking through the woods. Officers heard a single gunshot, and found the person with what appeared to be a self-inflicted gunshot wound.
The person was taken to the hospital and their condition is unknown.
The schools were placed on lockdown as a precaution. Police and school officials believe it to be an isolated incident but are continuing to investigate.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Don’t you find it odd that the government would get involved because of malware or a virus, really, this is a bunch of BS. This totally goes against the 1st Amendment. The government has no right to violate free speech.[/stextbox]
Weeks ago, The US Military blocked access to the “Southern Baptist Convention” website, due to ‘hostile content’. It has since been unblocked, but was this a beta test, to gauge the outrage in planning for future Internet censorship?
Recently, the pentagon and US military blocked access to the “Southern Baptist Convention” website, supposedly due to hostile content. This is extremely disturbing to those who wisely question their official reasoning for doing so, and it raises fierce concern about future government interference in Internet activity. Luckily, the infrastructure for an uninhibited Internet exists and is growing, for example, there is the TOR Network (The Onion Router). No matter what, it seems, the Internet can not die.
The pentagon claimed the block was due to malware somewhere on the website, a vague and not very logical explanation. It also came just weeks after the government began to label Christian groups as potential threats, religious extremists, and other fear-based, absurd titles, so most people who view this in the proper context, don’t buy the official narrative for a second. Many believe that this is a sort of beta test, to gauge how much outrage there would be if they blocked this website. Last time I checked, the US Military’s job was to systematically kill human beings with machinery, not protect Christians from malware.
The bottom line is, the US Military, and government, have absolutely no right to inhibit anyone’s free speech. Yet, they continue to break their own laws, and molest the constitution. The elephant found in the room after this event is, will pro human rights activists, liberty activists, ‘anti government’ whistleblowers, and other ideological combatants of government and corporate propaganda be censored? We must take a firm stand for our first amendment rights, against this disturbing idea of Internet censorship.
There’s a well known phrase that pertains to this issue – “If government shuts down my Internet, we shut down the government.” While I strongly wish for the eventually disillusion of this government to be an orderly, voluntary, and peaceful one, only time will tell if that will be the case.
On Friday it was announced that consumer confidence hit its highest level in nearly six years. Indeed, the last time we saw confidence in the economy as this reading was July 2007…
Here’s a riddle… how can consumer confidence be so high when:
Household wealth remains 45% lower than it was before the Crisis?
Incomes are falling?
Prices are generally rising?
Technically we’re all poorer than we were before 2008 happened. Most of us are making less money. And we’re spending more just trying to get by thanks to higher food, energy, and healthcare prices. Heck, housing is now even soaring again, pricing most beginning homebuyers out of the market.
And yet… supposedly we’re all feeling much better about things. Either we’re all delusional… or the data is being massaged to look better than reality.
Against this backdrop, Bernanke continues to talk about how removing stimulus could damage the “recovery.”
This is extraordinary.
We’re five years into a financial crisis. The typical business cycle is 10 years. So just based on historical cycles alone we should be witnessing a roaring recovery by now. And yet, the Fed Chairman is worried that removing stimulus (which is now north of $85 billion by the way) would damage the “recovery.”
Folks this entire mess is one big house of cards that is getting ready to collapse again. The Fed doesn’t have an exit plan. It never had a plan to begin with except to leave the paperweight on the “print” button. The fact that they’re still talking about a recovery five years and $2+ trillion after the Crisis hit makes it clear they’re losing control.
The market is beginning to sense this as Friday’s collapse indicates. As I’ve stated many times in the past weeks, stocks were ready to correct. Friday we got a hint of what’s coming:
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Many other countries will probably join the ban and this will hurt the American economy. Will this be the trigger along with Japan that causes the accelerated economic collapse.[/stextbox]
News about the GMO contamination of U.S. wheat crops seems to be spreading faster than the GMOs themselves. On Friday, South Korea joined Japan in announcing a halt on imports of U.S. wheat due to the USDA’s recent announcement that commercial wheat grown in the USA is contaminated with Monsanto’s genetically engineered wheat.
Some Americans may still not realize this, but GMOs are outlawed or shunned nearly everywhere around the world. Only in the USA have GMOs managed to avoid being labeled or outlawed — and that’s primarily due to Monsanto’s financial influence over lawmakers.
Monsanto shares plummeted 4 percent on Friday following the announcement by South Korea. This is completely in line with predictions made here at Natural News, where I said earlier in the week, before Japan and South Korea announced their wheat boycotts:
All wheat produced in the United States will now be heavily scrutinized — and possibly even rejected — by other nations that traditionally import U.S. wheat. This obviously has enormous economic implications for U.S. farmers and agriculture.
How much of the U.S. wheat supply is now contaminated with GMOs?
“…the mysterious appearance of the Monsanto wheat has raised questions about how the strain traveled there and whether it is lurking in the commercial wheat crop,” reports the Washington Post.
WashPo goes on to report that Monsanto, “is still testing strains of gene-altered wheat in Hawaii and North Dakota.”
In truth, nobody knows how much of the wheat is contaminated. Every more shockingly, food companies don’t bother testing wheat for GMOs, either!
Until now, that is. All of a sudden, food importers all around the world are wondering whether they are inadvertently buying U.S. wheat that’s contaminated with GMOs. Consumers, too, are asking the question, “Have I been eating GMO wheat without even knowing it?” These Monsanto wheat experiments, after all, have been taking place since 1998.
Is Monsanto lurking in your Wheaties?
U.S. farmers suddenly seeing the economic damage that Monsanto can do
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Provoking any country they can to get the war started. What would happen if 5 North Korean military aircraft violated American airspace? [/stextbox]
Five Israeli aircraft have penetrated the Lebanese airspace and flown over several areas of Lebanon in blatant violation of a UN Security Council resolution.
An Israeli drone entered the airspace over the southern village of al-Naqoura, situated 91 kilometers (57 miles) south of the Lebanese capital, Beirut, at 6:45 a.m. local time (0345 GMT) on Sunday, according to a statement issued by the Lebanese military.
The remote-controlled aircraft carried out surveillance flights over several areas in southern Lebanon, including the towns of Riyaq, Baalbek and Zahleh, before it left Lebanon’s airspace at 2:40 p.m. local time (1140 GMT) while flying over the town of Alma al-Shaab.
Four Israeli warplanes also crossed into Lebanon’s airspace over the southern border village of Kfar Kila, located 96 kilometers (59 miles) south of Beirut, at 9:20 a.m. local time (0620 GMT) on Sunday.
The warplanes flew over several areas in Lebanon before leaving the airspace at 11:00 a.m. local time (0800 GMT) while flying over Alma al-Shaab.
The Israeli regime violates Lebanon’s airspace on an almost daily basis, claiming the flights serve surveillance purposes.
Lebanon’s government, the Hezbollah resistance movement, and the UN Interim Force in Lebanon, known as UNIFIL, have repeatedly condemned the overflights, saying they are in clear violation of UN Resolution 1701 and the country’s sovereignty.
This is no time to be complacent. Massive economic problems are erupting all over the globe, but most people seem to believe that everything is going to be just fine. In fact, a whole bunch of recent polls and surveys show that the American people are starting to feel much better about how the U.S. economy is performing. Unfortunately, the false prosperity that we are currently enjoying is not going to last much longer. Just look at what is happening in Europe.
The eurozone is now in the midst of the longest recession that it has ever experienced. Just look at what is happening over in Asia. Economic growth in India is the lowest that it has been in a decade and the Japanese financial system is beginning to spin wildly out of control. One of the only places on the entire planet where serious economic problems have not already erupted is in the United States, and that is only because we have “kicked the can down the road” by recklessly printing money and by borrowing money at an unprecedented rate. Unfortunately, the “sugar high” produced by those foolish measures is starting to wear off. We are going to experience a massive amount of economic pain along with the rest of the world – it is just a matter of time.
#1 The eurozone is now in the midst of its longest recession ever. Economic activity in the eurozone has declined for six quarters in a row.
#2 Italy’s economy has now been contracting for seven quarters in a row.
#3 Industrial production in Italy has fallen for 15 months in a row. It has now fallen to its lowest level in about 25 years.
#4 The number of people that are considered to be “seriously deprived” in Italy has doubled over the past two years.
#5 Consumer confidence in France has just hit a new all-time low.
#6 The number of unemployed workers seeking a job in France has hit a brand new all-time record high. Many unemployed workers in France are utterly frustrated at this point…
“I’ve sent CVs everywhere, I come to the unemployment agency every day, for 3 or 4 hours to look for work as a truck driver and there’s never anything,” said 42-year old Djamel Sami, who has been unemployed for a year, leaving a job agency in Paris.
#7 Unemployment in the eurozone as a whole has just hit a brand new all-time record high of 12.2 percent.
#8 Youth unemployment continues to soar to unprecedented heights in Europe. The following is from an article that was recently posted on the website of the Guardian that detailed how bad things are getting in some of the worst countries…
In Greece, 62.5% of young people are out of work, in Spain it’s 56.4%, then Portugal with 42.5%, and then Italy with 40.5%.
#9 Youth unemployment is being partially blamed for the worst rioting that Sweden has seen in many years. The following is how the Daily Mail described the riots…
Sweden is reeling after a third night of rioting in largely run-down immigrant areas of the capital Stockholm.
In the last 48 hours violence has spread to at least ten suburbs with mobs of youths torching hundreds of cars and clashing with police.
It is Sweden’s worst disorder in years and has shocked the country and provoked a debate on how Sweden is coping with youth unemployment and an influx of immigrants.
#10 An astounding 10 percent of all banking deposits were pulled out of banks in Cyprus during the month of April alone.
#11 Economic growth in India is the slowest that it has been in an entire decade.
#12 Suddenly Australia is experiencing some tremendous economic challenges. The following quotes are from a recent Zero Hedge article…
-“We’re seeing a much sharper contraction in the Australian economy than we’d anticipated four or five months ago”. Coffey MD, John Douglas. The engineering group has seen its shares, which traded above $4 in 2007, hit 10c last week.
-“By 10am, the Fitness First gym in the city is packed full of brokers who’ve had a gutful of sitting at their desk doing nothing – salary cuts are starting and next it will be jobs” Perth broker
-“Oh mate, the funding market is dead. You are now seeing a few deeply discounted rights issues for those that are reaching desperate levels ….. liquidity has completely disappeared” Perth broker
#13 The financial system in Japan is beginning to spin wildly out of control. The Japanese stock market has now declined about 15 percent from the peak, and many believe that the yen will continue to get weaker and that interest rates in Japan will start to rise significantly.
#14 Global cash flow is declining at a rate not seen since the last recession. This indicates that we could be headed for a global credit crunch.
#15 Real wages continue to decline in the United States. Even though we are being told that the U.S. is experiencing an “economy recovery”, real weekly earnings have declined from $297.79 in 2010 to $295.49 in 2011 to $294.83 in 2012. (The preceding calculation is based on 1982-1984 dollars)
#16 Wall Street is buzzing about the fact that “the Hindenburg Omen” appeared at the end of last week. So exactly what is “the Hindenburg Omen”? The following are the criteria that are used to determine whether it has appeared or not…
1. The daily number of NYSE new 52 Week Highs and the daily number of new 52 Week Lows must both be greater than 2.2 percent of total NYSE issues traded that day.
2. The smaller of these numbers is greater than or equal to 69 (68.772 is 2.2% of 3126). This is not a rule but more like a checksum. This condition is a function of the 2.2% of the total issues.
3. That the NYSE 10 Week moving average is rising.
4. That the McClellan Oscillator ( a market breadth indicator used to evaluate the rate of money entering or leaving the market and interpretively indicate overbought or oversold conditions of the market)is negative on that same day.
5. That new 52 Week Highs cannot be more than twice the new 52 Week Lows (however it is fine for new 52 Week Lows to be more than double new 52 Week Highs).
When the Hindenburg Omen makes an appearance, it supposedly means that the U.S. stock market is likely to experience a serious decline within the next 40 days.
#17 As I wrote about the other day, the SentimenTrader Smart/Dumb Money Index is now the lowest that it has been in more than two years. That means that lots of “smart money” has been getting out of the market and lots of “dumb money” has been pouring in.
#18 Margin debt on the New York Stock Exchange has set a new all-time high. The following is from a recent Market Oracle article…
Margin debt—that’s the amount of money borrowed to purchase stocks—on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) reached its all-time high in April. Margin debt on the NYSE registered at $384.3 billion as the key stock indices hit new record-highs. (Source: New York Stock Exchange web site, last accessed May 29, 2013.) The highest margin debt ever reached prior to this was in July of 2007, when it stood just above $381.0 billion. At that time, just like today, the key stock indices were near their peaks and “buy now before it’s too late” was the prominent theme of the day
The targeted killing of presumed terrorists by drones in Africa has been largely conducted from US military bases in Germany, an investigation by German TV channel ARD’s “Panorama” and the Süddeutsche Zeitung has revealed.
Particularly involved in running the drone missions are the Stuttgart-based US military high command for Africa (Africom) and the US Air Force’s Air Operations Center (AOC), located in Ramstein, in the state of Rheinland-Pfalz.
Ten deadly drone attacks killing up to 29 people have so far been carried out in Somalia by US forces. Most of those killed were believed to be members of the militant Al Shabab, which aims to create an Islamic state on the Horn of Africa.
Since 2011 an air mission control center in Ramstein has been guiding US Air Force attacks in Africa including Somalia. Up to 650 staff at the Ramstein control center monitor African air space, evaluate pictures taken by drone and satellite, and plan new missions. Without the special satellite relay station for unmanned flying objects in Ramstein the drone attacks in Africa “could not be carried out,” according to a US Air Force internal memo.
Documents make clear that there are plans to replace an old facility with a better, permanent one. U.S. Congress approved the equivalent of 8.4m euros for this in 2011. “Realizing this project will improve satellite communication with drones long-term,” says the document.
When asked, a US military spokesperson said that generally responsibility for all military operations in Africa — including the drone missions — lay with Africom in Stuttgart. An internal memo shows that Africom is seeking to hire “secret service analysts” whose task would be to “nominate” targets for drone missions in Africa.
According to Thilo Marauhn, a Giessen-based specialist in international law, the blatant involvement of Germany in a secret drone program poses a number of potentially troubling legal issues. “The killing of suspected individuals with the help of armed drones outside an armed conflict situation” could, Marauhn said — if Germany’s government knew about it but didn’t protest — constitute “being an accessory in an abuse of international law.”
When questioned a spokesperson for the German government stated that the government had “no knowledge” of the fact that drone attacks were planned or carried out by US armed forces in Germany.
German constitutional law forbids military deployment that runs counter to international law from within Germany’s territory. In the specific instance however, the spokesperson said, the federal government had “no frames of reference.”
According to secret services, a US drone attack carried out on Wednesday on the border between Afghanistan and Pakistan, killed the second in command of the Pakistani Taliban, Wali-ur Rehman.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So this is what a recovery looks like[/stextbox]
In April a further 95,000 people across the eurozone lost their jobs, says Eurostat. This marked another all-time high unemployment rate, with the total of 19.38mn people now out of work.
April’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate stood at 12.2%, up from 12.1%in the previous month, according to the European Commission’s statistics office.
Southern states like Greece, Spain and Portugal performed the worst. One in four people in Greece and Spain are now jobless, as the unemployment rate there stands at about 27%.
The lowest unemployment rate is in Austria at 4.9%.
Youth unemployment remains a special problem, as 3.6 million people under the age of 25 are out of work across the 17 eurozone nations. In relative terms, youth unemployment reached a sky-high 24.4% in April.In Italy alone 40.5% of young people are unemployed.
“We have to deal with the social crisis, which is expressed particularly in spreading youth unemployment, and place it at the centre of political action,” the BBC quotes Italy’s President Giorgio Napolitano.
In April, the number of people losing their jobs in the countries using the single currency has increased for the 24th consecutive month. In the meantime, the jobless figure for all 27 members of the European Union remains at 11%.
Turkey has entered a fourth day of turmoil, as the country is swept away in the biggest wave of anti-government protesting in years. Thousands now flood the streets, as police continue to crack down on protesters with tear gas and water cannon.
11:10 GMT: Turkish police are using tear gas against the opposition in Ankara, a Reuters witness said. The law enforcers were targeting a groups of some 1,000 protesters, most of them young people, as they were advancing towards the capital’s Kizilay Square demanding the resignation of PM Erdogan. The violent confrontation is now in its fourth successive day.
08:45 GMT: Erdogan says the Turkish intelligence services are investigating possible foreign links to the weekend riots.
08:25 GMT: Erdogan says Turkish people must not be provoked by the protest organized by extremist forces and claims that the latest riots have nothing to do with the Gezi Park sit-ins.
07:05 GMT: Prime Minister Erdogan is to leave Turkey on a four-day visit to North Africa. He is expected to speak at the Istanbul airport – his fifth address in the last two days – before flying out of the country.
01:47 GMT: Amid the ongoing anti-government protests in Turkey, Washington has called on all parties to “calm the situation.” The White House in particular urged security forces to “exercise restraint.” In a statement released on Sunday, spokeswoman Laura Lucas said the US believes peaceful public demonstrations “are a part of democratic expression.”
Amid an unusual spotlight on IRS conduct, a Colorado businessman contends his case is one the government particularly wants to keep hidden, because it could cause the whole federal agency to self-destruct.
Jeff Maehr, a Colorado chiropractor who has engaged in a number of business ventures, including PureHealthSystems.com, admits he has refused to file federal income tax returns since 2002, but he says the IRS is afraid to press criminal charges against him.
“They don’t want this to go to court, because there is so much information there that would blow them out of the water if this became public knowledge,” Maehr claimed.
“They are scared to death to bring this in front of a jury and give it a public hearing,” he said. “Instead, they know the IRS goes through administrative processes and ignorant judges and courts who all play this little game.”
Maehr insists he is not a “tax protester.”
“It’s not that I’m unwilling to pay my taxes. In fact, I acknowledge the principle of taxes is constitutional,” Maehr said. “However, I only want to pay the taxes that I owe.”
As WND previously reported, the U.S. Supreme Court docketed a case by Maehr in which he contended that while the government has constitutional authority to tax, the IRS has engaged in “unlawful, unconstitutional, unfair and biased” practices to declare salaries and wages to be income without any legal basis. Earlier this month, however, the high court declined to hear his case.
Maehr said there are questions he has asked the IRS that the agency has yet to answer.
“I am not talking about the answer given on their website, I am talking about a specific law or statute that defines income as wages,” he said. “They apparently cannot produce it, or they would’ve done so already.”
Maehr said that in 2007, the IRS attempted to gather the information from various sources such as PayPal and his mortgage company to prepare a $280,000 assessment it determined he owed for 2003 to 2006.
However, despite its claims, the IRS has made no apparent effort to hold Maehr accountable for refusing to pay.
Additionally, the agency has not attempted to go after Maehr for income from 2007 to 2011.
Maehr noted that the federal government’s unwillingness to prosecute him is particularly noteworthy because it has had no problem pressing charges against high-profile people such as actor Wesley Snipes.
Snipes was convicted and sentenced to three years in prison for failing to file tax returns for 1999 to 2001. The three years are a fraction of the time Maehr has refused to file.
However, Maehr says he has a paper trail that has prevented the IRS from going after him as it did Snipes.
“There are certain parameters they have to follow when attempting to prosecute somebody for willful failure to file,” Maehr said. “They have to be able to prove that I knew I had a duty to file and I didn’t file.
“However, my paper trail clearly shows that I do not believe I had a duty to file and the reasons for my believing that – and here’s where I have asked the questions, and I want them to answer and show me where that duty is in the law in the Internal Revenue Code.”
Maehr insisted that for the IRS to prosecute him, it would have to answer his questions in court.
“They would need to prove their case in court that wages are income and they can’t possibly make the case,” he said.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]All communication need to be encrypted. You can think of an encrypted email like this. If you use the regular mail and have the post office deliver it and you send your letter without an envelope it is not encrypted anyone can read it as it passes hands. If you send the same letter in an envelope it is sealed and nobody can read it because it is protected and the authorities need a warrant to open the envelope.[/stextbox]
Big Brother is hoping to eliminate anonymous digital communication, but a new messaging protocol may provide privacy advocates a way around their snooping government no matter where they live.
It couldn’t come at a better time as governments increasingly demand access to private communications.
In fact, an FBI whistleblower recently revealed that all digital communications are being recorded and stored by the U.S. government.
Since most emails, instant messaging, and all voice calls (land line, cell or Internet) run through central service providers that database all user activity, the government has easy access to this information upon request, secret subpoenas or even backdoors to these services to view private communications in real time.
The Associated Press was recently violated the Department of Justice who, with a secret subpoena, forced service providers to hand over phone records of AP’s reporters and central offices.
he U.S. government claims the authority to track, trace, and database all electronic communications in order to keep us safe. Despite the obvious intrusion of privacy, it clearly has the intent to spy on all communications and is actively seeking expanded legal cover and technological advances for full spectrum digital surveillance.
Large central service providers make this nefarious goal possible.
But as the government cracks down on Web privacy, a new decentralized communication protocol called Bitmessage has emerged to offer an easy way for people to send and receive encrypted messages.
What is Bitmessage?
Bitmessage is a peer-to-peer encrypted messaging protocol that allows people to communicate anonymously.
Bitmessage’s official description is as follows:
Bitmessage is a P2P communications protocol used to send encrypted messages to another person or to many subscribers. It is decentralized and trustless, meaning that you need-not inherently trust any entities like root certificate authorities. It uses strong authentication which means that the sender of a message cannot be spoofed, and it aims to hide “non-content” data, like the sender and receiver of messages, from passive eavesdroppers like those running warrantless wiretapping programs. (Source)
Based loosely on Bitcoin’s open-source protocol, Bitmessage utilizes the computer power of decentralized users to process the messages making them essentially impossible to track. Addresses are made up of 36 random characters as opposed to a name and other personal information that email services require.
Example Bitmessage address: BM‐2nTX1KchxgnmHvy9ntCN9r7sgKTraxczzyE
6.03.13 – Dean Clifford – CTV ‘Free-man’ Interview 2013
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Nikkei is down 513 points this morning, Europe markets are down, this will be interesting when the American markets open. I will roll the dice and say that the markets will start down and then be pumped back up by late afternoon by the plunge protection team and the high frequency traders. [/stextbox]
Despite a pre-open dump in JPY to try and spark some momentum, things are not going according to Abe’s wealth-creation plan in Japan right now. The Nikkei 225 is down over 300 points (over 16% from its highs a week ago) and the broader-based TOPIX is down over 2.1% from Friday’s close (down 14% from its highs). Topix Bank and Real Estates indices continue to suffer from high-beta-itis (-3%) but the Oil & Gas sector is now being dragged into the mess too (-3.2%). JGBs are rallying only modestly (yields lower by 1-2bps) in light of this decent selloff in stocks. JPY is now at its highs of the day testing 100.4 and JGB implied volatility is on the rise once again. All things considered… not good.
The broader TOPIX index is down over 14% fropm its recent highs led by Banks and Real Estate (and Oil & Gas today)…
[stextbox id=”x22report”]DHS is not to protect the American people from terrorists, they are to control the American people before, during and after the collapse. They are put into place to spy and place individuals into groups that might be threat, to confiscate guns and keep an eye on everyone. If you look at their terrorist threat system it always says there are no current alerts – take a look[/stextbox]
Following the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 Congress passed legislation that created the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Its mission was simple to protect the United States from any future terrorist attacks.
It now employs over 240,000 people to carry out five core security missions. Number one is to prevent terrorism and enhance security. This is closely followed by managing US borders and administering immigration law to safeguarding cyberspace and ensuring resilience to natural disasters.
The Department of Homeland Security has become the third largest Federal department bringing together 22 different Federal agencies and has a huge billion dollar budget.
Recent events have cast shadows over the Department of Homeland Security and suggest that the third largest Federal department is not fit for purpose. One large shadow over the DHS is the damning report issued by Senator Tom Coburn in December 2012 Safety At Any Price: Assessing the Impact of Homeland Security Spending in US Cities. Dr. Coburn conducted a year-long investigation into how the DHS spends its billion dollar budget. It is a devastating indictment of the organization’s leadership.
The 55-page report issued by Senator Coburn goes into forensic detail of how the DHS has spent over $35 billion of taxpayers’ money over the last ten years. His report pulls no punches. In his introduction Senator Coburn informs the tax payer:
The spending spree has led many cities to purchase military assets often used in war zones such as unmanned aerial drones and armored cars. When officials in Carlsbad, California proposed buying a BearCat armored car one resident observed:
What we’re really talking about here is a tank, and if we’re at the point where every small community needs a tank for protection, we’re in a lot more trouble as a state than I thought.
Little concrete evidence exists to support such claims …Ten years and billions of dollars since the September 11th attacks, many are asking is the nation safer and better prepared and if not, how much more money is needed to be adequately prepared. Instinctively, FEMA and its advocates declare that the nation is safer because of all the spending. The primary premise of providing grant dollars is to invest in security measures that reduce risk and stem the resulting losses from a potential attack. Yet, FEMA cannot demonstrate how UASI dollars (or for that matter, any other homeland security grant dollars) have helped to buy-down risk and enhance the nation’s ability to prevent, respond to, or recover from man made attacks or natural disasters.
6.02.13 – How Schools Are Selling Your Children’s Privacy
Anonymous claim to have taken down several websites across Turkey targeting municipal governments in Mersin and Izmir. The hacktivists have announced #OpTurkey to support anti-government protests that have been gripping the country for three days.
The operation was kicked off in response to the police crackdown of protests which have taken the country by storm. The Gebze Institute of Technology has also come under digital fire.
Decrying the reaction of Turkish authorities to the ongoing protests as those of a “petty dictator,”Anonymous vows to kick off a worldwide action which will “bring the Turkish government to its knees.”
With #opTurkey, the hacktivist collective plans to “attack every Internet and communications asset of the Turkish government.”
Executives of SAC Capital Advisors LP are bracing for what they have estimated could be $3.5 billion in withdrawals as a quarterly deadline approaches for clients of the hedge-fund giant to ask for their money back, according to people briefed on the matter.
The anticipated withdrawals, which the people described as preliminary estimates that were still in flux going into the weekend, would follow requested withdrawals of $1.7 billion by SAC clients in the first quarter.
If the estimates hold, the outflows would represent more than half of the firm’s remaining outside capital and would bring the total amount SAC investors have sought back this year to more than $5 billion. As of mid-May, the firm managed about $5.6 billion in outside money, out of a total of $14 billion in assets, according to details of its operations as described by SAC representatives to clients and others outside the firm.
In other words, the “information arbitrage” powerhouse that was SAC for over two decades, collecting 3 and 50 or so from outside clients, is finished. Going forward it will at best remain as a “family office”, managing its own friends and employees’ money, however as everyone knows, hedge fund managers make their money not on capital upside (because there is always downside no matter how good PM Ben Bernanke is at offsetting all systemic risk9) but on the fees charged from outside clients.
In the meantime, with SAC’s regulatory gross leverage of over 3.0x, transforming SAC’s net assets of $13 billion into $44 billion in regulatory assets, this means that major unwinds are a-coming.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]All of these gun control laws are null and void according to the second amendment. The central bankers and government are not going to let this go so they are preparing the next false flag which will let them pass the gun control bill and UN arms treaty that pending in the senate, get ready because it is coming[/stextbox]
Efforts at the national and state level to pass new gun-control laws have stirred up an unintended backlash – local officials who are not only rejecting the new legislation, but actively “nullifying” gun-control laws already in place.
Police Chief Mark Kessler of Gilberton Burough, Pa., is among more than 200 law enforcement officers, state lawmakers, county officials and concerned citizens who gathered Friday at the annual convention of the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association, or CSPOA, in St. Charles, Mo.
Among the hot topics at the conference: examples of local and county officials who have declared gun-control laws already on the books null and void in their communities.
On Jan. 3 of this year, Kessler drafted a “Second Amendment Protection Resolution” for his little town of roughly 800 residents, which, when passed by city officials a few weeks later, Kessler told the conference, “nullified every single gun-control law in the nation.”
“I have a very unique view,” Kessler said. “If you want to own a firearm, carry a gun under your jacket or over your jacket, the Second Amendment is your concealed carry permit, period. … It has nothing to do with self-defense; it has to do with [freedom from] tyranny.”
Kessler told the conference, “Nullification is the key. We just have to tell them, ‘That’s it.’ I drew my line in the sand back on Jan. 3. … One person can make a difference; you just need to do something about it.”
But apparently, Kessler is not alone.
Michael Peroutka of the Institute for the Constitution, an attorney and former Constitution Party candidate for president, also told the conference about Carroll County, Md., which on May 22 adopted a resolution declaring it a “Second Amendment sanctuary county.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Building the cyber attack against China, making it look like we want them to stop, China denies the attacks. There is no way that they know it is China, using proxy servers attackers bounce the attacks off of many servers, all they know is where the last server was located[/stextbox]
CHINA and the US have agreed to regularly hold top-level meetings to establish parameters that will address the rapid escalation in cyber espionage.
The first bid to ease tensions over the scale of alleged intrusions by Chinese organisations into US government and corporate bodies emerged over the weekend as the nations’ presidents prepare for two days of talks this week at a private retreat in California.
The first official talks between Barack Obama and Xi Jinping, starting on Friday, will probably be dominated by fresh Pentagon claims that China is the largest cyber hacker in the world.
It will be the first time that the heads of the world’s two largest economies have met since Mr Xi was appointed to China’s top job in March. However, the discussions will probably be far from friendly.
An unnamed senior US official involved in negotiations to hold regular meetings told The New York Times that “we need to get some norms and rules”.
US officials told the newspaper they did not expect the talks to immediately trigger a significant reduction in hacking, but one source was quoted as saying: “It is a serious issue that cannot simply be swatted away with talking points.”
The meetings would focus primarily on the theft of intellectual property from US companies. “Our concerns are not limited to that, but that’s what needs urgent attention,” the source added.
General Keith Alexander, of the US National Security Agency, said the Chinese-led hacking was the “greatest transfer of wealth in history” because the attacks centred on commercial organisations. China has been accused at least four times in the past six months of being the mastermind behind hundreds of cyber-hacking attacks.
Pentagon chief and Defence Secretary Chuck Hagel said on the weekend the Chinese government and the military, through the powerful People’s Liberation Army, had ordered cyber attacks on the US government, the public sector and private business.
The accusations come less than a month after a specialist Pentagon report said China had deliberately infiltrated US computer systems to spy and gain a commercial advantage.
“The US has expressed our concerns about the growing threat of cyber intrusions, some of which appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military,” Mr Hagel said at a conference in Singapore attended by senior Chinese military officials.
“As the world’s two largest economies, the US and China have many areas of common interest and concern, and the establishment of a cyber working group is a positive step in fostering US-China dialogue on cyber.”
6.02.13 –New World Order, Police State, Collapse Documentary: Descent Into Tyranny
The Justice Department may soon be forced to reveal a classified document that details unconstitutional surveillance of American citizens. The Justice Department has fought to keep the document secret for about a year, but a recent court order demands that they respond to a formal request filed by the Electronic Frontier Foundation by next week, June 7, 2013.
This document was first revealed last July by Sen. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., to call attention to an expansion of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act in 2008 — which then-Sen. Barack Obama voted for . According to Wyden, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court ruled that the government violated the Fourth Amendment. The FISC mostly operates in secret, so the actual court decision remained classified. Wyden was only able to say the FISC decision existed; he was unable to disclose any details about the actual surveillance techniques that were deemed unconstitutional or how many Americans they affected.
The EFF took legal action to learn more about the FISC decision. An initial victory in a district court established in the public record that the Justice Department does possess an 86-page FISC decision on unconstitutional surveillance methods that was published Oct. 3, 2011. The decision found that some techniques were “unreasonable under the Fourth Amendment,” and that the court concluded that “on at least one occasion,” the Justice Department “circumvented the spirit of the law.”
New technologies have made it easier for the Justice Department to spy on Americans, but others have fought back recently. Google has publicly fought against National Security Letters requesting user data, and more recently, a judge rejected and exposed an FBI proposal to use malware to turn a personal computer into a surveillance device.
The Syrian Army has seized two containers with poisonous sarin agent in a rebel hideout, SANA said citing sources. Meanwhile, Russia reportedly blocked the UNSC resolution set to slam Damascus’ offensive on the town of Qusair held by opposition forces.
Syrian Arab News Agency reports that sarin, together with automatic rifles, pistols and homemade bombs (IEDs) was seized in the Faraieh neighborhood of the city of Hama.
Sarin (or GB) is an extremely toxic, though colorless and odorless, substance that disrupts the nervous system, over-stimulating muscles and vital organs, if it comes into contact with skin. This potentially extremely harmful nerve agent was originally invented and manufactured to be used as a chemical weapon. According to UN Resolution 687, Sarin is classified as a weapon of mass destruction.
The threat of chemical weapons deployment in Syria has become a major international concern, with American President Barack Obama even saying previously that the use of chemical arsenal by the Syrian government would be a “red line” and might precipitate a foreign military intervention.
However, in early May an independent UN commission came to the conclusion that Syrian rebels had used sarin nerve gas, while allegations of its use by the government have not yet received any official confirmation.
As Barron’s notes in this recent interview, Marc Faber view the world with a skeptical eye, and never hesitates to speak his mind when things don’t look quite right. In other words, he would be the first in a crowd to tell you the emperor has no clothes, and has done so early, often, and aptly in the case of numerous investment bubbles. With even the world’s bankers now concerned at ‘unsustainable bubbles’, it is therefore unsurprising that in the discussion below, Faber explains, among other things, the fallacy of the Fed’s help “the problem is the money doesn’t flow into the system evenly, how with money-printing “the majority loses, and the minority wins,” and how, thanks to the further misallocation of capital, “people with assets are all doomed, because prices are grossly inflated globally for stocks and bonds.” Faber says he buys gold every month, adding that “I want to have some assets that aren’t in the banking system. When the asset bubble bursts, financial assets will be particularly vulnerable.”
The Fed has been flooding the system with money. The problem is the money doesn’t flow into the system evenly. It doesn’t increase economic activity and asset prices in concert. Instead, it creates dangerous excesses in countries and asset classes. Money-printing fueled the colossal stock-market bubble of 1999-2000, when the Nasdaq more than doubled, becoming disconnected from economic reality. It fueled the housing bubble, which burst in 2008, and the commodities bubble. Now money is flowing into the high-end asset market – things like stocks, bonds, art, wine, jewelry, and luxury real estate.
Money-printing boosts the economy of the people closest to the money flow. But it doesn’t help the worker in Detroit, or the vast majority of the middle class. It leads to a widening wealth gap. The majority loses, and the minority wins.
On The Bubble
I am suggesting that in the fourth year of an economic expansion, near-zero interest rates will lead to a further misallocation of capital. I thought the U.S. market would have a 20% correction last fall, but it didn’t happen. I also said the market might explode to the upside before the correction occurred. We might be in the final acceleration phase now. The Standard & Poor’s 500 is at 1650. It could rally to 1750 or even 2000 in the next month or two before collapsing. People with assets are all doomed, because prices are grossly inflated globally for stocks, bonds, and collectibles.
Investors don’t fully comprehend what happened in Cyprus. In the event of future bailouts, bank depositors will lose a percentage of their money. Money in the bank isn’t 100% safe anymore.
Gold is down 30% from its 2011 peak of $1,921, but has far outperformed financial assets since 1999. A correction was overdue. I have about a 25% allocation to gold and buy some every month. I want to have some assets that aren’t in the banking system. When the asset bubble bursts, financial assets will be particularly vulnerable.
Gold is easier to carry than a Lamborghini.
Most of my gold is in a safe-deposit box in Switzerland, but I am shifting it to Asia.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Preparing the country for main event false flag, the cyber attack. This cyber attack is the perfect storm, it will hit the power grid shutting off the electric for weeks, during this time the President will use his executive order and declare martial law, people will be angry and pissed, when the lights come back on and they will find out that their money is no longer in the bank. At this point they will blame it on another country like China, Iran, Syria etc. The American people will be angry, pissed, tired and will want revenge, which is WAR!!![/stextbox]
In remarks directed at China, Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel spoke Saturday of a “growing threat” of cyberattacks against the United States and called on America and its allies to “establish international norms of responsible behavior in cyberspace.”
Speaking to an audience of defense analysts and defense ministers from Asia and Europe at the annual conference of the International Institute for Strategic Studies, Mr. Hagel said the United States was “clear-eyed about the challenges in cyber.”
“The United States has expressed our concerns about the growing threat of cyberintrusions, some of which appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military,” he said in a speech largely devoted to the Obama administration’s defense posture in Asia.
At the same time, Mr. Hagel stressed the need for more talks between the American and Chinese militaries to build trust and reduce the risk of miscalculation at a time of mounting rivalry.
His remarks were immediately challenged by a Chinese general in a question-and-answer session after his speech. A delegate to the conference, Maj. Gen. Yao Yunzhu, director of the Center for China-America Defense Relations at the Academy of Military Science in Beijing, said she was not convinced — and China was not convinced — that the United States wanted a “comprehensive” relationship with China. The new United States policy in Asia and the Pacific amounts to containment of China, General Yao said.
Mr. Hagel responded that Washington wanted more transparency in military dealings with China. “You have to talk to each other, be direct with each other, be inclusive,” he said.
Speaking a week before a summit meeting in California between President Obama and China’s new leader, Xi Jinping, Mr. Hagel sought to reassure Washington’s nervous Asian allies — who are concerned about China’s expanding naval activities — that the United States would maintain its presence in the region.
Over all, he said, the United States will keep its “decisive military edge,” an oblique but distinct reference to American military superiority. China has announced an 11.2 percent increase in military spending this year, part of its rapid military modernization.
He stressed that new technologies would entail spending fewer resources in a smarter way, saying that the Navy had launched an experimental drone from an aircraft carrier last month for the first time. It was a feat, he said, that ushered in a new era of naval aviation. Unstated — but understood by many in the audience — was the fact that China just last year put into service its first aircraft carrier, an old Ukrainian vessel refitted by the Chinese.
The Justice Department may soon be forced to reveal a classified document that details unconstitutional surveillance of American citizens. The Justice Department has fought to keep the document secret for about a year, but a recent court order demands that they respond to a formal request filed by the Electronic Frontier Foundation by next week, June 7, 2013.
This document was first revealed last July by Sen. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., to call attention to an expansion of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act in 2008 — which then-Sen. Barack Obama voted for . According to Wyden, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court ruled that the government violated the Fourth Amendment. The FISC mostly operates in secret, so the actual court decision remained classified. Wyden was only able to say the FISC decision existed; he was unable to disclose any details about the actual surveillance techniques that were deemed unconstitutional or how many Americans they affected.
The EFF took legal action to learn more about the FISC decision. An initial victory in a district court established in the public record that the Justice Department does possess an 86-page FISC decision on unconstitutional surveillance methods that was published Oct. 3, 2011. The decision found that some techniques were “unreasonable under the Fourth Amendment,” and that the court concluded that “on at least one occasion,” the Justice Department “circumvented the spirit of the law.”
According to a study that was just released by Boston Consulting Group, the wealthiest one percent now own 39 percent of all the wealth in the world. Meanwhile, the bottom 50 percent only own 1 percent of all the wealth in the world combined. The global financial system has been designed to funnel wealth to the very top, and the gap between the wealthy and the poor continues to expand at a frightening pace. The global elite continue to hoard wealth and heap together enormous mountains of treasure in these troubled days even though the economic suffering around the planet continues to grow. So exactly how have the global elite accumulated so much wealth? Well, one of the primary ways is through the use of debt. As I have written about previously, there is about 190 trillion dollars of debt in the world but global GDP is only about 70 trillion dollars. Our debt-based global financial system systematically transfers wealth from us and our governments into the hands of the global elite. And of course the gigantic banks and corporations that the elite control are constantly gobbling up everything of value that they can find: natural resources, profitable small businesses, real estate, politicians, etc. Money, power, ownership and control are becoming very, very tightly concentrated at the top of the food chain, and that is a very dangerous thing for humanity. When too much money and power gets into too few hands, it almost always results in tyranny.
What will eventually happen when the global elite have ALL the wealth?
Will the rest of us work as serfs in a system that they have iron-fisted control over?
And what if they decide that they don’t really need billions of people working for them? Will they decide to implement population control measures in order to reduce the number of “useless eaters”? It is already happening in China and other highly centralized societies.
When all of the economic rewards of a society go to a very small handful of people, it tends to be very destabilizing. We have seen this again and again throughout history.
According to Washington, terrorism is what they do, not us. Defending independent sovereignty is called terrorism. So are legitimate responses to Western/Israeli-sponsored attacks.
Incidents manufactured out of whole cloth are called terrorism. In October 2011, Iran was falsely charged with plotting to kill Saudi Arabia’s US ambassador (Adel al-Jubeir).
No plot whatever existed. So-called plans “never progressed” because they’re were none. The entire scenario was fabricated. At issue is falsely claiming Iran represents an existential threat.
It’s done to build a case for regime change. Washington tolerates no independent governments. It wants subservient pro-Western ones replacing them.
Manssor Arbabsair and Gholam Shakuri were charged. Shakuri’s an Iranian-based Revolutionary Guard Quds Force member. Arbabsair’s a naturalized US citizen. He holds an Iranian passport. On May 30, he was sentenced to 25 years in prison.
On May 30, the State Department released it “Country Reports on Terrorism 2012.” It assesses “international terrorism” throughout the year. It does so country-by-country.
6.01.13 – Wake Up Call 2013: Obama DHS Prepares For Civil War
1. Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil. Regardless of what you know, don’t discuss it — especially if you are a public figure, news anchor, etc. If it’s not reported, it didn’t happen, and you never have to deal with the issues.
2. Become incredulous and indignant. Avoid discussing key issues and instead focus on side issues which can be used show the topic as being critical of some otherwise sacrosanct group or theme. This is also known as the “How dare you!” gambit.
3. Create rumor mongers. Avoid discussing issues by describing all charges, regardless of venue or evidence, as mere rumors and wild accusations. Other derogatory terms mutually exclusive of truth may work as well. This method works especially well with a silent press, because the only way the public can learn of the facts are through such “arguable rumors”. If you can associate the material with the Internet, use this fact to certify it a “wild rumor” which can have no basis in fact.
4. Use a straw man. Find or create a seeming element of your opponent’s argument which you can easily knock down to make yourself look good and the opponent to look bad. Either make up an issue you may safely imply exists based on your interpretation of the opponent/opponent arguments/situation, or select the weakest aspect of the weakest charges. Amplify their significance and destroy them in a way which appears to debunk all the charges, real and fabricated alike, while actually avoiding discussion of the real issues.
5. Sidetrack opponents with name calling and ridicule. This is also known as the primary attack the messenger ploy, though other methods qualify as variants of that approach. Associate opponents with unpopular titles such as “kooks”, “right-wing”, “liberal”, “left-wing”, “terrorists”, “conspiracy buffs”, “radicals”, “militia”, “racists”, “religious fanatics”, “sexual deviates”, and so forth. This makes others shrink from support out of fear of gaining the same label, and you avoid dealing with issues.
6. Hit and Run. In any public forum, make a brief attack of your opponent or the opponent position and then scamper off before an answer can be fielded, or simply ignore any answer. This works extremely well in Internet and letters-to-the-editor environments where a steady stream of new identities can be called upon without having to explain criticism reasoning — simply make an accusation or other attack, never discussing issues, and never answering any subsequent response, for that would dignify the opponent’s viewpoint.
7. Question motives. Twist or amplify any fact which could so taken to imply that the opponent operates out of a hidden personal agenda or other bias. This avoids discussing issues and forces the accuser on the defensive.
8. Invoke authority. Claim for yourself or associate yourself with authority and present your argument with enough “jargon” and “minutiae” to illustrate you are “one who knows”, and simply say it isn’t so without discussing issues or demonstrating concretely why or citing sources.
9. Play Dumb. No matter what evidence or logical argument is offered, avoid discussing issues with denial they have any credibility, make any sense, provide any proof, contain or make a point, have logic, or support a conclusion. Mix well for maximum effect.
10. Associate opponent charges with old news. A derivative of the straw man usually, in any large-scale matter of high visibility, someone will make charges early on which can be or were already easily dealt with. Where it can be foreseen, have your own side raise a straw man issue and have it dealt with early on as part of the initial contingency plans. Subsequent charges, regardless of validity or new ground uncovered, can usually them be associated with the original charge and dismissed as simply being a rehash without need to address current issues — so much the better where the opponent is or was involved with the original source. More…..
Illinois lawmakers on Friday approved a measure that permits residents to carry concealed guns, which if signed by the governor would make some form of carrying a concealed weapon legal in all 50 states.
Illinois is the only state in the nation to ban most people from carrying a concealed gun outside the home and lawmakers are up against a deadline to approve a bill after a federal appeals court struck down that ban as unconstitutional.
The appeals court said the ban violated the right to bear arms under the U.S. Constitution and gave Illinois until early June to pass a law that would meet constitutional protections.
Last week, the House approved a bill that included a clause that would have overturned Chicago’s ban on assault weapons, raising objections from senators, the city and governor.
A revised bill passed on Friday with a 45-12 Senate vote and a 89-28 House vote that allows Chicago to keep its ban on assault weapons, but requires America’s third-largest city to allow citizens to carry concealed weapons.
The bill now goes to Governor Pat Quinn but passed both the state House and Senate with enough votes to override a veto.
If he signs it, the National Rifle Association would achieve a long-time goal of ending the Illinois ban and making some form of concealed carry legal in all 50 states.
State Senate President John Cullerton said no one would be fully satisfied, but lawmakers had sought an appropriate compromise.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]On The People I was wondering if gold was going to be pushed back below $1400 and it was. The stock market will probably make a dramatic recovery on Monday, we will have to wait and see[/stextbox]
There is much consternation about what triggered today’s rapid escalation of selling pressure in US stocks. As the evening wends on and traders sip their Absinthe, it appears an embargoed record of the Fed’s Advisory Panel minutes was at least a major concern as it raised the very real specter that those in charge are concerned at the monster they have created:
“There is also concern about the possibility of a breakout of inflation, although current inflation risk is not considered unmanageable, and of an unsustainable bubble in equity and fixed-income markets given current prices.”
“Unsustainable bubble”? And this not from some fringe blog but… bankers?
And some bonus words, which have to be read to be believed:
Uncertainty exists about how markets will reestablish normal valuations when the Fed withdraws from the market. It will likely be difficult to unwind policy accommodation, and the end of monetary easing may be painful for consumers and businesses. Given the Fed’s balance sheet increase of approximately $2.5 trillion since 2008, the Fed may now be perceived as integral to the housing finance system.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]What happened to the fourth Amendment, did everyone forget about this. The constitution is being ripped apart[/stextbox]
Internet behemoth challenges the Obama administration’s warrantless requests for personal user data.
Google has been opposing the National Security Letters, or NSLs, documents sent to telecommunication companies in secret that compel them to provide information about subscribers to the government. The Justice Department does not need to warrant or subpoena the information, instead relying on a Patriot Act-provision that allows Federal Bureau of Investigation offices around the country to request data by stating only that it is required for a national security matters.
Because NSLs are filed under seal and in almost all cases are accompanied by a gag order that restricts the recipient from speaking about the request, little information is publically known about the process. On Friday, CNET reporter Declan McCullagh revealed that Google’s attempt to shut-down 19 NSLs it received ended with a federal judge saying the company must honor 17 of the government’s requests.
“A federal judge has ruled that Google must comply with the FBI’s warrantless requests for confidential user data, despite the search company’s arguments that the secret demands are illegal,” McCullagh wrote early Friday.
Thousands of protesters in Istanbul clashed with police in the most violent rally Turkey has seen in years. Hundreds have been injured and dozens arrested in fierce rioting which the media has dubbed the Turkish Spring as it spreads across the country.
The protests in Turkey have entered their second day Saturday morning, with police trying to disperse crowds in Istanbul and Ankara with teargas and water cannons.
The bridge over the Bosphorous Strait in Istanbul was blocked by thousands of protesters heading west from the eastern part of the city, trying to reach Taksim Square, cordoned off by police.
“We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat effective today,” Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry official in charge of wheat trading, told Reuters.
As many readers well know, I predicted precisely this scenario just yesterday in a Natural News article warning about the consequences of genetic pollution. There, I wrote, “All wheat produced in the United States will now be heavily scrutinized — and possibly even rejected — by other nations that traditionally import U.S. wheat. This obviously has enormous economic implications for U.S. farmers and agriculture.”
Now we’re already seeing the result: the ditching of U.S. wheat by world nations that want nothing to do with GMOs.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]CISPA is pending in the Senate, so we will see some type of false flag event to pass this bill. The President said he would veto the bill but if some type of major cyber attack occurs he will use this not to veto the bill.[/stextbox]
President Obama gave an influential speech on counter terrorism and national security policy last week, and while much of the media coverage discussed the President remarks on Guantanamo prison and drone strikes, buried in the speech was a line just as critical to civil liberties online.
Halfway through the speech, Obama said he wanted to “review the authorities of law enforcement, so we can intercept new types of communication, and build in privacy protections to prevent abuse.”
We certainly agree with the president we need new privacy protections for our digital communications, and it’s encouraging to hear him suggest support for such proposals. After all, we know the vast surveillance authorities given to law enforcement over the last decade’—like the Patriot Act, FISA Amendments Act, and National Security Letters—have been serially abused. Unfortunately, President Obama has actively defended these laws and policies in Congress and the courts, despite promising to reform them as a candidate.
The entrance of the ECB is blocked by over 3,000 ‘Blockupy’ protestors in a march against austerity. ‘Blockupy’ has announced the coalition has “reached its first goal” of the day.
Anti-capitalist protestors have taken to the streets of the financial heart of Frankfurt a day ahead of Europe-wide gatherings planned for June 1 to protest leaders handling of the three-year euro debt crisis.
“We call up everyone to join our protests.”
The ECB spokesman told The Guardian that the Blockupy protests have not disturbed day to day operations at the bank, but would not specify how many bankers managed to come to work.
Next they plan to siege Deutsche Bank and then move on to the Frankfurt National Airport.
The crowd, estimated at 2,500 by local authorities, is clutching signs demanding ‘humanity before profit’.
The head of the U.S. Cyber Command said that the U.S. military is unprepared for cyber attacks, specifically singling out China.
“What we’re seeing in cyber is going to continue and it’s going to grow and it’s going to get worse,” Gen. Keith Alexander, the Pentagon’s top Cyber chief said at a Washington, DC breakfast this week, InsideDefense reported. He added:
“The platform we have today is not defensible. You can’t see it, you can’t defend it, and I would guarantee you that the adversary could penetrate it. And it’d take us months to find it.”
Elaborating on this point, Gen. Alexander said that the military’s current network has 15,000 enclaves, which made it “obviously indefensible.” To remedy this problem, the general advocated that the military adopt a “thin, virtual client that is defensible, a cloud-like architecture. By doing that it collapses that 15,000 enclaves into a defensible perimeter,” according to the InsideDefense report.
He also stressed the importance of working more closely with defense companies that have been the target of cyber espionage operations, particularly from China. In addition, Gen. Alexander emphasized that the military and intelligence agencies didn’t to do a better job of creating a unified set of standards to facilitate information sharing and joint operations between different agencies responsible for cyber defense.
According to the report, Gen. Alexander singled out China as a particularly cyber concern. To bolster his argument that hacking operations could enable China to acquire information and technology must more quickly and cheaply than Western companies, he cited the rapid rise of the Chinese telecommunication company Huawei.
Gen. Alexander’s speech seemed to contradict a statement the Pentagon had made earlier in the week downplaying the U.S. defense industries’ vulnerability to hackers following reports that major U.S. weapon systems had been compromised by Chinese hackers. In the statement, Pentagon spokesperson George Little said:
“We maintain full confidence in our weapons platforms… The Department of Defense takes the threat of cyber espionage and cyber security very seriously, which is why we have taken a number of steps to increase funding to strengthen our capabilities, harden our networks, and work with the defense industrial base to achieve greater visibility into the threats our industrial partners are facing. Suggestions that cyber intrusions have somehow led to the erosion of our capabilities or technological edge are incorrect.”
Jim Rogers was recently interviewed by GoldMoney and had plenty to say (as usual):
On Bernanke: “He doesn’t want to be around for the consequences of what he’s doing.”
On Fiat: “Paper money doesn’t have a very glorious history, but again, nothing imposed by the government has a very long and glorious history.”
On Europe’s Crisis: “You can postpone it all you want, but the problems just mount.”
On Capitalism: “You are not supposed to take money away from the competent people and give it to the incompetent so that the incompetent can compete with the competent people with their own money. That’s not the way capitalism is supposed to work.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They really need a think tank to tell them this. The central bankers need a war because the collapse is coming and they need to cover this up with a World War. [/stextbox]
Beijing: A Chinese think-tank has warned that China may get involved in a military conflict with Japan over the disputed Diaoyu Islands, as “big powers” have intensified their efforts for geopolitical and military dominance in the strategic Asia-Pacific region.
An annual report released Tuesday by the Centre for National Defence Policy (CNDP), a part of the Academy of Military Sciences of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA), has stated that big powers have intensified their efforts for regional dominance and United States has accelerated its eastward shift of its strategic focus.
“Amidst the strategic competition among big powers, the fierce oceanic competition and frequent regional conflicts, the complexity, sensitivity and uncertainty of China’s security environment loom large,” official Xinhua news agency quoted the report as saying.
The report came amid the latest flare-up in China’s row with Japan over the disputed Diaoyu Islands in East China Sea.
The report noted that the Asia-Pacific has become “the new global geopolitical, economic and military centre” and big powers have intensified their efforts for regional dominance as “the US has accelerated its eastward shift of its strategic focus.”
It warned that a military clash with Japan could happen if the dispute escalates, saying the confrontation between the two countries over disputed Diaoyu Islands in East China Sea may extend from the sea to the air.
It further cautioned that row will not only seriously jeopardise Sino-Japanese relations, but would also threaten regional stability.
Parents in Polk County, Florida are outraged after learning that students in area schools had their irises scanned as part of a new security program without obtaining proper permission.
Students at three facilities — an elementary school, a grade school and a high school — had their eyeballs scanned earlier this month as part of a ‘student safety’ pilot program being carried out by Stanley Convergent Security Solutions.
“It simply takes a picture of the iris, which is unique to every individual,” Rob Davis, the school board’s senior director of support services, wrote home to parents in a letter dated May 23. “With this program, we will be able to identify when and where a student gets on the bus, when they arrive at their school location, when and what bus the student boards and disembarks in the afternoon. This is an effort to further enhance the safety of our students.The EyeSwipe-Nano is an ideal replacement for the card based system since your child will not have to be responsible for carrying an identification card,” he added.
Parents at Daniel Jenkins Academy, Bephune Academy and the Davenport School of the Arts received the letter from the school board on May 24 informing them of the EyeSwipe-Nano program and that their child’s principal should be notified if they don’t want their son or daughter to participate.
5.30.13 – ‘End the Fed’ Activists Arrested for Passing Out Information
They’re buying even where renting is a far better deal
In many top markets, it’s cheaper to rent than buy.
That’s according to an analysis done by Stern Agee home-builder analyst Jay McCanless, who compared the “fully-loaded price” (mortgage + fees, insurance and taxes) vs. renting. In the 25 top markets of the builders he follows (which excludes New York and Los Angeles but includes Chicago, Indianapolis, Houston, Washington D.C. and San Francisco among others), it’s cheaper to rent instead of buy in 13 markets at an interest rate of 3.5%.
hat number grows to 17 in the “rent” camp when rates reach 4%, and to 20 when rates reach 5%. The five markets where it would still be better to buy than rent at rates of 5% are Chicago, Tampa, Sarasota, Miami and Atlanta.
The interesting takeaway is that builders are seeing growing demand anyway.
under Senate Bill 53, responsible gun owners would be required to submit personal information to the state, undergo a background check and pay a $50 fee before being allowed to buy ammunition. Their information would be stored in a state database controlled by the Justice Department and the individual would have to present photo ID at a gun store upon making an ammo purchase.
Additionally, gun dealers and ammo vendors would be required to obtain special permits to sell ammunition. Those gun owners or gun dealers/ammo vendors who fail to follow the law would face misdemeanor charges.
Excerpt from SB 53:
SB 374, which as the NRA-ILA noted, essentially bans the sale, purchase and manufacture of virtually all semi-automatic rimfire and centerfire rifles that do not have a fixed magazine and requires those who currently own such firearms (so called ‘assault weapons’) to register them with the state.
SB 396, a ban on standard capacity magazines that hold more than 10 rounds.
SB 47, a bill that places onerous restrictions on “bullet buttons.”
SB 567, a bill that would reclassify certain shotguns as :assault weapons.”
SB 683, a bill that would require all gun buyers to take a firearm-safety certificate class.
SB 755, which would expand crimes that would result in a 10-year ban on owning or buying firearms. Additions include drug- and alcohol-related offenses, hazing, violations of protective orders and court-ordered mental health treatment.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Riddle me this Batman, if unemployment continues to go down like the government and the fed tells us, why are college graduates having a tough time finding real jobs? The answer, the government changed the unemployment equation and the numbers are fake and there are no real jobs for them.[/stextbox]
37 million Americans currently have outstanding student loans, and the delinquency rate on those student loans has now reached a level never seen before. According to a new report that was just released by the U.S. Department of Education, 11 percent of all student loans are at least 90 days delinquent. That is a brand new record high, and it is almost double the rate of a decade ago. Total student loan debt exceeds a trillion dollars, and it is now the second largest category of consumer debt after home mortgages. The student loan debt bubble has been growing particularly rapidly in recent years. According to the Federal Reserve, the total amount of student loan debt has risen by 275 percent since 2003. That is a staggering figure. Millions upon millions of young college graduates are entering the “real world” only to discover that they are already financially crippled for decades to come by oppressive student loan debt burdens. Large numbers of young people are even putting off buying homes or getting married simply because of student loan debt.
So why is this happening? Well, a big part of the problem is that the cost of college tuition has gotten wildly out of control. Since 1978, the cost of college tuition has risen even more rapidly then the cost of medical care has. Tuition costs at public universities have risen by 27 percent over the past five years, and there appears to be no end in sight.
We keep encouraging our young people to take out all of the loans that are necessary to pay for college, because a college education is supposedly the “key” to their futures.
But is that really the case?
Sadly, the reality of the matter is that millions of young Americans are graduating from college only to discover that the jobs that they were promised simply do not exist.
In fact, at this point about half of all college graduates are working jobs that do not even require a college degree.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Is cash really king? Sure doesn’t look like it to me. Gold is rising, oh no Mr. B we need to smack it down below $1400 [/stextbox]
It appears that the USD is no longer the cleanest dirty shirt – but precious metals, perhaps? And amid all this chaos in fiat and non-fiat currency markets, equities and bonds remain somewhat stoic. This is the biggest 2-day drop in the USD in 19 months. These are chaotic movements in colossal markets (that dwarf equity market capitalization) – but of course, none of that matters.
While the markets have been very volatile lately, hence difficult to predict, it is reasonable to expect a bounce in the price of gold and silver. We hasten to say that nobody can predict the future, so our expectation could turn out to be wrong. To be more precise, the probability of higher prices is higher than the probability of lower prices, at least in the short run. Here is why.
(1) Excessive speculative shorts and growing commercial longs
(2) Sentiment is at extreme levels
(3) US Dollar is running into resistance
(4) Stock market shows sign of a (temporary) slowdown
(5) Gold and silver prices have successfully retested their lows
Gold Bar “Supply Constraints” In Singapore Sees Record Premiums
Gold rose to a one-week high, as the dollar and stocks retreated after another 5% plunge in Japan’s Nikkei. Silver, platinum and palladium advanced also.
Physical gold demand remains robust internationally and supply issues in Singapore have led to premiums reaching a record high there.
Some of the buying on futures markets may be shorts being forced to cover their record short position. The COT (Commitments of Traders) data clearly shows that there is the strong possibility of a significant squeeze of speculators short gold. This could be a catalyst to propel gold higher.
Strong premiums for gold bars in Asia show that jewellers and investors are busy buying bullion on this dip. In Singapore, Reuters reports that “supply constraints” have sent premiums to “all time highs” at $7 to spot London prices.
Do you still believe the government represents the people? Are you part of the majority that genuinely wants the government to do good things?
There remains a large portion of the population that believes government to be a force for good and they blindly support giving it more power even at the expense of their own liberty.
Perhaps government should be a force for good represented by the will of the people. But, unfortunately, that is not what it is. Instead, the government does horrible things including breaking laws that regular citizens would go to jail for.
Ask yourself, why is a “representative” government allowed to do things that regular citizens are not allowed to do?
When a government declares itself above the law of the land, then the people live in a imperial dictatorship, and a tyrannical one at that. It is the hallmark of a ruling class that lives with a separate set of rules than the rabble.
Take a look at the top ten things the government can do that would land you in jail:
Spying: Citizens are also increasingly being arrested for filming police or public buildings under wiretapping charges of all things.
Insider Trading: Yes, you will serve jail time like Martha Stewart did for using marginally helpful insider trading information, but politicians voted themselves exempt from insider trading laws. It must be nice to be exempt from the peasant’s laws.
Hacking: You will go to jail if you hack into someone’s cell phone or email account. The government, on the other hand, has legalized wiretapping and hacking to keep us safe. As they attempt to convince the public that nation-states and terrorists will engage in cyber attacks so that they can pass Internet control legislation, the U.S. and Israel are the only nations to publicly admit to attacking another nation with a computer virus.
Kidnapping: Kidnappers are some of the most deplorable criminals in society, yet the government engages in organized kidnapping. Corrupt family courts stripping children from their parents for things like legal medical marijuana, or attending a protest, and the NDAA authorizing indefinite detention for “suspected” terrorists and “associated forces”, proves the government are kidnapping people. What would happen if you did the same thing?
Stealing: Do you know that if you’re suspected of drug crimes, the authorities can confiscate your property? It’s called civil forfeiture and police departments make millions from this practice. And what happens if you don’t pay your property taxes?
Extortion: Some call taxes a form of theft, which it is, but it’s more appropriate to call it extortion. It’s no different than paying protection money to your local mafia. Over one-third of your working life belongs to the mafia. But, hey, at least you’re a slave for only a third of the year, right?
Counterfeiting: Between the Fed continuing to bail out failed banks to the tune of $83 billion per month and the fractional reserve banking system itself, the government via the Fed can print as much money as they want with no restrictions. It’s monopoly money, literally. Counterfeiting is a serious crime for anyone not sanctioned to do it. Even using competing currencies is against the law for regular citizens.
Molestation: Try putting your hands on anyone in the same manner as the TSA does to men, women and children on a daily basis in airports — you’d wind up in jail for quite a while. TSA-inspired VIPR teams are now roaming public transportation, while attendees at sporting events are groped before game time. New York City has drawn attention for its special brand of “stop-and-frisk” which is a nice way of saying illegally detain, interrogate, molest, and don’t go to jail for it.
Assault: Whether it is spraying protesters like bugs, acts of police brutality that populate YouTube all day long, or government-sponsored torture committed by agencies like the CIA, the government has proven more often than not to be above the law in every area of assault that would put a normal citizen in jail.
Murder: In the real world, you or I cannot carry out a premeditated murder without going to jail for life. But this is exactly what is being done with drones, as “security officials” decide on Terror Tuesdays at the White House if the bulls-eye goes on your forehead or not. When a government can murder anyone, anywhere at anytime via secret kill lists, the concept of a government of, by, and for the people has been erased and replaced by tyranny.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Looks like the false flag event for gun control is getting closer. They are trying to paint gun owners as crazy dangerous people. [/stextbox]
Letters mailed to New York City Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg tested positive for the poison ricin, officials said Wednesday. Multiple sources reported that one of the letter contained references to the national gun control debate.
Investigators told the New York Times they believe both letters were sent by the same person. The second letter was addressed to the Washington building that hosts Mayors Against Illegal Guns, a gun control lobby group Bloomberg helps lead.
“The writer, in letters, threatened Mayor Bloomberg, with references to the debate on gun laws,” Pual J. Brown, the chief spokesman for the New York Police Department, told reporters Wednesday.
Both letters were intercepted before reaching Bloomberg and no reports of illness have surfaced. Members of the police department’s Emergency Service Unit who found the letter at a New York mail facility were examined as a precaution. Both envelopes were postmarked in Louisiana, according to CBS News.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Anybody really surprised, would you keep your money in the bank? [/stextbox]
Following the improvised and very confused bail-in of the Cypriot banking system in mid/late March, one of the key requirements was to contain the liquidity within territorial Cyprus, and prevent the outflows of critical bank funding liabilities – i.e., deposits – abroad thus causing a waterfall cascade of ever increasing capital needs and bigger and better bailouts. Thus capital controls, which two months after the bailout, are still in place. Judging by just released Cyprus Central Bank data they failed. Because even though the deposit outflow in March, when the fiasco happened, was a moderate €3.8 billion, which the European politicians promptly pointed to as confirmation of a job well done, it was the April outflow that was the jawdropping number.
In a month in which deposit flight should have been largely contained, Cyprus banks saw a record outflow of 6.4 billion, or 10% of its entire deposit base, in one month!
But the sad punchline is that while deposit flight by domestic residents was an unfortunate if explainable €3 billion, it was the €3.1 billion in deposit reduction by “Non-Euro Residents” – read Russians, who circumvented capital controls, and pulled a whopping 16% of their entire deposits held in the tiny and now completely insolvent island nation.
Total Cyprus bank deposits: no need to show the arrow at the right side.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So when the central banks and the governments tells us the economy is getting better what do they really mean? If the economy was getting better would unemployment continually go up, would they need to change the unemployment calculation?[/stextbox]The EU needs to reverse its macroeconomic policies and stop supporting the euro if it doesn’t want record unemployment to result in civil disorder and political problems, Dr. Stephen Davies from the Institute of Economic Affairs told RT.
Skyrocketing youth unemployment is becoming the greatest concern for European nations. EU leaders are sounding the alarm over an entire generation who they fear will never find jobs.
At a Paris conference, Germany, Italy and France have urged for action to avert a continent-wide catastrophe, with over 7.5 million young people across Europe currently out of work.
Even Germany, which has the strongest economy in Europe, is suffering from joblessness as unemployment in the country increased four times above expert expectations this May.
Education director at the Institute of Economic Affairs, Dr. Stephen Davies, believes that the set measures to cope with record unemployment in the EU won’t require a lot of funding, but only the desire to reform from the European politicians.
RT: Nearly one in four youngsters in the EU is unemployed. Why are European leaders only addressing this now?
Stephen Davies: That’s a very good question. You quoted the overall average, but in Greece it’s a catastrophic 65 per cent. It’s 50 per cent in Spain. And it’s actually a minor miracle that this hasn’t led to a more serious social and political unrest that it has already. It’s quite surprising that it’s taken [the EU leaders] to do it. I think it’s because they thought that the problem would sort itself out, but it’s become obvious that it won’t.
Though the US dollar continues to reign as the foreign reserve currency of choice, a new International Monetary Fund analysis shows that the currency has slumped to a 15-year low, heightening concerns that it may lose that status.
While the dollar currently constitutes 62 per cent of the $6 trillion in foreign holdings by the world’s central banks, when a historical view is taken into account, Dick Bove, vice president of equity research at Rafferty Capital Markets says the dollar’s actual percentage of total money supply worldwide has gone from 90 per cent in 1952 to about 15 per cent today.
Bove, like many other analysts, believes that the rise of the Chinese currency, the yuan, is at the expense of the US dollar’s dominance as a safe haven.
“Generally speaking, it is not believed by the vast majority that the American dollar will be overthrown,” says Dick Bove.
“But it will be, and this defrocking may occur in as short a period as five to 10 years,” he tells CNBC.
The repercussions of the dollar’s decline as the foreign currency holding of choice would be more than a symbolic hit to America’s economic standing. With a budget deficit exceeding $1 trillion per year, if the dollar were to decline against other currencies the US would find itself in the uncomfortable position of having to pay back this debt.
Bove goes further, arguing that the deadlock in Congress over the federal budget, and the now-mandatory cuts designated by the sequestration, are eroding confidence in America’s fiscal state.
“The ratings agencies are already arguing that the government’s debt may be too highly rated. Plus, the United States Congress, in both its houses, as well as the president are demonstrating a total lack of fiscal credibility,” says Bove.
When even the political elite are voicing concerns about the possible social implications of youth unemployment rates in Europe being so egregiously high, you know that there are problems. The question many have is that until now riots have been few and far between (most notably Sweden and Switzerland recently); so why are the main areas of massive unemployment not seeing the widespread chaos? The answer, perhaps unsurprisingly, is in government handouts but as Stratfor notes, time is running out for the benefit-beholden generation and perhaps the governments will finally see what so many have been fearful of.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The Nikkei dropped 737 points this morning, they are losing control but some unnamed source helped and is trying to hold the damn from bursting. The damn has many cracks and they are getting bigger[/stextbox]
One look at the 5%+ plunge in the Nikkei overnight and one would be allowed to wonder if this was it for Abenomics: with a 15% drop from recent highs, what’s worse is that even the “wealth effect” Mrs Watanabe fanatics would be excused from having much hope going foward. The problem, however, is that in a world in which only the USDJPY matters as a risk signal, and only the stock market remains as a last bastion of “hope”, the overnight weakness pushing the dollar yen to just 50 pips above 100 threatened to crush the manipulated rally and force everyone to doubt the sustainability of central planning. So, sure enough, literally seconds we got the much needed stick save without which everything could have come tumbling down, namely based on an unsourced article out of Reuters that Japan’s Public Pension Fund is considering a change to its portfolio strategy that could allow domestic equity share of investments to rise in rallying market. The immediate result was an instantaneous surge in the USDJPY which in turn dragged global risk higher across the board, simply due to what algos deemed as yet another procyclical last minute rescue. More importantly this was nothing but a squeeze catalyst coming at just the right time before market open to prevent a rout in global equities. Ironically, that we are back to the Reuters “sticksave” unsourced article, indicates just how weak the reality behind the scenes must be.
Today’s Quarterly FDIC data release was cheered by many on the basis that US banks made the most money ever ($40.6bn) in Q1 which must mean something positive, right? With rates low, spreads low, margin high, and collateral in short supply, where all these profits coming from? The following chart, which may make some nauseous in its simple and direct clarification of just how blind we have become to what is going on, has the answer. Simply put, bank earninsg have soared on the back of nothing less than a total collapse in loan loss provisions (LLPs). In fact, LLPs are now at their lowest levels since the peak of the housing bubble (and as we showed yesterday here and here, a bubble this is) – at a level of reserves that suggest the banks believe ‘It’ never happened. The delusion continues…
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The big real estate pump and dump, investment companies come in and pump the market up, then sell to the stupid individuals who think the market is rising and getting better. [/stextbox]
Last September, one of the original institutional investors in the housing-to-rent strategy, multi-billion hedge fund Och-Ziff called it quits on the landlord business. The reason: “the New York-based hedge fund is looking to sell now because the returns it is generating from rental income are less than expected and it is looking to take advantage of a recent rebound in home prices in northern California.” As a reminder, the REO-to-Rental subsidized investment program, which led to an epic surge in demand for multi-family housing, i.e., rental, units was, together with offshore investors parking their cash in the US for safekeeping (taking advantage of the NAR’s anti-money laundering check exemptions) and the big banks Foreclosure Stuffing, the key reason for the recent, stimulus-fueled and quite transitory bounce in house prices in assorted markets.
Still, OZ’s exit of the business did not spook too many of the other remaining investors who simply had no better investment options, and in a world of POMO and FOMO, they saw no choice but to become ever bigger landlords.
Today, another one of the original “big boys” has called it curtains: “We just don’t see the returns there that are adequate to incentivize us to continue to invest”, according to the CEO Bruce Rose of Carrington, one of the first investors to use deep institutional pockets (in this case a $450 million investment from OakTree) and BTFHousingD.
Rose’s assessment of the market? “There’s a lot of — bluntly — stupid money that jumped into the trade without any infrastructure, without any real capabilities and a kind of build-it-as-you-go mentality that we think is somewhat irresponsible.”
Of course, one can say exactly the same thing about virtually every other market where those gambling with “other people’s money” have no choice but to ride the tide and dance as long as the music emanating from the Fed is playing. However, it is rare to see one (technically, another) voluntarily step out even as others are still locked into a market where the returns are no longer worth the effort.
A team of academics have launched the world’s largest interactive database detailing suspected CIA rendition flights, many of which may have transported detainees to Guantanamo Bay.
Scotland is the only country so far which has raised any questions on the alleged rendition activity on home soil.
The Rendition Project is a product of a collaborative research between Dr. Ruth Blakely from the University of Kent and Dr. Sam Raphael from Kingston University, London.
Now anyone with an internet connection can understand, view, and track over 11,000 CIA flights detainees may have been aboard between 2001 and 2006 under the US rendition program, a murky operation of secret detention and torture.
“Our purpose is to shed as much light as possible on this system,” Blakely told RT.
Blakely’s team has compiled a unique database sourced from freedom of information requests, testimonies from detainees, Red Cross reports, courtroom evidence, flight records, and invoices.
The data is categorized into four subcategories- flights which definitely had a detainee on board, those which are suspected of having suspected terrorists on board, and ‘dummy’ or test flights, and other circuit flights, all on 122 different US-registered civilian aircraft.
“Our main aim was to try and map the global rendition system to try and provide a comprehensive a picture as possible how rendition took place, which countries were involved,” Blakely told RT.
5.29.13 – Reality Check w/ Ben Swann ~ Sen. McCain visits Rebels In Syria
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Lets break it down, the troops in Syria are mercenary soldiers funded by the central banks and the abc agencies. We are already providing weapons and funding the soldiers.[/stextbox]
[stextbox id=”x22report”]As you can see the war provoking is continuing, the central bankers and government would like Syria, Iran or Russia to do something so they can start the war. They don’t care who it is as long it starts to hide this colossal collapse[/stextbox]
Israel warns of action over Russian plan to give missiles to Syria’s Assad
A senior Israeli defense official warned on Tuesday that Russia’s plan to send sophisticated anti-aircraft weapons systems to Syria’s President Bashar Assad was a “threat” and signaled Israel could take some form of unspecified action in response.
Israeli civil defense drill prepares for ballistic missile attack
TEL AVIV — Israel has launched a major civil defense exercise. Officials said the exercise, dubbed “Steadfast Home Front-1, was meant to simulate a ballistic missile attack on Israel.
The officials said the exercise, part of a multi-year defense plan, also tested interoperability by the military, Defense Ministry, other ministries and local authorities.
“Israel is the most threatened state in the world; it is under missile and rocket threat,” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said.
The exercise, which began on May 26, was the seventh edition of the annual civil defense drill. Officials said the latest exercise, scheduled to end on May 29, was meant to prepare military and civil authorities for a chemical or nuclear attack.
Russian Warplanes Go on 24-Hour Duty in Snap Alert Drill
MOSCOW, May 28 (RIA Novosti) – MiG-31 Foxhound interceptors are going on round-the-clock duty in northern Russia as part of a snap combat readiness check of the nation’s aerospace defense capabilities, the Defense Ministry said Tuesday.
The fighters, “in conjunction with A-50 airborne warning and control system aircraft, are performing continuous missions to protect the airspace, including from cruise missile strikes,” the ministry said in a statement. The aircraft are to be refueled while still in the air.
This past Thursday and Friday, President Obama delivered two speeches designed to outline his new thinking on national security and counter-terrorism. While much was made in the media of the president’s statements at the National Defense University and the US Naval Academy suggesting that the most active phase of US military action overseas was coming to an end, this “new” approach is but the same old policy wrapped in new packaging. In these addresses, the president panders to the progressives, while continually expanding and solidifying the “enabling act” principle.
The president claims that “unrest in the Arab world has also allowed extremists to gain a foothold in countries like Libya and Syria.” However, it was the US-led attack on Libya that resulted in extremists gaining power there, with many fighters afterward spreading unrest and destruction by joining the wars against the Syrian and Malian regimes. The extremists brought to de facto power in places like Benghazi were responsible for the murder of the US ambassador, yet the president says nothing about that unintended consequence of his interventionist policies.
He calls for even more interventionism in the future, but he promises that it will be a different kind of interventionism. He wants the US to shape democratic transitions in Tunisia, Egypt, and Libya while actively supporting those seeking to overthrow the government in Syria.
He wants to take nation-building to a whole new level, urging that the US “help countries modernize economies, upgrade education, and encourage entrepreneurship.” He promises to battle extremism overseas by “training security forces in Libya, maintaining peace agreements between Israel and its neighbors, feeding the hungry in Yemen, building schools in Pakistan, and creating reservoirs of goodwill that marginalize extremists.”
What the president does not seem to understand is that we do not have the money to build schools, upgrade education, modernize economies, and encourage entrepreneurship overseas at a time when our national debt is $16 trillion. And besides, isn’t it a deeply flawed idea that the US government can achieve all of these remarkable results overseas when we know what a disaster these big government undertakings have produced at home? What we reject at home as Soviet-style central planning is fully embraced as effective foreign policy overseas. Should it really be the US government’s role to “modernize economies” or “encourage entrepreneurs” anywhere? Those are activities best left to the private sector, whether here at home or in far off lands.
President Obama’s speech is not at all what it seems. It is a call for more empire and more power to the executive branch. The president promises that “this war, like all wars, must end.” Unfortunately the war on the American taxpayer never seems to end. But end it will, as we are running out of money.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So austerity doesn’t work, so what does? More debt, more debt and more debt until all countries collapse[/stextbox]
Moments ago, the following European Commission website hit the interwebs, which can be summarized as follows:
EU EXTENDS DEFICIT DEADLINE FOR POLAND TO 2014
EU EXTENDS DEFICIT DEADLINE FOR SLOVENIA TO 2015
EU EXTENDS DEFICIT DEADLINE FOR PORTUGAL TO 2015
EU EXTENDS DEFICIT DEADLINE FOR NETHERLANDS TO 2014
EU EXTENDS DEFICIT DEADLINE FOR SPAIN UNTIL 2016
EU RECOMMENDS LIFTING DEFICIT REGIME FOR ROMANIA, LITHUANIA
EU RECOMMENDS LIFTING EXCESSIVE-DEFICIT REGIME FOR ITALY
EU SAYS 20 STATES CURRENTLY UNDER EXCESSIVE-DEFICIT PROCEDURES
Translation: the theatrical spectacle of Europe’s austerity, which never really took place, is finally over. Going forward political incompetence will henceforth be known as just that: incompetence, and elected rulers will not be able to pass the buck to evil, evil, “austerity.” More importantly, Europe has also proven without a doubt, that any “structural adjustments” on the continent are impossible, and that governments are locked in a spend till you drop mode.
For Europe’s sake, it better find a sake of endogenous credit creation once the BOJ’s carry trade fueled mask of all that is wrong with Europe fades away. Alas, following yet another painful M3 report, and an intractable ECB which refuses to monetize de novo and unsterilized (and simply can’t “lack of fiscal union” reasons previously explained), where such credit creation will come from is unknown.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]With so many youths not working and going hungry in many countries a revolution is unavoidable[/stextbox]
Let the austerity backlash begin. Who knew that an excel error could cause so much social strife. Granted common sense would have got you there, but this is politics. German Finance Minister Schaeuble warned on Tuesday that unless Europe wins the battle against youth unemployment, revolution is a distinct possibility.
The dreaded r-word came about as some corners push to reform the welfare standards to closely correlate with American standards. This would be a monumental mistake according the German finance minister. Youth unemployment as it stands now across the EU is at 25%, double the rate of older citizens.
Eu countries such as Germany, Italy and France are backing urgent action to tackle the issue before it becomes even more systemic than it already is. Anecdotes out of Spain have college graduates turning 30 without ever having a job. The problem is definitely have a social spillover as evidenced by the riots in Stockholm.
Labor ministers out of Italy are saying that they have the best educated generation and policies are essentially putting their future on hold. Schaeuble told a conference that if US welfare standards were enacted in the EU, the revolution would start the same day. It is completely untenable to adopt that set of rules.
Granted the youth unemployment picture here stateside is not exactly the best. Most of the job creation in recent months have gone to the older populace with the younger generation looking more and more like a carbon copy of an EU nation.
The solutions to the problem are not known, but the central banks willingness to continue the QE policies that have failed to generate any real job growth. If you broke down the amount injected by QE and applied it on a per job it works out to $500k per job created. Enough to give a person a 50k a year salary for ten years. Which is the better model, Dow 15k or systemic unemployment? Not really a trick question.
Today, most Americans believe that the United States is on the verge of a total economic collapse and will soon be entering another Great Depression. The government believes it as well. However, unlike most Americans, the government is prepared as evidenced by DHS and their recently purchased 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition and 2700 armored personnel carriers.
Only a small percentage of the people are prepared for what is about to happen. Just what does it take to be prepared? How much of this and how much of that, are questions that many preppers ask. Unfortunately, most Americans are not asking any questions at all. Most of these ignorant people will be among the first to die.
Most people can survive for a number of weeks without food, but without water you will die in just a few days.
Subsequently, where would you procure water if your taps run dry? If you do not have a plan, this would most likely be the most likely cause of death? Do you have an abundant supply of clean water near your home? Do you have the ability to boil water if you needed to purify it? Gathering water is your number one concern. Do you have a swimming pool? If you are one of the few that has a swimming pool, you need to be able to defend the water because your house will be a target.
Water purification tablets are critical because the water you have access to in a crisis, may not be suitable for drinking. So you may find that water purification tablets and a water filter will prove immeasurably important.
Most families could not last longer than a month on what they have in their house right now. When the economic collapse comes, how long could you survive on what you have?
You need to start growing food right now. Having your own garden, both in and out of your house is critically important, for if you don’t, when your family runs out of food, you will suddenly find yourselves competing with the desperate mobs of hungry people who are looting the stores and roaming the streets looking for victims in order to steal their food.
Begin to store food, now! Store seeds and plants now. Seeds will be the first item to disappear. So, begin to gather them now. Of course, if you are hungry, the government would be happy to take you to a safe refuge, a FEMA Camp. The question is, will you come out alive?
Avoid Roads Like the Plague
Highways will become death traps as they will be targeted by bad guys, many of who will don military and police uniforms in order lure in unsuspecting people. To a starving and thirsty gang, there is not a better target than a passenger vehicle, a truck or better yet, and RV loaded down with stored food and ammunition.
If you have a bug out location, plan to leave the very moment that the event happens and get to where you want to be within 72 hours. Once the trouble starts, do not attempt to travel. The government, and the gangsters are equally dangerous during this time.
Military strategy documents all advise that when governments fail, roads are to be avoided at all costs.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I thought taxes were voluntary, isn’t that what the IRS official said, if they are voluntary why does the bank need disclose information. We know what this is, as the collapse gets closer the governments needs more revenue to pay the debt. So they implement more taxes and go after people to get taxes from them.[/stextbox]
The Swiss government may have to cave in to US demands and disclose its banks’ client names in a bid to resolve the long-standing tax-evasion dispute between the two countries. Zurich would have to pay a multibillion-dollar fine or face court action.
According to Reuters’ industry insider sources, a government-brokered settlement has nearly been reached, but the Swiss finance minister has to find a way to dish out the deal without ruining the country’s reputation for keeping bank secrecy; a tradition which helped build the Alpine nation a $2 trillion offshore financial industry.
On Tuesday, the Swiss government ordered its third largest private bank, Julius Baer, to hand over data on US clients. Confidential information is due to be passed on to US tax authorities under the terms of an existing double taxation treaty between the two countries. Julius Baer replied it would provide the necessary data, though it didn’t reveal how many clients were involved.
At the end of April 2013, Julius Baer Group’s assets under management amounted to 220 billion Swiss francs ($207.7 million). The 16 per cent increase from the end of 2012 was in many ways thanks to its acquisition of Bank of America Corp.’s (BAC) Merrill Lynch wealth-management business outside of the US. Total client assets grew by 12 per cent to 309 billion Swiss francs.
Carroll County Nullifies Maryland Gun Control Legislation With 2nd Amendment Preservation Act
May 28th, 2013 by ASERAG.
In a victory for Maryland concealed carry, open carry, and gun Rights, Carroll County has passed resolution 884-2013, a Second Amendment Preservation Act.
“The Board reasonably believes the MFSA to be “pretended” (unconstitutional) legislation and be it further resolved that the Board, in affirmation of the Second Amendment rights of the citizens of Carroll County, herein direct that Carroll County Government will not authorize or appropriate government funds, resources, employees, agencies, contractors, buildings, detention centers or offices for the purpose of enforcing any element of the MFSA that infringes on the right of the people to keep and bear arms” [Source Legislation]
Two other counties, Cecil and Hartford, have also joined Carroll County, Maryland, in nullifying new Maryland gun control legislation, which:
Bans 45 types of Rifles
Bans magazines carrying more than 10 bullets, criminalizes the utilization of said magazines already owned
Deputizes doctors against patients, encourages reporting of gun owners to government, prohbits ownership of guns by “mentally ill” deemed so by the State
Requires fingerprinting for new handgun purchases
Requires licensing and training for new handgun purchases
“What country can preserve its liberties if its rulers are not warned
from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance?” -Thomas Jefferson
The Right to bear arms is the fabric upon which other Rights find their peace and defense.
An individual must be able to defend his own life to exist, thus, the Right to bear arms is self-evident, accompanying your existence.
Most Americans assume that the U.S. military is so vastly superior to everyone else that no other nation would ever dream of fighting a full-scale war against us. Unfortunately, that assumption is dead wrong. In recent years, the once mammoth technological gap between the U.S. military and the Chinese military has been closing at a frightening pace. China has been accomplishing this by brazenly stealing our technology and hacking into our computer systems. The Pentagon and the Obama administration know all about this, but they don’t do anything about it. Perhaps the fact that China owns about a trillion dollars of our national debt has something to do with that. In any event, today China has the largest military in the world and the second largest military budget in the world. They have stolen plans for our most advanced jets, helicopters, ships and missile systems. It is estimated that stealing our technology has saved China about 25 years of research and development. In addition, China is rapidly developing a new generation of strategic weapons that could potentially enable it to actually win a future war against the United States. At one time such a notion would have been unthinkable, but as you will see below, the next war with China could go very badly for the United States.
The Washington Post is reporting on a confidential report that was prepared for the Pentagon, and what this report says about the extent of Chinese cyber espionage is absolutely startling. Will China know ALL of our secrets at some point? The following is a brief excerpt from the Washington Post articleabout the theft of our military technology by China. It turns out that Chinese hackers have gotten their hands on plans for almost all of the new cutting edge weapons systems that we have been developing…
Some of the weapons form the backbone of the Pentagon’s regional missile defense for Asia, Europe and the Persian Gulf. The designs included those for the advanced Patriot missile system, known as PAC-3; an Army system for shooting down ballistic missiles, known as the Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, or THAAD; and the Navy’s Aegis ballistic-missile defense system.
Also identified in the report are vital combat aircraft and ships, including the F/A-18 fighter jet, the V-22 Osprey, the Black Hawk helicopter and the Navy’s new Littoral Combat Ship, which is designed to patrol waters close to shore.
Also on the list is the most expensive weapons system ever built — the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, which is on track to cost about $1.4 trillion.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]We are seeing this played out in many countries where the government is telling everyone that your children are not yours they are part of the system[/stextbox]
Every child in Scotland is to be assigned a “state minder” from birth under draconian new proposals that would enable the government to spy on families under the justification of preventing “child abuse”.
Writing in the Scotsman of how he penned a dystopian novel based around this very scenario of every child being assigned a government mentor, sociology and criminology lecturer at the University of Abertay Dundee Stuart Walton writes, “Unfortunately, this dystopian future has arrived a little faster than I imagined, as last week the Scottish Government’s plan to give every child a state guardian from birth was launched.”
“This state-appointed overseer will be a specific, named individual, and every child will have one, from birth. The responsibility for creating this named guardian will fall on the heads of the health boards for the first five years of a child’s life, before being transferred to councils.”
The program is a statutory initiative built into the Children and Young People Bill. Children’s minister Aileen Campbell justified the proposal by asserting it would “make sure there is someone having an overview of what is happening to that child, to make sure that early indicators of anything that would pose a threat or risk to that child are flagged up”.
This morning market participants turn on their trading terminals to see an unfamiliar shade of green: red.
Following yesterday’s blow out in US bond yields, which have continued to leak wider and are now at 2.20% after touching 2.23%, the overnight Japanese trading session was relatively tame, with the 10Y JGB closing just modestly wider at 0.93%, following the market stabilization due to a substantial JPY1 trillion JOMO operation which also meant barely any change to the NKY225, while the USDJPY slipped in overnight trading below the 102 support line and was trading in the mid 101s as of this moment, pulling all risk classes lower with it. There was no immediate catalyst for the sharp slide around 3am Eastern, although there was the usual plethora of weak economic data.
The IMF cut its China 2013 and 2014 growth forecasts to 7.75%, from 8% and 8.2%, validated by news that nearly half of China’s 80 major steel producers reported losses in April and that Chinese import iron ore prices fell below $120/tonne for the first time this year. In Japan, as we expected, following the BOJ’s meeting with bond market participants, it found they wanted more frequent bond operations, a la the US daily POMO, and asked the BOJ to buy more 1-5Y notes, with the suggestion of smaller overall POMO operations, also as expected would happen now that the BOJ is merely a surrogate copycat of all the Fed does.
In Europe, German May unemployment rose 21K on expectations of a 5K rise, Spanish April retail sales posted yet another negative print at -4.9% if a little better than expected, even though Eurozone M3 rose by 3.2% on expectations of a 2.9% increase. In the UK, May retail sales fell the most in 16 months CBI said; with the gauge of annual sales growth -11 vs -1 in April, est. +3
The biggest news of the night was a report by German Welt saying that Mario Draghi has lost the support of the ECB executive board on the issue of ABS purchases as a pathway to stimulate credit growth, with Mersch, Asmussen and Weidmann all voting against an ABS-purchase program. There also is more discord on the issue of negative deposit rates, an idea which may now be scrapped following Merkel’s announcement yesterday that her reelection campaign would run on the message of a strong Euro: all EUR bullish developments, and thus Eurozone economy negative.
French police on Wednesday arrested a suspect in the weekend assault on French soldier Cedric Cordiez, who was stabbed in the neck on Saturday evening while on patrol with two colleagues, Paris prosecutor Xavier Molins said.
Molins said the suspected assailant, named Alexandre, who turns 22 on Thursday, has been described as a follower of “radical Islam.” He was known to police after undergoing an identity check in 2007 for praying on the street, AFP reported.
“The suspected perpetrator of the attack on a soldier Saturday evening in La Defense (business district) was arrested this morning,” Interior Minister Manuel Valls said in a statement.
The report said the suspect was arrested in the Yvelines district on the western outskirts of Paris.
Sources close to the investigation said the man has been a follower of a “traditionalist even radical Islam for the last three or four years,” according to France 24.
The sources, however, urged caution in an investigation that is still in its early stages, saying the suspect was not known to be a jihadist.
Cordiez was released from a military hospital on Monday and had rejoined his unit, military officials said.
There were times this past week when it seemed like the 19th-century Know-Nothing Party had returned to Washington. President Obama insisted he knew nothing about major decisions in the State Department, or the Justice Department, or the Internal Revenue Service. The heads of those agencies, in turn, insisted they knew nothing about major decisions by their subordinates. It was as if the government functioned by some hidden hand.
Clearly, there was a degree of willful blindness in these claims. However, the suggestion that someone, even the president, is in control of today’s government may be an illusion.
The growing dominance of the federal government over the states has obscured more fundamental changes within the federal government itself: It is not just bigger, it is dangerously off kilter. Our carefully constructed system of checks and balances is being negated by the rise of a fourth branch, an administrative state of sprawling departments and agencies that govern with increasing autonomy and decreasing transparency.
For much of our nation’s history, the federal government was quite small. In 1790, it had just 1,000 nonmilitary workers. In 1962, there were 2,515,000 federal employees. Today, we have 2,840,000 federal workers in 15 departments, 69 agencies and 383 nonmilitary sub-agencies.
This exponential growth has led to increasing power and independence for agencies. The shift of authority has been staggering. The fourth branch now has a larger practical impact on the lives of citizens than all the other branches combined.
The rise of the fourth branch has been at the expense of Congress’s lawmaking authority. In fact, the vast majority of “laws” governing the United States are not passed by Congress but are issued as regulations, crafted largely by thousands of unnamed, unreachable bureaucrats. One study found that in 2007, Congress enacted 138 public laws, while federal agencies finalized 2,926 rules, including 61 major regulations.
5.28.13 – Patriots Being Led Into “Kill Zone” At D.C. “Armed Revolt”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]If you support the 2nd Amendment you will NOT march with Kokesh. Our founding fathers continually tried to work out everything peacefully. Sign the petition that you support the 2nd Amendment but do not support Kokesh. Watch this video, this is why you should NOT march. This is completely a false flag. This is being setup to create an incident to demonize gun owners and have the gun bill that this pending in the Senate passed, or to try to suspend the 2nd Amendment or declare martial law.[/stextbox]
A new set of regulations that most people have never even heard of that was developed by an immensely powerful central banking organization that most people do not even know exists is going to have a dramatic affect on the global financial system over the next several years. The new set of regulations is known as “Basel III”, and it was developed by the Bank for International Settlements. The Bank for International Settlements has been called “the central bank for central banks”, and it is headquartered in Basel, Switzerland. 58 major central banks (including the Federal Reserve) belong to the Bank for International Settlements, and the decisions made in Basel often have more of an impact on the direction of the global economy than anything the president of the United States or the U.S. Congress are doing. All you have to do is to look back at the last financial crisis to see an example of this. Basel II and Basel 2.5 played a major role in precipitating the subprime mortgage meltdown. Now a new set of regulations known as “Basel III” are being rolled out. The implementation of these new regulations is beginning this year, and they will be completely phased in by 2019. These new regulations dramatically increase capital requirements and significantly restrict the use of leverage. Those certainly sound like good goals, the problem is that the entire global financial system is based on credit at this point, and these new regulations are going to substantially reduce the flow of credit. The only way that the giant debt bubble that we are all living in can continue to persist is if it continues to expand. By restricting the flow of credit, these new regulations threaten to burst the debt bubble and bring down the entire global economy.
Not that the current global financial system is sustainable by any means. Anyone with half a brain can see that the global financial system is a pyramid scheme that is destined to collapse. But Basel III may cause it to collapse faster than it might otherwise have.
So precisely what is Basel III? The following is a definition from the official website of the Bank for International Settlements…
“Basel III” is a comprehensive set of reform measures, developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of the banking sector. These measures aim to:
improve the banking sector’s ability to absorb shocks arising from financial and economic stress, whatever the source improve risk management and governance strengthen banks’ transparency and disclosures.
All of that looks good at first glance. But when you start looking into the details you start realizing what it is going to mean for the global financial system. Banks are going to be required to have higher reserve ratios and use less leverage. Banks are going to have to be more careful with their money, which is a good thing, but it is also going to mean that credit will not flow as freely. Unfortunately, the only way for a debt bubble to survive is if it keeps expanding. Anything that restricts the flow of easy money threatens to bring a debt bubble to an end.
These new regulations are going to be phased in between 2013 and 2019. You can see a chart which shows the implementation schedule for the Basel III regulations right here.
So why is bringing the debt bubble to an end a bad thing?
Well, because it will cause the false prosperity that we have been enjoying to disappear, and that will be an exceedingly painful adjustment.
Sadly, most people have no idea what is happening. Most people have never even heard of “Basel III” or “the Bank for International Settlements”. Most people just assume that the people they voted into office know what they are doing and have everything under control.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]If Israel does attack a Russian plane or ship the central bankers will get what they want WWII to cover up the economic collapse[/stextbox]
Israel’s defense chief said Tuesday a Russian plan to supply sophisticated anti-aircraft missiles to Syria was a “threat” and signaled that Israel is prepared to use force to stop the delivery.
The warning by Defense Minister Moshe Yaalon ratcheted up tensions with Moscow over the planned sale of S-300 air-defense missiles to Syria. Earlier in the day, a top Russian official said his government remained committed to the deal.
Israel has been lobbying Moscow to halt the sale, fearing the missiles would upset the balance of power in the region and could slip into the hands of hostile groups, including the Lebanese militia Hezbollah, a close ally of the Syrian regime.
Israel has carried out several airstrikes in Syria in recent months that are believed to have destroyed weapons shipments bound for Hezbollah. Israel has not confirmed carrying out the attacks.
The delivery of the Russian missiles to Syria could limit the Israeli air force’s ability to act. It is not clear whether Israeli warplanes entered Syrian airspace in these attacks.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]If you notice the see something, say something is spreading all over the world. They keep telling everyone the battlefield is everywhere, the enemy is everywhere. Be prepared everything is accelerating.[/stextbox]
The former head of MI5 Dame Stella Rimington has called for British people to inform security services if they suspect their neighbours maybe extremists.
Dame Stella, who supports the Government’s controversial ‘snoopers’ charter’, said people need to be more alert because it is impossible for security services to spot every threat.
She called for a wartime vigilance and for people to be the Government’s ‘eyes and ears’ following the killing of Lee Rigby.
The 78-year-old, who was MI5’s first female Director General, said: ‘The community has the responsibility to act as the eyes and ears, as they did during the war … where there were all these posters up saying the walls have ears and the enemy is everywhere.
‘There have often been indications in the community, whether it’s Muslim or anywhere else, that people are becoming extremists and spouting hate phrases.’
Dame Stella said security services had to prioritise the most dangerous threats because ‘thousands’ of people were being radicalised in Britain.
She said further terror attacks on the UK were inevitable unless the country became a ‘police state’
5.28.13 – Dick Durbin Says Constitution (1st Amendment) Is Out of Date
This guy is a moron, if someone writes, or types words on a typewriter or a computer screen it is the same words no matter what form of medium it is displayed on. Plus the 1st Amendment says the following
Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.
See how it says freedom of speech or of the press, it doesn’t say freedom of speech just for the press. Basically their entire agenda is to get rid of the constitution because when the collapse occurs there will be no check and balances or rules for these types of people to follow. This is another government official that needs to be removed from office
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Building the case against China for WWIII. To cover up this economic collapse these central banks and governments need everyone all in on WWIII, plus it shows that China has the ability to use cyber attacks and take whatever they want, like your money from the bank. [/stextbox]
Confidential report lists U.S. weapons system designs compromised by Chinese cyberspies
Designs for many of the nation’s most sensitive advanced weapons systems have been compromised by Chinese hackers, according to a report prepared for the Pentagon and to officials from government and the defense industry.
Among more than two dozen major weapons systems whose designs were breached were programs critical to U.S. missile defenses and combat aircraft and ships, according to a previously undisclosed section of a confidential report prepared for Pentagon leaders by the Defense Science Board.
Experts warn that the electronic intrusions gave China access to advanced technology that could accelerate the development of its weapons systems and weaken the U.S. military advantage in a future conflict.
5.28.13 – Media Won’t Touch March Against Monsanto
5.28.13 – The Fiat End Game: Preparing For A Way Forward
5.28.13 – The U.S. Federal Reserve WANTS inflation: Michael Berry
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Legalize cyber attacks so the central bankers and government can start the war with Iran and Syria. Provoke them with a cyber attack and have Iran and Syria retaliate to the attack [/stextbox]
US Congress should legalize attacking hacker’s computers with malware, physically destroy networks and take photos of data thieves and copyright violators with their own cameras in order to punish IP thieves, the IP Commission recommends.
The commissioners – former US government officials and military men – say that the “scale of international theft of American intellectual property (IP) is unprecedented”. However, the US government response has been “utterly inadequate to deal with the problem.”
“Almost all the advantages are on the side of the hacker; the current situation is not sustainable,” the commissions’s report says.
“New options need to be considered,” the authors call, then adding that current laws are limited and “have not kept pace with the technology of hacking.”
Thus, the commission suggests allowing active network retrieving stolen information, “altering it within the intruder’s networks, or even destroying the information within an unauthorized network.”
For example, locking down the computer of unauthorized users and forcing them to come out to police could be one of the options.
“The file could be rendered inaccessible and the unauthorized user’s computer could be locked down, with instructions on how to contact law enforcement to get the password needed to unlock the account,” the commission recommended.
In other words, authors suggest legalizing ransomware – an extortion tool used by organized criminals, when malware that blocks access to the computer system it infects, and demands a ransom paid to the creator to remove the restriction.
Such measures, the commissioners stressed, do not violate existing laws, but still might help to prevent attacks and even provide both time and evidence for law enforcement to investigate the cyber-crime.
As additional measures, the report recommends “physically disabling or destroying the hacker’s own computer or network,” implanting malware in the hacker’s network or photographing the hacker using his own system’s camera.
“The legal underpinnings of such actions taken at network speed within the networks of hackers, even when undertaken by governments, have not yet been developed,” the authors say.
So, if counterattacks against hackers were legal, companies could use a variety of techniques and cause severe damage to the capability of IP pirates.
“These attacks would raise the cost to IP thieves of their actions, potentially deterring them from undertaking these activities in the first place,” the report concludes.
However, if counterattacks were legalized, this would not be just about companies and hacker. Some pirated movies or songs on private computers, could be deemed an IP theft and allow rights holders to do horrible things to suspected systems.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Since the rebel forces have been losing the battle they are lifting the embargo and calling this a peace movement, this is BS, the central bankers and the government do not want peace they want a central bank in Syria and Iran, now they can supply the mercenary “rebel” forces with larger more powerful weapons. The war is on and it was just intensified.[/stextbox]
British Foreign Secretary William Hague says the European Union has agreed to lift its arms embargo on the Syrian opposition. However there will be no immediate arms supplies.
The news comes after the failure by EU governments to agree on extending the arms embargo, effectively freeing their hands to supply the Syrian opposition with weapons, said the British Foreign Secretary on Monday in Brussels.
The collective sanctions leveled at Syria were set to expire on June 1.
“Tonight EU (European Union) nations agreed to bring the arms embargo on the Syrian opposition to an end. This was the outcome that the United Kingdom wanted. It was a difficult decision for some countries, but it was necessary and right to reinforce international efforts to reach a diplomatic solution to the conflict in Syria,” Hague said.
What’s the number one reason we riot? The plausible, justifiable motivations of trampled-upon humanfolk to fight back are many—poverty, oppression, disenfranchisement, etc—but the big one is more primal than any of the above. It’s hunger, plain and simple. If there’s a single factor that reliably sparks social unrest, it’s food becoming too scarce or too expensive. So argues a group of complex systems theorists in Cambridge, and it makes sense.
In a 2011 paper, researchers at the Complex Systems Institute unveiled a model that accurately explained why the waves of unrest that swept the world in 2008 and 2011 crashed when they did. The number one determinant was soaring food prices. Their model identified a precise threshold for global food prices that, if breached, would lead to worldwide unrest.
The MIT Technology Review explains how CSI’s model works: “The evidence comes from two sources. The first is data gathered by the United Nations that plots the price of food against time, the so-called food price index of the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the UN. The second is the date of riots around the world, whatever their cause.” Plot the data, and it looks like this:
Pretty simple. Black dots are the food prices, red lines are the riots. In other words, whenever the UN’s food price index, which measures the monthly change in the price of a basket of food commodities, climbs above 210, the conditions ripen for social unrest around the world. CSI doesn’t claim that any breach of 210 immediately leads to riots, obviously; just that the probability that riots will erupt grows much greater. For billions of people around the world, food comprises up to 80% of routine expenses (for rich-world people like you and I, it’s like 15%). When prices jump, people can’t afford anything else; or even food itself. And if you can’t eat—or worse, your family can’t eat—you fight.
Republican Senator John McCain, a staunch advocate of US military aid to the Syrian opposition, has made a surprise visit to war-torn Syria and met with rebels. The controversial move comes as Russia and the US are trying to set up a peace conference.
According to a report by the Daily Beast, Arizona Senator McCain crossed into Syria form Turkey with General Salem Idris, who leads the Supreme Military Council of the Free Syrian Army, and stayed there for several hours before returning back. The senator met with assembled leaders of Free Syrian Army units in both Turkey and Syria.
Idris told the Daily Beast “We need American help to have change on the ground; we are now in a very critical situation.”
A senior State Department official has confirmed that the senator did “cross into Syrian territory” but referred all questions to McCain’s office. McCain’s spokesman confirmed that the visit took place but declined to give any details.
The move had come shortly before the EU agreed to end its arms embargo on Syrian rebels on Monday. Last week, a US Senate panel voted overwhelmingly to send weapons to forces fighting the Syrian government, underlining growing sentiment among lawmakers for a change in the US approach to the Syrian conflict.
Meanwhile Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov and US Secretary of State John Kerry have met in Paris where they are discussing the upcoming Geneva peace conference on Syria.
Lavrov, emerging from the talks said that a peace conference on Syria was a “tall order,” but expressed hope that “when the United States and the Russian Federation take this kind of initiative, the chances for success are there.”
Kerry spoke for both countries when he said they were committed to upholding the principles outlined in the Geneva Communique of 2012, which proposed a transitional government to be elected by mutual consent between the government of Bashar Assad and the Syrian opposition.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Here come the taxes, remember when the government starts to do the following we are getting closer to the collapse: 1. Quickly creating laws to remove rights 2. More taxes 3. More troops on the ground 4. More military exercises within our borders 5. Bail ins (bank holiday) 6. More false flags to pass gun control laws, CISPA law, martial law 7. War has started[/stextbox]
The cost of flying might be going up, but this time it’s not the airlines raising prices.
The Obama administration has proposed raising the taxes on air travel by about $14 per flight, a move airlines strongly oppose.
Higher taxes are needed to help reduce the deficit, pay for improvements at the nation’s airports, and add thousands of new immigration and customs officers to reduce wait times to process foreign visitors, the administration says.
Airlines say higher taxes will backfire and hurt the economy.
“Our fragile economy and the millions of middle-class Americans who rely on air travel and shipping every day simply cannot afford tax increases that will drive up the cost of flying or limit service options to small communities across the country,” said Nicholas E. Calio, president and chief executive of Airlines for America, the trade group for the nation’s airlines.
Congress ignored similar hikes proposed by the Obama administration last year. Since then, the airlines themselves raised fares 3%, from an average of $364 in 2011 to $375 last year, according to the U.S. Bureau of Transportation Statistics.
But airline industry representatives say there is a difference between a fare hike and a tax increase.
Airlines use fare increases to reinvest in services to passengers — such as buying new planes, said Katie Connell, a spokeswoman for Airlines for America.
“A tax or fee imposed by a third party that keeps the money does nothing for our customers,” she said, adding that most airlines earn an average profit of 37 cents per passenger.
A concerted effort has been afoot for some time to merge local police with federal authorities to respond to the implementation of citizen spy “snitch” programs. This has been best illustrated by the role of threat fusion centers, which are integrating data from public and private sources alike — even universities.
The FBI has now made public their “Communities Against Terrorism” Suspicious Activity Reporting flyers.
1. Airport Service Providers — Includes on-craft providers: baggage, cleaners, cargo, catering, mechanics, ground crew, food service, cleaners, security, taxi, limos, and shuttles.
2. Beauty/Drug Suppliers — People who have burn marks, missing limbs, travel a long distance, nervous, who are picked up, make illogical requests (even of consumer-grade products).
3. Bulk Fuel Distributors — New customers not from the area, those using cash for large transactions, nervous, large purchases, having a rental vehicle.
4. Construction Sites — People with environmental slogans and/or anti-government slogans, banners or signs that threaten or imply violence.
5. Dive/Boat Shops — New customers reluctant to provide complete personal information, customer who does not have certification, using cash for expensive transactions, extended rentals, appearing uninterested in safety rules, experiencing guarded behavior.
6. Electronics Stores — Person who alters appearance from visit to visit (changing hair color, shaving, etc.), fills a “shopping list” of components while lacking knowledge about their use. Pays cash for large purchases.
7. Farm Supply Stores — New customers not from the area, nervous or impatient, suspicious inquiries regarding equipment specifications, failing to state legitimate use for supplies, rental vehicle, cash for large transactions.
8. Financial Institutions — No evidence for legitimate business activity, those with multiple accounts, banks, parties, and jurisdictions (layering). Mixed deposits (money orders, third-party checks, and/or payroll into a business account). Large volume of wire transfers, or repetitive patterns, shell entities, “pass through” points by foreign jurisdictions.
9. General Aviation — Taking flying lessons but appear uninterested, renting under vague reasons for doing so, requests to fly over specific locations without substantiated reason, taking pictures or videos of potentially sensitive locations, actions outside the norm, parking near the perimeter of airport, asking questions without substantiation.
10. General Public — Basically everything exhibited by those with an inquisitive nature: questions, note taking, drawing, annotating maps, inappropriate photos or videos, people in places where they do not belong.
11. Hobby Shops — Interest in remote-controlled aircraft, interest that does not seem genuine, possessing little knowledge of purchase, exhibiting unusual interest, exhibiting no interest, using cash for large transactions.
12. Home Improvement and Large Retail Stores — Large quantity of ammunition, firearms and ammunition out of season, combination of unusual items, interest in night vision and camouflage apparel, purchases of pipe fittings and supplies, rental vehicle, refusal to complete firearms paperwork, using cash for large transactions.
13. Hotels/Motels — There is an excellent discussion of this section in Michael Snyder’s recent article.
14. Internet Cafes — There is an excellent discussion of this section in Michael Snyder’s recent article.
15. Shopping Malls — Wearing backpacks, discreet use of cameras, note-taking, or video over an extended period, several men arriving together then splitting up, continuing to communicate (dry run?), speaking to security guards, comments regarding radical theology, vague or cryptic warnings, or anti-U.S. sentiments that appear out of place and provocative.
16. Martial Arts/Paintball — Insist on paying with cash, travels long distance to participate, interest in learning offensive moves in a confined space, learning the use of hidden weapons, learning kill and restraint techniques with no occupational need, group training, uttering racist, religious, unusual, anti-US, or vague and cryptic warnings, close combat training, paintball tactics of ambush or kidnapping scenarios, operating a private facility, converting large plots of rural land to conduct these activities.
17. Mass Transportation — Altering one’s appearance, exhibiting burns, bleached body hair, concealed wires, nervous, actions suggesting use of a hidden camera, unusual comments, questioning security/facility personnel via normal means of communication, groups arriving together then splitting up and communicating via cell phone.
18. Military Surplus — Demanding identity privacy, insisting on paying with cash, suspicious comments, bulk purchases.
19. Peroxide Explosives — Unknown customer, individual requesting more information.
20. Recognizing Sleepers — Arrival from countries where violent militant Islamic groups are known to operate, long unexplained absences, fury at the West for reasons ranging from personal problems to global policies of the U.S., conspiracy theories about Westerners (e.g. the CIA arranged for 9/11 to legitimize the invasion of foreign lands), accusing the West of trying to destroy Islam.
21. Rental Cars — Reluctance to provide complete personal information, using cash, unusual questions.
22. Rental Properties — Using cash for large transactions, inquiries about local sites, refusing maintenance or service over extended time, not using property for intended purpose, unusual number of package deliveries, unusual amounts of traffic, discovery of unusual items.
23. Rental Trucks — Reluctance to provide personal information, cash for large transactions, inquiries about renting a truck with a wooden floor, questions about vehicle specifications.
24. Storage Facilities — Failing to provide complete personal information, using cash to pay fees in advance, placing unusual items in storage, disposing of tools, gloves, masks, or clothing, discarding clothes or shoes in new condition, avoiding contact with rental facility personnel, accessing facility an unusual number of times, storing items that emit unusual odors or leak liquids.
25. Tattoo Shops — Demanding identity “privacy,” paying cash, altering appearance (beard, hair style, hair color, style of dress, etc.), making racist or extreme statements, suspicious comments that suggest or appear to endorse violence in support of a cause, repeated returns with multiple individuals requesting identical tattoos, inquiries about unusual methods of tattooing or placement which could allow the concealment of extremist symbols.
The financial system of the third largest economy on the planet is starting to come apart at the seams, and the ripple effects are going to be felt all over the globe. Nobody knew exactly when the Japanese financial system was going to begin to implode, but pretty much everyone knew that a day of reckoning for Japan was coming eventually. After all, the Japanese economy has been in a slump for over a decade, Japan has a debt to GDP ratio of well over 200 percent and they are spending about 50 percent of all tax revenue on debt service. In a desperate attempt to revitalize the economy and reduce the debt burden, the Bank of Japan decided a few months ago to start pumping massive amounts of money into the economy. At first, it seemed to be working. Economic activity perked up and the Japanese stock market went on a tremendous run. Unfortunately, there is also a very significant downside to pumping your economy full of money. Investors start demanding higher returns on their money and interest rates go up. But the Japanese government cannot afford higher interest rates. Without super low interest rates, Japanese government finances would totally collapse. In addition, higher interest rates in the private sector would make it much more difficult for the Japanese economy to expand. In essence, pretty much the last thing that Japan needs right now is significantly higher interest rates, but that is exactly what the policies of the Bank of Japan are going to produce.
There is a lot of fear in Japan right now. On Thursday, the Nikkei plunged 7.3 percent. That was the largest single day decline in more than two years. Then on Monday the index fell by another 3.2 percent.
Are we witnessing the beginning of a colossal financial meltdown by the third largest economy on the planet? The Bank of Japan is starting to lose control, and if Japan goes down hard the crisis could spread to Europe and North America very rapidly.
As Japan has indicated, when bonds start to plunge, it’s not good for stocks. Today the Japanese Bond market fell and the Nikkei plunged 7%. The entire market down 7%… despite the Bank of Japan funneling $19 billion into it to hold things together.
This is what it looks like when a Central Bank begins to lose control. And what’s happening in Japan today will be coming to the US in the not so distant future.
If you think the Fed is not terrified of this, think again. The Fed has pumped over $1 trillion into foreign banks, hoping to stop the mess from getting to the US. As Japan is showing us, the Fed will fail.
Investors, take note… the financial system is sending us major warnings…
If you are not already preparing for a potential market collapse, now is the time to be doing so.
In addition to shredding civil liberties, launching a utopian global war for democracy, and going on a spending spree that would make LBJ blush, the so-called “conservative” Bush administration dramatically increased federal control over education via the “No Child Left Behind” act. During my time in Congress I heard nothing but complaints about this law from teachers, administrators, and, most importantly, students and parents. Most of the complaints concerned No Child Left Behind’s testing requirements, which encouraged educators to “teach to the test.”
Sadly, but not surprisingly, instead of improving education by repealing No Child Left Behind’s testing and other mandates, the Obama administration is increasing national control over schools via the “Common Core” initiative. Common Core is a new curriculum developed by a panel of so-called education experts. The administration is trying to turn Common Core into a national curriculum by offering states increased federal education funding if they impose Common Core’s curriculum on their public schools. This is yet another example of the government using money stolen from the people to bribe states into obeying federal dictates.
Critics of Common Core say it “dumbs down” education by replacing traditional English literature with “informational texts”. So students will read such inspiring materials as studies by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, the EPA’s “Recommended Levels of Insulation,” and “Invasive Plant Inventory” by California’s Invasive Plant Council. It is doubtful that reading federal reports will teach students the habits of critical thinking and skepticism of government that the Founders considered essential to maintaining a free republic.
Like Obamacare, Common Core (now dubbed “ObamaCore” by some) has sparked a backlash in the states, leading some to propose legislation forbidding state participation in the scheme. I hope these efforts lead to states not just opting out of Common Core, but out of No Child Left Behind and all other federal education programs as well.
Parents can also effectively “opt out” of programs like Common Core by seeking alternatives to government education. It is no coincidence that, as federal control over education increases, the quality of public education has declined and more parents have chosen to homeschool.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The Obama administration is pushing the cyber attack agenda but the utility companies are reporting that these reports are overblown and they are protected, that the majority of those attacks are the same attacks every business receives. These cyber attacks are not real, they are all government based to scare everyone into voting CISPA through so they can take control of the internet and sensor what they need to censor. We will see a cyber attack event to push their agenda forward.[/stextbox]
Several power utilities say they face a barrage of cyber attacks on their critical systems, a report by two Democratic lawmakers found echoing warnings from the Obama administration that foreign hackers were trying to bring down the U.S. power grid.
California Representative Henry Waxman released the report, co-authored with Massachusetts Representative Ed Markey, at the House Energy and Commerce Committee’s cybersecurity hearing on Tuesday.
The pair asked some 160 utilities to describe their experiences fighting cyber attacks over the past five years. In response, more than a dozen said they experienced daily, constant or frequent attempted cyber attacks, according to a 35-page report summarizing their responses.
(To read the report, see http://r.reuters.com/sej38t)
But utilities termed the report as overblown, saying their systems were adequately protected through mandatory standards set by the North American Electric Reliability Corp (NERC) that ensure separation of control systems and consumer-facing or administrative networks.
“The majority of those attacks, while large in number, are the same attacks that every business receives” through web-connected networks, Arkansas Electric Cooperative Corporation Chief Executive Duane Highley told the hearing.
“Those are very routine kinds of attacks and we know very well how to protect against those…Our control systems are not vulnerable to attack,” he told Reuters after the hearing, saying current NERC standards make it illegal to interconnect the public-facing networks and the control centers.
But many lawmakers echoed some senior White House officials in expressing fear that while they do not know of any successful attack on the power grid, hackers may have that ability.
Senior Obama administration officials began warning late last year that foreign enemies are looking to sabotage the U.S. power grid, air traffic control systems, financial institutions and other infrastructure.
Last week, NERC Chief Executive Officer Gerry Cauley told the Reuters Cybersecurity Summit that there has never been a destructive cyber attack on the grid, mostly probes and spying malicious software and that he worried more about physical attacks on the power grid than cyber ones.
Tuesday’s report cited an unidentified Northeastern power provider as saying it was under constant attack from cyber criminals as well as activist groups who have been targeting firms in the energy sector over the past few years.
A power provider from the Midwest said it experienced daily probes of its systems: “Much of this activity is automated and dynamic in nature, able to adapt to what is discovered during its probing process,” the company said.
Markey is running for U.S. Senate in Massachusetts against Republican Gabriel Gomez, seeking the seat vacated by John Kerry, now U.S. Secretary of State.
This year, the House has also passed a cybersecurity bill meant to ease the sharing of data between the government and the private sector, despite the threat of veto by President Barack Obama over privacy concerns. The Senate is working on its own version of the bill.
Highley welcomed the work toward an industry-led solution and better communication with the government, but pleaded with the legislators that “NERC has it covered. Please don’t mess up.”
“We’re all about reliability. We don’t want to have lights going out anymore than anybody else does,” he told Reuters.
When Hyperinflation begins…that’s when most folks will start to pay attention. I think we’ll be seeing huge chaotic signals in the markets by the end of 2013 (Q3 to Q4) but we might not see the actual hyperinflation begin until next year…
Is the Global Economy Slowly Falling Apart?
It’s conventional wisdom that the U.S. economy is steadily recovering from the recession, even if progress is slow and disappointing. But there’s also a widespread sense that long-term economic prospects are deteriorating all around the world. Young people can’t find jobs. Budgets keep being cut in both the public and the private sectors. And the projected increase in debt over the next decade figures to be a huge burden for the most highly developed economies. Political systems seem unable to cope with problems that ought to be fairly easy to solve, or at least contain. As the recent crisis in Cyprus demonstrates, a minor dislocation can become a threat to the entire global financial system overnight.
The U.S. is deeply troubled too. Deficits remain enormous, and the checks and balances of the political system have turned into a logjam. In a new book, David Stockman, President Ronald Reagan’s budget director, chronicles the relentless downward spiral of America’s political and financial systems. He concludes: “The future is bleak … When the latest bubble pops, there will be nothing to stop the collapse.”
This view may be extreme, but there’s hard evidence to substantiate the idea that the global economy is becoming more rickety. Although the developed world today is considerably richer overall than it was when Stockman worked in the Reagan Administration, creditworthinesshas been steadily declining. The global supply of AAA-rated government bonds has shrunk by more than 60% since the financial crisis began. And while dozens of big U.S. corporations had top bond ratings 30 years ago, today that group has dwindled to four: Automatic Data Processing, Exxon Mobil, Johnson & Johnson and Microsoft….
Economic Reality Finally Cracks Market Fervor
As evidence mounts that a midyear slowdown is taking place in the world economy, the next few days will offer a clearer glimpse of how that will impinge on policymaking and buoyant financial markets.
Suprise!Chinese and German Manufacturing Now Both Contracting
Systemic crisis 2013: with record stock exchange highs, the planet’s imminent plunge into recession
Despite a feeling of relative calm given by both the media and the American and Japanese financial markets going from record to record, the world economy is slowing down badly and a widespread recession is looming. The various players are fully aware of it and, in the face of the challenges of an imminent collapse, countries or regions are putting various strategies in place to try and limit the consequences. Whilst some seem dictated by desperation or last chance solutions, others on the contrary bear witness to a real adaptation to the world’s current changes. And it’s no surprise that, in the first category, we find the “powers of the world before” which no longer have any real options.
5.27.13 – PROOF The U.S. Gov’t Has Fallen To A Fascist Coup
Some analysts are suggesting Philadelphia, the historic city of “Brotherly Love,” is where the nation’s next terrorism attack will happen.
Middle East Forum terror analyst Hillel Zaremba said one reason is that the city’s mosques – one website lists 24 in the metropolitan area – are tied to a larger network.
“Many of them have ties to Islamist organizations. They have had, I use had, because they’ve gotten smarter and have scrubbed a lot of their websites of the references,” Zaremba said. “But there are very troubling indications of the kinds of things they believe in and the causes they support – that would lead one to believe that they are from a hardline, Islamic worldview.”
Zaremba points out that what goes on in the mosque has a lot to do with the radicalization process.
“You can say a lot of things about the training. You can say a lot of things about infidels, you can say a lot of things about the whole Israel-Palestine, the Palestinian nexus,” Zaremba said.
“You can have ‘Reliance of the Traveler.’ You can have a copy of that in your mosque and it’s certainly helping to develop an atmosphere, in my mind, an attitude that contributes to someone going over and becoming violent,” Zaremba said.
John Guandolo is a former FBI counterterrorism specialist and terrorism analyst. He’s also president of Guandolo and Associates, and has said, “‘Reliance of the Traveler’ is the single most authoritative book on Islamic law.”
Dave Gaubatz, co-author of “Muslim Mafia,” said that he’s researched Philadelphia mosques and confirms that the city’s locations present a very real danger.
“They rated very high for the likelihood for future terrorist attacks,” Gaubatz said.
Zaremba adds that recent events provides further evidence for the direction the city’s Muslim community is taking.
“We know that from time to time there have been arrests of troubling individuals, of people who have been deported. There have been arrests of people who were involved in terror plots that didn’t quite get off the ground,” Zaremba said.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Making the case for CISPA and taking over the internet. Once they control the internet they can block all sites that give alternate views of what is really going on in the world.[/stextbox]
In his speech yesterday, Obama said that information available online fuels ‘violent agendas’ through ‘hateful propaganda’ that drives terrorism. Warning that ‘internet materials’ are fueling domestic terror threats and actually causing people to go out and commit mass acts of terrorism, Obama is once again following in the footsteps of his fellow control freak associates in assaulting the openness of the internet that is now a hot spring for alternative news amid the frozen depths of the mainstream media.
In the speech, Obama said:
“Today, a person can consume hateful propaganda, commit themselves to a violent agenda and learn how to kill without leaving their home.”
The simple reality is that the internet is the largest threat to corrupt government officials. It’s how we managed to break open the entire IRS scandal that has blown up in Obama’s face and led to calls for criminal action against top officials responsible for targeting Constitution-based groups with phony financial assaults. It’s also how we know about the truth surrounding Benghazi and what went down there. An event that has also generated serious awareness and even calls for impeachment.
Internet-Based Alt News Growing At Record Levels
So it should come as no surprise to find that Obama and others want the internet to be not only monitored by the government, but regulated as well. By using the ever-looming threat of domestic terrorism, it is simple to trace back extremists to certain internet sites that can be used as catalysts to enact legislation that endangers and annihilates internet freedom. Specifically, people like myself and others can be targeted in these crackdowns in order to give alternative news sources a bad name.
Obama’s latest speech is similar to his previous, in which he warns against those who question what he calls our ‘brave’ new government and warn of tyranny and corruption within it. The bottom line is that Obama is setting the stage here, as he has been for quite a while along with others, for an informational crusade against websites and blogs that dare to criticize government. Already labeled as ‘conspiracy’ and ‘extremist’ websites for even asking the simplest questions of government, the fight against net neutrality and alternative news sources is about to be taken to a whole new level.
Gold prices will top $10,000 per ounce, the stock market will tank and Treasurys will yield less than 1 percent, Societe Generale’s Albert Edwards forecast.
Gold prices will top $10,000 per ounce, the stock market will tank and Treasurys will yield less than 1 percent, Societe Generale’s Albert Edwards forecast in a trademark bearish report on Thursday.
(Read More: Sliding Yen Could Herald New Asian Currency Crisis: Albert Edwards)
“My working experience of the last 30 years has convinced me that policymakers’ efforts to manage the economic cycle have actually made things far more volatile… The current round of quantitative easing will be no different,” said Edwards in a weekly strategy report.
“We have written previously, quoting Marc Faber, that ‘The Fed Will Destroy the World’ through their money printing. Rapid inflation surely beckons. But that will not occur without firstly a Japanese-style loss of confidence in policymakers as we dive back into recession and produce dislocative market moves.”
Gold: When comes the explosion?
Many owners of gold tremble and ask if the 1000 holds. But many more are shaking banks that precious metals sold short. Short positions are on record.When it comes to hard coverings, also comes the moment of truth for the gold price.
As if the overnight session in Japan was not bad enough, futures markets are indicating yet more weakness from the market that seemed (until 3 days ago) incapable of falling. With a 14.3% drop from its May 22nd highs, Japan’s Nikkei 225 is struggling to find buyers for this dip. What is interesting is the bid for European peripheral debt and equity markets this morning and the bounce in US futures (with no commensurate move in JPY which is hovering around 101). Gold and Silver are up around 1% with the USD unchanged. Treasury Futures imply a rise of 1-2bps in yield.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The Cyber Attack will be the main event if all else fails. If they can’t do the following, martial law, get the guns, siphon money from the banks and get us into war they will use a cyber attack to accomplish all of this at once to the entire country.[/stextbox]
Iranian hackers have allegedly penetrated U.S. energy firms, further worrying security officials that foreign interests could compromise and damage key devices and services in the U.S. infrastructure.
While Chinese hackers may have asserted themselves as kings of intellectual property theft and privacy breaches, Iranian-backed hackers have established themselves as capable of producing immediate hostile, real-world, damage. It’s a skill they’ve rapidly increased over the past 18 months.
Such security compromises could grant the hackers the ability to disrupt key oil pipelines, power grids and other utility infrastructure by accessing the control systems companies use to run their businesses.
This isn’t the first time Iranian hackers have attacked and embedded themselves in U.S. assets. The hackers have previously attacked banks with denial of service attacks, and have broken into infrastructure computers before – though not to this level.
In responses to the attacks, the Department of Homeland Security had issued a warning to companies in the potentially affected industries, and asked for increased information sharing on any security threats which may confront them.
The attacks, according to The New York Times, are seen as a form of retaliation by Iran for previous U.S. slights and international sanctions, which have severely damaged the Iranian economy.
While the U.S. has yet to present evidence of the security compromises, officials say the attacks are looking to take control of the infrastructure systems.
“This is representative of stepped-up cyber activity by the Iranian regime. The more they do this, the more our concerns grow,” a U.S. official said to The Wall Street Journal. “What they have done so far has certainly been noticed, and they should be cautious.”
The question now, as Jeff Moss, chief security officer at the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, said to The New York Times, is when a mild security annoyance crosses a threshold into a major cybersecurity threat.
But the U.S. is far from innocent when it comes to state-sponsored hacking. The Stuxnet virus, a cooperative cyberwarfare virus produced by the U.S. and Israel, was used to compromise and destroy Iranian centrifuges being used to enrich uranium. Iran claims it’s enriching uranium for peaceful purposes, though the U.S. and Israel have long suspected the rogue country is attempting to build a nuclear bomb.
The existence of such a device in Iranian hands could quickly destabilize the Middle East. Israel has long said that the small, but technologically advanced, country would launch a preemptive strike against Iran to keep the Iranian government from developing a bomb.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This unrest will spread from Japan, through Europe to America, this is a fact. How do we know this is a fact, the government has been preparing for this by creating DHS, having the military declare that they do not need the permission of the president or governors to put boots on the ground in America.[/stextbox]
Rocketing unemployment and poverty in some areas of Europe could lead to rising civil unrest, unless governments take measures to address the humanitarian consequences of austerity measures, the secretary-general of the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) has warned.
Bekele Geleta’s caution comes as police battle with rioters in Stockholm, where high unemployment and social deprivation in migrant communities have been blamed for a week of violence.
As Europe continues to grapple with the financial crisis, the situation for many young people is dire. More than half of under-25s are out of work in Greece and Spain. In some areas of Greece, that figure has hit 75 per cent, while in Portugal youth unemployment soared from around 30 per cent two years ago to 43 per cent now.
“If the number does not start being affected and start coming down, the more uneasy people become,” Mr Geleta told The Independent. “I don’t rule out social exclusion, tensions, uneasiness and unrest, because if people don’t have anything to do, and if people don’t see anything in the future, there is mental agitation, there is political agitation.”
Europe is experiencing its biggest depression since the end of the Second World War, with the number of people receiving food aid from the IFRC nearly doubling from 2.3 million in 2009 to 4.1 million today. Twelve per cent of Europe’s workforce is out of a job, while EU figures show that 120 million people – nearly a quarter of the bloc’s population – are at risk of poverty and social exclusion.
“The figures are not going down, said Mr Geleta. “So we are worried, and we would like to warn governments this could be a serious concern.”
Mr Geleta’s comments come amid debate over the true cost of the austerity programmes foisted upon struggling nations by the European Union and International Monetary Fund, in exchange for bailout cash. While proponents argue that the cuts are the only way to get economies back on track, many politicians, activists and economists believe austerity is causing unacceptable levels of hardship while failing to kick-start growth.
In Greece, deep cuts to healthcare and social budgets have led to a resurgence of diseases such as malaria, while the number of suicides increased 26 per cent between 2011 and 2012. Homelessness in Spain is soaring, while in Bulgaria six people have self-immolated to protest against economic hardship.
While Mr Geleta said it was “important not to be divided on the best considered action” for hauling countries out of economic turmoil, he said governments must be willing to deal with the consequences of their policies. “We know that austerity measures will have humanitarian consequences: how we handle this is the issue, that is what worries us.”
He said he would like to see more government investment, as well as funding for the most vulnerable in society.
Asked whether events such as the riots in Sweden could be repeated elsewhere, Mr Gelata said it was impossible to predict. “You can’t rule out anything,” he said.
Forget it; the Global War on Terror (GWOT) is not becoming more “democratic” – or even transparent.
US President Barack Obama now pledges to transfer the responsibility of the shadow ‘Drone Wars’ from the CIA to the Pentagon – so the US Congress is able to monitor it.
Until virtually yesterday the Obama administration did not even recognize in public the existence of the shadow ‘Drone Wars’.
The Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) at the Pentagon – which would then be in charge of the ‘Drone Wars’ – is bound to remain secret.
And the Pentagon is not exactly yearning to retouch its definition of a “militant”, a prime candidate to be ‘target-assassinated’; “any military-aged male in a strike zone”. “Muslim” male, it goes without saying.
Obama’s rhetoric is one thing. His administration’s ‘Drone Wars’ are another thing entirely.
The President now insists GWOT is no longer a “boundless global war”.
That’s rhetoric. For the Pentagon, the “entire globe is a battlefield”.
5.26.13 – Rocket fired at Israel from south Lebanon
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Provoke, provoke, provoke, need to get WWIII started to cover up the economic collapse.[/stextbox]
A rocket has been fired from the Lebanese town of Marjayoun in the direction of a northern Israeli settlement.
The rocket launch could be heard from an area about 10 kilometers from the Israeli border, Lebanese residents and security sources said. It was not clear where the rocket landed and there were no immediate reports of damage and casualties, Reuters reports.
An Israeli drone is hovering over the area from which the rocket was allegedly fired, Lebanese media reports.
The head of the northern Israeli town of Metula Regional Council, Herzl Boker, told Maariv newspaper that residents heard an explosion to the south of Metula.
“We haven’t opened the bomb shelters, but we are ready,” he said, as cited by Haaretz.
The attack has prompted the Lebanese army and UN peacekeepers to intensify patrols in the region, Jerusalem post reports. The IDF has started a search of the area for a potential rocket impact site.
It was not immediately clear who fired the rocket, Lebanon’s state National News Agency reports.
Earlier on Sunday, two rockets were fired at the Hezbollah-controlled district of the Lebanese capital, injuring at least five people. It is still unclear who was behind that shelling, or whether the Lebanese militant movement was the actual target.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]First of all they cannot tell where the cyber attacks are actually coming from. Cyber Attackers bounce these attacks off of many, many, many, servers. So these cyber attacks are setup (false flag operations to push an agenda). They have CISPA pending in the Senate and they need this passed so they can spy on Americans. So the next cyber attack event will allow CISPA to be passed. The government leaves the bills pending, setup a false flag to get their bill passed. Plus they can blame the attack on a country to bring us into war to cover up the collapse.[/stextbox]
The New York Times ran a story Friday from an unnamed source about an unconfirmed story with unnamed victims. Why would the paper of record run such a story? Propaganda of course.
Any chance the officialdom can demonize Iran while simultaneously inflating the fear of cyber attacks, they’ll take it, even if it’s completely fabricated.
The NYT article New Computer Attacks Traced to Iran, Officials Say is pure propaganda. Take a look at some of the excerpts to determine what is supposed to be news.
American officials and corporate security experts examining a new wave of potentially destructive computer attacks striking American corporations, especially energy firms, say they have tracked the attacks back to Iran.
The targets have included several American oil, gas and electricity companies, which government officials have refused to identify. The goal is not espionage, they say, but sabotage. Government officials describe the attacks as probes looking for ways to seize control of critical processing systems.
Investigators began looking at the attacks several months ago, and when the Department of Homeland Security issued a vaguely worded warning this month, a government official told The New York Times that “most everything we have seen is coming from the Middle East.”
They said the evidence was not specific enough to conclude with confidence that the attacks were state-sponsored, but control over the Internet is so centralized in Iran that they said it was hard to imagine the attacks being done without government knowledge.
Government officials also say Iran was the source of a separate continuing campaign of attacks on American financial institutions that began last September and has since taken dozens of American banks intermittently offline, costing millions of dollars,” writes the NYT. Of course, that alleged denial of service attack on banks by Iran never had any evidence either.
Also, in November 2011, the DHS and the media got caught inflating a supposed cyber attack on a U.S. water plant. According to the Washington Post, “Foreign hackers targeted U.S. water plant in apparent malicious cyber attack, expert says.” The “expert” said it was a “big deal” that foreign hackers were involved because other plants could effected and called it “unconscionable” that America wasn’t prepared. Oh, and this “expert” happens to run cyber security company that is salivating over potential government contracts.
That fear-mongering story also had no “credible corroborated data” and the “original source of the information was unknown and impossible to immediately verify.” Yet, it was still force fed through the mainstream media. Finally, after intense alternative media scrutiny, the Feds were forced to admit that it was not a cyber attack that caused the water pumps to fail after all.
This new non-story is just a drip-drip reminder that CISPA must be passed so the U.S. government can hijack the Internet to combat the shadowy hacker threat from Iran and China. The establishment creating the problem-reaction-solution has never been clearer.
For the past few months, the Federal Reserve has been squarely in the financial markets‘ corner, thanks to its massive dollops of monetary stimulus. But signs that the central bank is discussing reducing that support by purchasing fewer bondsmean that trading is likely to get bumpier in coming months.
Get it? Rates will go up. Way up. Very fast. And America’s 95 million Main Street investors will be unprepared. Markets will crash. Like 1994’s 24% bond crash after Fed rate increases, notes Wirz.
The big players say the crash “won’t happen soon.” Don’t believe them. They’re betting with trillions. And they are hedging their bets, already preparing for “when rates take their first turn higher,” because rates will soar “swift and steep,” and when that happens it will be too late to prepare.
“Dr. Doom,” the economist Nouriel Roubini is also hedging his bet, misleading investors, telling us to expect a “huge rally in risky assets” the next couple years “setting markets up for a major sell-off.”
Warning, a crash is more likely to happen in August 2013 than in 2015 when the next presidential election campaign is kicking into high gear. So start preparing for a crash when the new Fed chairman ends cheap money.
Why target August for rate increases … and a crash?
Why an August trigger? Here’s the logic: Obama reappointed Bernanke in August 2009. He’s predictable. August is quiet. Earnings season over. Congress on vacation, not that they haven’t been on vacation for a while. Wall Street will be sunning on Fire Island and Nantucket.
So August is a good time to sneak in an appointment. True, Bush first appointed Bernanke in October back in 2005, but that was a different time zone.
More important than the timing is what happens after Obama broadcasts his choice of a new Fed chairman. We got a big clue: A couple years ago the New York Times noted that Yellen had a major role at the Fed to provide “forward guidance” about monetary policy, several years ahead, while “persuading investors that it is safe to accept lower interest rates.”
Yet when asked, Yellen was clear: “When the time has come, am I going to support raising interest rates? You bet.” Well, the times are a-coming.
Our current fiat currency standard is terminal, nations around the world are dropping the U.S. dollar as a medium of exchange, central banks are buying gold, and Americans are seeing price inflation during an economic downturn. In order to avoid a systemic financial crisis here in the U.S., we need to focus on solutions. This mini-documentary expounds the problems and a solution to the real economic crisis hiding under the safety blanket of an equity market at all-time highs.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Building the case of war, need to start the war any way they can.[/stextbox]
A senior Israeli official revealed on Saturday that Syria has attempted two weeks ago to launch a cyber attack against Haifa’s water system, in retaliation to the alleged Israeli attack in Damascus a month ago.
Yitzhak Ben-Yisrael, chairman of the National Council for Research and Development, said that Israeli critical infrastructures such as electricity, water and the stock exchange undergo hundreds of cyber attacks every minute.
“The number of cyber attacks is huge,” he said in an open event in Beersheba. “We’re talking about an attack every moment.
“We have to constantly think about the upcoming threats. There’s the ‘Syrian Electronic Army’ which acts against Israel and we’re not sure who’s behind it.
“They attacked two weeks ago the Haifa water system because they apparently spotted an opportunity, which failed.”
Sheriffs and peace officers from across the country will be meeting with likeminded supporters for a national convention focused on one goal: restoring constitutional rule in the United States of America.
From May 31-June 1, the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association, or CSPOA, will be meeting in St. Charles, Mo., for its Heartland of America Conference.
The purpose of the conference is to equip sheriffs, peace officers and public officials with information and public support to carry out their oaths of office – specifically, to uphold the U.S. Constitution – recognizing that in the case of federal overreach, the county sheriff may be the last line of defense in protecting Americans’ constitutional rights.
“We are going to train and vet them all, state by state, to understand and enforce the constitutionally protected rights of the people they serve, with an emphasis on state sovereignty and local autonomy,” explains CSPOA Founder and Executive Director Sheriff Richard Mack. “Then these local governments will issue our new Declaration to the Federal Government regarding the abuses that we will no longer tolerate or accept. Said declaration will be enforced by our Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers.
“In short,” Mack says, “the CSPOA will be the army to set our nation free.”
Mack is more than familiar with fighting federal overreach. The former sheriff of Graham County, Ariz., in 1994 Mack joined six other sheriffs in challenging a provision of the federal Brady Bill placing the burden of its background checks on local sheriffs. The Supreme Court ruled 5-4 to strike down the provision.
Police Chief Larry Kirk of Old Monroe, Mo., told WND, “In the past few years we have seen many of the citizens of this country become concerned over the direction it has taken. We have watched personal rights being eroded and a disconnect developing between citizens and officers working in law enforcement.
“I wanted to find other officers that shared my concerns,” he continued. “I wanted to be able to work with our sheriffs and other peace officers in educating the citizens and others in our career field on the powers of the sheriff’s office and what is needed for us to stand on guard to protect our rights and those of our fellow citizens. The CSPOA is the organization at the front of this movement.
Have you ever wondered how the government’s misinformation gains traction?
What I have noticed is that whenever a stunning episode occurs, such as 9/11 or the Boston Marathon bombing, most everyone whether on the right or left goes along with the government’s explanation, because they can hook their agenda to the government’s account.
The leftwing likes the official stories of Muslims creating terrorist mayhem in America, because it proves their blowback theory and satisfies them that the dispossessed and oppressed can fight back against imperialism.
The patriotic rightwing likes the official story, because it proves America is attacked for its goodness or because terrorists were allowed in by immigration authorities and nurtured by welfare, or because the government, which can’t do anything right, ignored plentiful warnings.
Whatever the government says, no matter how problematical, the official story gets its traction from its compatibility with existing predispositions and agendas.
In such a country, truth has no relevance. Only agendas are important.
A person can see this everywhere. I could write volumes illustrating how agenda-driven writers across the spectrum will support the most improbable government stories despite the absence of any evidence simply because the government’s line can be used to support their agendas.
For example, a conservative writer in the June issue of Chronicles uses the government’s story about the alleged Boston Marathon bombers, Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, to argue against immigration, amnesty for illegals, and political asylum for Muslims. He writes: “Even the most high-tech security systems imaginable will inevitably fail as they are overwhelmed by a flood of often hostile and dangerous immigrants.”
The writer accepts all of the improbable government statements as proof that the brothers were guilty. The wounded brother who was unable to respond to the boat owner who discovered him and had to be put on life support somehow managed to write a confession on the inside of the boat.
As soon as the authorities have the brother locked up in a hospital on life support, “unnamed officials” and “authorities who remain anonymous” are planting the story in the media that the suspect is signing written confessions of his guilt while on life support. No one has seen any of these written confessions. But we know that they exist, because the government and media say so.
The conservative writer knows that Dzhokhar is guilty because he is Muslim and a Chechen. Therefore, it does not occur to the writer to wonder about the agenda of the unnamed sources who are busy at work creating belief in the brothers’ guilt. This insures that no juror would dare vote for acquittal and have to explain it to family and friends. Innocent until proven guilty in a court has been thrown out the window. This should disturb the conservative writer, but doesn’t.
A new precedent has been set. Despite extensive denial that drone strikes would endanger Americans, Attorney General Eric Holder has now openly admitted that four US citizens were killed through overseas drone strikes since 2009.
While not on United States soil, the deaths of the US citizens in nations like Yemen and Pakistan highlight the new precedent being set by US government heads who wish to use drones as a form of lethal enforcement on US soil. With Holder admitting that Americans have already died via drone strikes following his statements that Obama can already initiate drone strikes on US soil, we are now seeing the way paved to go ahead and announce armed drones to fight terrorism here in the US.
We all remember the initial rhetoric that drones were ‘no real threat’, and that they were simply unarmed scouting machines used to save lives overseas.
Then, we saw them rapidly enter the nation, and we heard the same tired reassurances. We saw them killing innocents overseas with the high powered weaponry being attached to these ‘scouting’ drones, and we see them still doing so today. But, once again, we’re told not to worry. Political talking heads like Eric Holder assure us that domestic drones, for which over 1,400 permits have been issued, are not meant to be used as weapons. Well, that is unless Obama decides to use the drones as a weapon of war on US soil.
ARMED DOMESTIC DRONES IN THE NEAR FUTURE
Despite the message of assurance regarding the promise that domestic drones would never turn into government-controlled war machines, Eric Holder decided to go ahead and announce that it would actually be entirely ‘legal’ for Obama to issue a drone strike on a US citizen on domestic soil. In fact, CNN reports that Holder does not ‘rule out’ the possibility of domestic drone strikes, and that a scenario could occur in the future. And to strike someone with a drone, of course, you would need weaponry. You would need an armed drone.
In other words, Holder is going against the major promise by the FAA official who ‘promised’ that no armed drones will be flying on domestic soil. But don’t worry, Holder says the government has ‘no intention’ right now of issuing drone strikes on US soil. Just like the government never targeted Constitution and conservative-based groups through the IRS and would never use domestic drones to spy on you. Quite simply, if any power is given to these individuals in government, be sure of one thing: they will use it.
Political prisoner and activist Adam Kokesh has released a statement from inside the Philadelphia federal prison about his planned July 4th, 2013 Open Carry March on Washington, DC. The statement was read by comedian and activist N.A. Poe, until recently a fellow prisoner of Kokesh’s, today Friday, May 24 at 1PM in front of the Philadelphia federal prison.
What follows is Kokesh’s complete and unabridged statement.
“When a government has repeatedly and deliberately failed to follow its own laws, violated the fundamental human rights of its citizens, threatened the sanctity of a free press, created institutions intended to eliminate privacy of communication, waged war at the behest of special interest that threatens the public safety, killed hundreds of children with drone strikes, imprisoned and destroyed the lives of countless individuals for victimless crimes, stifled economic opportunity to maintain the dominance of the financial elite, stolen from the people through an absurd system of taxation and inflation, sold future generations into debt slavery, and abused its power to suppress political opposition, it is unfit to exist and it becomes the duty of the people to alter or abolish that government by whatever means necessary to secure liberty and ensure peace.
“A new American revolution is long overdue. This revolution has been brewing in the hearts and minds of the people for many years, but this Independence Day, it shall take a new form as the American Revolutionary Army will march on each state capital to demand that the governors of these 50 states immediately initiate the process of an orderly dissolution of the federal government through secession and reclamation of federally held property. Should one whole year from this July 4th pass while the crimes of this government are allowed to continue, we may have passed the point at which non-violent revolution becomes impossible.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Look how fast someone can be considered spy, domestic terrorists etc. These new laws completely override the constitution. [/stextbox]
Attorney General Eric Holder signed off on a controversial search warrant that identified Fox News reporter James Rosen as a “possible co-conspirator” in violations of the Espionage Act and authorized seizure of his private emails, a law enforcement official told NBC News on Thursday.
As you undoubtedly know, financial newsletter writers get paid to make bold, exciting predictions. Judging by the hyperbole in our industry’s sales letters, you’d have to imagine that we’re all bipolar. After all, according to newsletter writers, the world is always either about to end… or about to boom.
Today’s Friday Digest is no different. In fact, what I would like to show you today is without a doubt the single greatest threat to your wealth you will ever face. Even so, I’m confident almost all of you will ignore this warning until it is far, far too late. And that’s at least partly my fault. So before we get to the finance, I’d like to share something about my own company that I don’t like and wish I could change.
The reality is, the terrible things and incredible booms we predict (almost every day) in the sales presentations for our newsletter business rarely come to pass. I’d like to think our sales presentations are better than my fellow publishers… but truthfully, I’m pretty sure an outsider wouldn’t be able to tell the difference. So how can you tell when a newsletter writer’s dire warnings or emphatic recommendations are real… or at least likely to turn out to be right?
Now… let me give you another “outlandish” prediction. The U.S. bond market – particularly junk bonds – is going to crash. When this crash occurs, it will be the largest destruction of wealth in history. There has never been a bigger bubble in U.S. bonds.
How do I know? It’s simple. Junk bonds (aka high-yield bonds issued by less creditworthy companies) have never yielded less than 5% annually. But they do today. Likewise, the difference between the yields on junk bonds and the yields on investment-grade bonds has almost never been smaller. That means credit is more available today than almost ever before for small, less-than-investment-grade firms. The last time credit was this widely available – and at such low costs – was in 2007. And you know how that turned out…
The coming collapse in the bond market will be far worse than it was last time, too. This time, the Federal Reserve’s actions have driven forward the huge bull market in bonds. The Fed is printing up almost $100 billion per month and buying bonds. That has forced the other buyers of bonds to buy riskier debt that, historically, offered much higher yields.
I believe we’ll see a real panic in the corporate bond market at some point in the next year. I expect the average price of non-investment-grade debt (aka junk bonds) to fall 50%. Investment-grade bonds will fall substantially, too. (I’d estimate something around 25%.) This is going to wipe out a huge amount of capital… and believe me… it’s 100% guaranteed to happen.
The problem with trying to solve all our structural problems by injecting “free money” liquidity into financial Elites is that all the money sloshing around seeks a high-yield home, and in doing so it inflates bubbles that inevitably pop with devastating consequences.
As noted yesterday, the Grand Narrative of the U.S. economy is a global empire that has substituted financialization for sustainable economic expansion. In shorthand, those people with access to near-zero-cost central bank-issued credit can take advantage of the many asset bubbles financialization inflates.
Those people who do not have capital or access to credit become poorer. That is the harsh reality of neofeudal, neocolonial financialization. Neofeudalism and the Neocolonial-Financialization Model (May 24, 2012).
Injecting liquidity by creating credit and central bank cash out of thin air is not a helicopter drop of money into the economy–it is a flood of money delivered to the banks and financial elites. The elites at the top of the neofeudal financialization machine already have immense wealth, and so they have no purpose for all the credit gifted to them by the central banks except to speculate with it, chasing yields, carry trades and nascent bubbles (get in early and dump near the top).
Life is good for the kleptocratic financial Aristocracy: for debt-serfs, not so good.
No wonder the art market and super-luxury auto sales have both exploded higher. Thanks to the central banks’ liquidity largesse, the supremely wealthy literally have so much money and credit they don’t know what to do with it all.
If you want to borrow money to attend college, the government-controlled interest rate is 9%. If you want to speculate in the yen carry trade or buy 10,000 houses, the rate is near-zero or at worst, the rate of inflation (around 2% to 3%). If you want to borrow money for anything other than a socialized mortgage to buy a single-family home, tough luck, you don’t qualify. But if you want to speculate with $10 billion–here’s the cash, please please please take it off our soft central-banker hands.
If your speculations end badly, then no problem, we transfer the toxic trash heap of debt and phantom assets onto the balance sheet of the central bank or onto the public (government) ledger.
Given this reality, it was inevitable that the stock, bond and housing markets would all be inflated into bubbles by this monumental flood of free money.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Do you really think there is a recovery, let’s add in Greece, Cyprus, Spain, Portugal, America etc….[/stextbox]
Italy’s National Statistics Institute, ISTAT, said in a newly released report that at the end of 2012, around 15 million people were dealing with some form of economic hardship.
The report added that over 8.5 million of those people were living in a seriously tough economic situation. The figure has doubled compared to 2010.
Recession in Italy has taken a heavy toll on ordinary Italians who are increasingly digging into their savings.
The latest figures also showed that in 2012 more than 16 percent of Italians were unable to afford an adequate protein-rich meal every two days.
Meanwhile, Italy’s consumers association Federconsumatori has warned that about nine million Italians have given up their health care due to economic hardships.
An Italian resident in Rome told Press TV, “Because Italians always put a brave face on things, on the surface everything is fine, everybody’s brave and they like to present a nice face to the world. But inside… things are very difficult.”
Italy started to experience recession after its economy contracted by 0.2 percent in the third quarter of 2011, and by 0.7 percent in the fourth quarter of the same year.
Over the past decade, Italy has been the slowest growing economy in the eurozone.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I wonder how the internet really got shut down in Syria, hmmm??? I thought a cyber attack is an act of war, isn’t that what the Government keeps telling us. So they will continue to provoke Syria to get us into the war the central bankers need to cover the collapse.[/stextbox]
LAST week Syrians lost access to the Internet for the second time in a month. While the Assad regime claims the lapses were the result of a faulty network link, the evidence suggests that they were deliberate efforts by the government to hamper the opposition’s ability to communicate inside the country and with the outside world.
As American policy makers debate additional measures to pressure President Bashar al-Assad and aid moderate elements of the opposition, they should consider a military cybercampaign to give Syrians the ability to communicate freely online. Doing so would serve our strategic interests, while also demonstrating a principled commitment to Internet freedom.
For example, through the military’s new Cyber Command, we could create a digital “safe haven,” akin to physical safe havens for refugees, by deploying long-distance Wi-Fi technologies along Syria’s borders and in rebel-held areas in coordination with vetted opposition groups. Platforms that enable transmission of Wi-Fi signals over distances of up to 60 miles are already in use in parts of South Asia and other rural markets.
With a guarantee of secure Internet access points, opposition groups would be able to link their terrestrial and wireless networks with those of like-minded groups. This would enable them to reach deeper into the country, giving broad sections of the Syrian populace Internet access. And because the United States would be able to monitor those networks, we could make sure that moderate opposition elements would be the primary beneficiaries.
Subsequent actions could include measures to counter the Assad regime’s capacity to monitor opposition communications within the existing telecommunications infrastructure.
All of this could be done without putting American boots on the ground: Cyber Command specialists could monitor these opposition-held networks from afar to counter any government attempts to interfere with them, while training moderate opposition elements to be able to operate and protect their own digital communications.
Anyone who doubts the power of open Internet access should consider Egypt.
After the fall of Hosni Mubarak’s government, as Salafists sought control by spreading propaganda through traditional media outlets, an Egyptian cardiologist-turned-satirist, Bassem Youssef, began broadcasting YouTube clips to expose their baseless claims. Today, Mr. Youssef’s program is one of the most popular in Egypt, and it is serving to carve out a niche in the country’s political discourse for Egyptians to question poor governance and radical theology.
The Egyptian example also highlights the long-term role that such a cyberstrategy could play in Syria once the regime falls. As in Egypt, the country will enter a difficult period of political transition, during which access to and control of digital communications will be vital. By ensuring that the population has an open means of coordinating and having access to the Internet, the United States could greatly further its goal of promoting moderate views.
Indeed, this strategy should apply across the region, wherever the United States is trying to influence political developments. Despots who would deny their people the right of digital assembly should be shown that America will employ elements of power in cyberspace, as in other domains, when our nation’s interests and values align.
A cybercampaign in Syria, by demonstrating superior American capabilities, would also help deter those who may wish to conduct their own cyberattack against our homeland in the future.
There are few good options available to address the Assad regime’s slaughter of its own people. But that doesn’t mean the rest of the world is powerless. A well-executed cybercampaign could greatly strengthen the opposition, undermine the Syrian government, promote ideals of free speech and assembly, and help shape the strategic environment in the region for years to come — all at the same time.
Not since 1776 have Americans had more cause to revolt. The long train of abuses number far more than the original 26 levied against one tyrannical king: King George. Today, tens of thousands of tyrants rule over legions of government agents, whose sole purpose has become perpetuating and growing their state-sanctioned fiefdom.
Government been increasingly abusing its power. Rather than using its power in a just manner to secure the civil rights of its citizens, it has infringed them. If you have any doubt of this, simply pick up the newspaper from the past few weeks. Whether it’s CPS ripping a child away from a good mother with no cause, or the IRS auditing patriot groups, or the DOJ tapping reporters’ phones – that’s just this week. This arrogant disregard for the Constitutional restraints on government’s power is endemic.
A year ago, it was the DHS study that identified the greatest terrorist threat was you; if you are a member of a patriot group, if you oppose abortion or if you love liberty too much. So when that agency buys billions of rounds of ammo while trying to take away my right to defend myself and my family and my freedom, I become even more skeptical of government.
All of these 3-letter departments ought to become 4-letter words, because they are simply the instruments of tyranny in the hands of a government that has been subverted from its original mission: Securing our God-given right to live free!
Yes, there is a second American Revolution. It has already begun. The question is whether the tyrants, who control our government, will surrender peacefully or if, we the people, will have to use force to restore freedom to our land.
Are you part of the American resistance or are you part of the problem?
5.24.13 – Obama’s War Speech Interrupted by Peace Activist
[stextbox id=”x22report”]If the President can order Drone strikes, write Executive Orders to declare martial law he can close a prison with his signature, what a bunch BS[/stextbox]
Japanese stocks had another violent night with record trading volumes on the TOPIX. The early ‘buy the dip mentality’ rapidly escalated into sell-Mortimer-sell as the Nikkei 225 dropped another 1000 points after the lunch break. A late day recovery managed to close the index just in the green and all could relax that the world was once again a better place thanks to Abenomics. However, since Japan closed, Nikkei futures have been sold aggressively now testing back down towards overnight lows.
The overnight destruction was save by a late-day recovery just into the green – but things are escalatung rapidly once again…
[stextbox id=”x22report”]10,000 attempted attacks each month on America’s electrical system. They are setting everything up for this cyber attack, letting everyone know that one attack could plunge everyone into darkness and cause chaos. Other countries are creating web warriors, yes you heard this right “web warriors” to attack our way of life. Whenever a politician wants to pass a bill it always seems like they want to scare everyone into it.[/stextbox]
A House Democrat this week released a report that could help resurrect bipartisan legislation he sponsored three years ago to protect the nation’s power grid from cyber attacks and other threats.
Markey is renewing his efforts to enact grid-security legislation. His report — which surveyed more than 150 utilities, cooperatives and federal entities owning major pieces of the electric system — showed that the power network is the target of daily cyber attacks, with one utility saying it faced 10,000 attempted attacks each month.
The GRID Act would have allowed FERC to act alone in requiring safeguards for the nation’s electric system when threats are serious or imminent. Markey’s office this week said the congressman still stands behind that measure.
“With one well-placed keystroke, Americans could be plunged into darkness and chaos through the damage to our electric grid,” Markey said Tuesday. “Foreign enemies are employing Web warriors to attack our way of life, and it’s time that our actions respond to the potential threat.”
Markey’s report, co-produced by Rep. Henry Waxman (D-Calif.), said the majority of industry- and municipally-owned utilities indicated they do not comply with voluntary standards and have not taken concrete steps to reduce vulnerability to geomagnetic storms.
5.23.13 – The whole banking system is a scam – Godfrey Bloom
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Very interesting that they would be gearing up for war if Assad falls. Do they know something we don’t? Are they going to try to assassinate him? Remember the central bankers need the war to start to cover up the economic collapse.[/stextbox]
The unrest engulfing the Middle East could result in Israel becoming involved in a “surprise war” with Syria, according to the head of the Israeli air force.
“When you look [around] today I think that a surprise war can be born in very many configurations,” Major General Amir Eshel said at a conference near Tel Aviv.
In particular, the general stressed that if rebels ousted Syrian President Bashar Assad and seized the huge stockpiles of missiles within the country, it could lead to a major conflict in the region.
“If Syria collapses tomorrow, we are liable to find ourselves in this stew very quickly and in a very big way,” Eshel said.
“The enormous arsenal parked there… will be spread all over the place and you find yourself having to act on a very broad scale.”
On Tuesday, Israeli chief of staff Lt. Gen. Benny Gantz issued a personal warning to President Assad, saying the Syrian leader would “bear the consequences” in the event of further attacks on Israeli forces. The threat followed the Syrian military firing across the armistice line on the Golan Heights, hitting an Israeli military vehicle. Israeli troops have responded to such events by taking retaliatory shots at targets across the Syrian border.
Technically, Israel has been at war with Syria since it seized 1,200 square kilometers (460 square miles) of the Golan territory from its neighbor in the 1967 Six-Day War. Fourteen years later, Tel Aviv annexed the land, though the move has never been recognized by the international community.
Israel warned it would not tolerate fire from Syria, or the transfer of advanced weapons to militants.
Tel Aviv maintains that its main concern is that Syria’s arsenal – which includes chemical weapons, anti-aircraft systems and missiles – could be sent to Hezbollah or fall into the hands of rebel groups linked to Al-Qaeda. Israel reportedly conducted flights into Syria to determine if there were any chemical weapons stored across the territory of the conflict-torn state. Tel Aviv has denied the flights took place.
Earlier, Israeli defense officials spoke out on a more positive note, saying that Israel’s ability to deter attacks on its positions in the occupied Golan Heights was undiminished.
“The good news is that the continued stability of the Golan Heights [and] the deterrent power of the Israeli army have not been weakened,” senior defense adviser Amos Gilad told Army Radio at the time.
However, this past week there have been three consecutive cross-border shootings, and the Israeli military is concerned by the incidents, according to Army Radio.
A perfect storm of yen strength, a spike in Japanese government bond yields and new evidence of weakness in China’s economy were behind a major sell-off Thursday in Japan’s equity markets, said experts.
The benchmark Nikkei 225 closed down 7.3 percent in a session that saw it rise 2 percent in early trade only to reverse direction and fall sharply. The broaderTopix finished 6.8 percent lower.
“Almost everything went wrong during the day – the bond market had a bit of a crash, China PMI data, and the yen is stronger. The market is really overheated, all it’s looking for is a trigger,” Nicholas Smith, Japan strategist at CLSA told CNBC.
Following the sell-off in U.S. Treasurys overnight, Japan government bond (JGB) prices dived, forcing the yield on the 10-year JGB to 1 percent earlier in the day – the highest level in a year – spooking investors.
A former insider at the World Bank, ex-Senior Counsel Karen Hudes, says the global financial system is dominated by a small group of corrupt, power-hungry figures centered around the privately owned U.S. Federal Reserve. The network has seized control of the media to cover up its crimes, too, she explained. In an interview with The New American, Hudes said that when she tried to blow the whistle on multiple problems at the World Bank, she was fired for her efforts. Now, along with a network of fellow whistleblowers, Hudes is determined to expose and end the corruption. And she is confident of success.
“We’re going to have a cleaned-up financial system, that’s where it is going, but in the meantime, people who didn’t know how the system was gamed are going to find out,” she said. “We’re going to have a different kind of international financial system…. It’ll be a new kind of world where people know what’s going on — no more backroom deals; that’s not going to keep happening. We’re going to have a different kind of media if people don’t want to be dominated and controlled, which I don’t think they do.”
While Hudes sounded upbeat, she recognizes that the world is facing serious danger right now — there are even plans in place to impose martial law in the United States, she said. The next steps will be critical for humanity. As such, Hudes argues, it is crucial that the people of the world find out about the lawlessness, corruption, and thievery that are going on at the highest levels — and put a stop to it once and for all. The consequences of inaction would be disastrous.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is what a recovery looks like, the government telling us that unemployment is coming down, the stock market is going up, but a city doesn’t have enough money to keep the schools open. So what does this mean more people looking for work and overcrowding schools. Whenever you see businesses or cities going bankrupt this means the economy is improving.[/stextbox]
A major US city has voted to close 50 public schools – the largest mass school closing in history – in a bid to combat a substantial budget deficit.
The Chicago Board of Education in the US state of Illinois voted on Wednesday to close 50 public schools including about 10 percent of all elementary schools, and to transfer thousands of children to new classroom settings.
The decision falls in line with Mayor Rahm Emanuel’s push for sweeping school reforms amid a move to save the district USD 867 million over the next 10 years.
Officials said the school closures were necessary due to a decline in the number of school-age children over the last decade.
The move targets mainly Hispanic and African-American neighborhoods.
“More hard work lies ahead, but I am confident that together with teachers and principals, engaged parents and community support, our children will succeed,” warned Emanuel.
Meanwhile, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) and other advocates criticized the move, saying school closures in the United States are synonymous with an increase in the dropout rate and the incidence of street violence.
Over the past decade, at least 70 cities in the US have closed down public schools, averaging 11 per district, according to the National Education Association.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is how you know it is a government operation. Whenever government officials who worked on any type of case dies you know that something is up and they are getting rid of loose ends.[/stextbox]
Two members of the FBI’s elite counterterrorism unit died Friday while practicing how to quickly drop from a helicopter to a ship using a rope, the FBI announced Monday in a statement.
The statement gave few details regarding the deaths of Special Agents Christopher Lorek and Stephen Shaw, other than to say the helicopter encountered unspecified difficulties and the agents fell a “significant distance.”
Last month, the team was involved in the arrest of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, a suspect in the Boston Marathon bombings. And in February, it rescued a 5-year-old boy held hostage for six days in an underground bunker in Alabama.
“Whenever things go really wrong, the FBI calls in the Hostage Rescue Team. It’s the government’s 911,” Coulson said.
Irvin Wells, a former FBI special agent who retired in 1990 after leading the Norfolk field office for three years, stressed that the Hostage Rescue Team is different from the FBI’s regular SWAT teams. He noted that agents assigned to a field office’s SWAT team also must perform other jobs inside the bureau, while agents assigned to the Hostage Rescue Team have no other duties.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is inline with the NY chemical drill in July. It looks like these are being setup as a false flag event to get us into war. [/stextbox]
The Home Front Command on Wednesday was preparing for a massive military drill next week, to focus on coping with chemical weapons attacks. The nationwide exercise will drill the civilian population as well as military and emergency services.
The exercise was originally scheduled to take place three weeks ago but was postponed due to tension with Syria. The simulation, which is being run in conjunction with the emergency response services, starts Sunday morning as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu announces a week of national emergency preparedness.
Head of the Home Front Command Maj. Gen. Eyal Eisenberg said Tuesday that the outbreak of a war in which Israel would be hit with a “large volume of rocket fire” was a certainty. “Our opponents hold long-range missiles with large warheads and a carrying capacity of hundreds of pounds,” he said.
The drill will include preparation for possible missile strikes against Israel, particularly in the greater Tel Aviv area. The first few days will center on protecting civilian populations at public institutions and private households. Two alarms will be sounded on Monday, at 12:30 p.m. and 7:05 p.m., and citizens will be requested to go to protected rooms or bomb shelters and to stay inside for 10 minutes.
The drill will mark the first time an entire network of early warning systems will be tested. In addition to sirens, civilians are to receive alerts from various sources, including from cellphones, social networks, and the television.
Home Front Defense Minister Gilad Erdan warned Tuesday that rockets raining down on densely populated areas in Israel “are only a matter of time” and could happen at any moment. He referred to the threat posed to Israel by Syria and Iran’s unconventional weapons stockpiles.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]These camps seem very similar to other camps back in WWII. [/stextbox]
FEMA , the Red Cross, and the department of homeland security are now using taxpayer money to educate children in public schools about ‘getting ready for disaster’. But why would government agencies hold interest in this? Is it because they want schools to be safer, or because they want citizens to flee to FEMA camps in a time of crisis?
A disaster that very well could be orchestrated by a government agency, one might add. So what are these ‘disaster relief’ camps like? A quick google search for ‘FEMA camps’ would turn up thousands of results. Yet contrary to what one may think, leaving these camps may not be voluntary.
In fact, a leaked document signed by Joyce E. Morrow (administrative assistant to the secretary of the army) suggests that disaster relief camps may actually be military internment camps. The document is titled ‘internment and resettlement operations’ , and it describes these camps in great detail, stating that ‘civil support is the department of defense support to civil authorities for domestic emergencies. Civil support includes operations that address the consequences of natural or man-made disasters, accidents, terrorist attacks, and incidents in the U.S.’ .
To sum it up, this leaked document confirms plans by the department of defense to operate internment prison camps for citizens during a crisis . But why would they need a crisis to imprison large amounts of people, and why would they imprison large amounts of people in the first place? But the real question is, do these prison camps tie in with FEMA?
And if so, is FEMA preparing children in public schools to accept going to an internment camp if there is a disaster? Perhaps the military internment camps to be used for disasters, and the FEMA camps to be used in times of crisis, are unrelated. But given the recent NDAA , allowing for the legal indefinite detainment of American citizens, and the political weather, it seems this isn’t such a far out possibility. It isn’t a nice issue to think about, but spreading the word about the possibility of an American holocaust would be arguably the most effective way to stop such an event.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The Asian market is down 80 Nikkei 225 is down 1143 and Europe is down 120. [/stextbox]
Once again: The FOMC minutes had nothing to do with overnight’s events, especially since both Ben Bernanke and Bill Dudley made it very clear previously that for any tapering to occur (and which is supposedly bullish according to David Tepper, who may finally be done selling to momentum chasers) if ever, the economy would have to be be stronger (which is of course a paradox because it is the Fed’s QE that is making the economy weaker). If anything, the minutes reminded us that there is a mutiny in the FOMC with finally someone having the guts to say on the record that Bernanke is blowing a bubble – something never seen before on the official FOMC record. And after all, the Nikkei opened way up, not down. It was only after the realization of what soaring bond yields mean for, wait for it, stocks (despite central planner promises that it is soaring bond yields that are a good thing – turns out, they aren’t) that the sell-off really started. That, and of course copper, and the end of the Chinese Copper Financing Deals arrangement that has been China’s illicit cross-asset rehypothecation scheme for years (more shortly). So in a nutshell, here is what has transpired so far, courtesy of Bloomberg.
UPDATE 1: They are panicking… BOJ injected 2 trillion yen ($19.4 billion) into the financial system to stem volatility following a circuit breaker in JGB futures trading.
UPDATE 2: Nikkei 225 is now down 1500 points from its highs and down 1150 (over 7%) from yesterday’s close
All the time it is just the quadrillion JPY second-largest bond market in the world that is experiencing volatility on an unprecedented scale, the BoJ and her partners in crime are more than willing to ‘officially’ say “please do not worry.” But when the equity market – that barometer of everything good and holy about Abenomics starts to crater, you can bet the excuses will come fast and furious. Today’s drop of over 1500 points (over 9%) from the earlier highs is the largest drop for the Nikkei 225 since March 2011. The Nikkei 225 just lost the all-powerful 15,000 level and is suffering another VaR shock with a 6-sigma move today. In fact given the price levels this drop is on par with the post-Lehman moves in 2008. The question now (with US equity futures also fading fast -20 points and JPY crosses getting hammered) is how will the Japanese risk appetite for peripheral European crap hold up with this crimping in their plan as Japanese bonds and stocks dump?
The Nikkei 225 is down 7% (1000 points) from its earlier highs..
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Remember DHS is put into place to label groups, keep control of the American people before, during and after the collapse. They are not in support of following the rights of the people.[/stextbox]
On Tuesday, demonstrations took place at IRS offices nationwide as various Tea Party groups protested being targeted by the agency. Monitoring the protests, however, were armed agents of the Department of Homeland Security.
Tea Party-led IRS protests in states like Missouri, Florida, Illinois and Indiana with armed “police” being photographed at the St. Louis rally by Gateway Pundit writer Jim Hoft.
Hoft noted that 300 people were in attendance.
“Many of our 300 tea party folks were approached immediately by Homeland Security and told they could not be on federal property. My lawyer told me as long as I didn’t block passage we were OK. Many Homeland Security trucks and a helicopter above us scared many patriots so most of group went to public side walk to rally,” an unnamed Tea Party activist told Hoft.
A report at BizPac Review said the DHS also made an appearance at a Tea Party protest in Florida.
“Under the watchful eye of Homeland Security — yes, they were present — protestors carried signs that read ‘We Do Not Consent to Tyranny,’ ‘Abolish the IRS’ and ‘Don’t Target me Bro!,’ making it clear they do not condone the use of the IRS as a political weapon,” Tom Tillison wrote.
According to reports, the Tea Party protests concluded without incident.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Looks like they are waking up. Remember when the same news reporters were demonizing patriot groups, these news people are now part of the group. Open your eyes people you have been the government puppets for years.[/stextbox]
The chief White House correspondent for NBC News, which largely has been enthusiastic about Barack Obama’s presidency, has delivered a stunning verdict on the latest moves to come out of the White House administration: It’s trying to criminalize journalism.
Wrote Noel Sheppard at Newsbusters, “One gets the sense this White House has finally gone too far for even liberal media members.”
It happened with MSNBC host Joe Scarborough, who noted that some people who definitely are not “tea party” types were expressing concern.
“We had Cokie Roberts and Al Hunt, Steve Rattner. And Cokie and Al, not tea party patriots, absolutely shocked as am I what this Justice Department did, not only to the AP, but now to Fox News,” Scarborough said during his interview with Chuck Todd of NBC.
“Tracing five lines inside Fox News’ Washington bureau. You add on top of that also people inside the White House talking about the Espionage Act against a reporter who did exactly what reporters have been doing for 200 years. It’s almost as if Eric Holder and Barack Obama never read the Pentagon’s Paper, Papers case. We’ve been having this fight for 200 years and they are talking about espionage?”
Todd responded, “What’s funny is I think candidate Obama if George Bush and Dick Cheney were doing this, imagine what candidate Obama would say. Candidate Obama would be unloading. There’d be a lot of Democrats that would be unloading on the administration if they were this and they were trying to crack down on leaks. This is, you can’t look at this and see it as anything other than an attempt to basically scare anybody from ever leaking anything ever again.”
He got to the point, “So they want to criminalize journalism. And that’s what it’s coming down, I mean, if you end up essentially criminalizing journalism or when it comes to reporting on the federal government, particularly on national security, and the only place they can, they think they technically can do that is on the issues of national security. What it’s going to do is the impact that we’ve heard, we heard the AP counsel say this over the weekend. It is going to make whistleblowers, and people that might leak, regular sources. You know, I’ve had different conversations with people over the last week who are sitting there not quite comfortable having certain conversations on the phone. I mean, it just completely, and maybe that’s the intent. I can’t think of any other intent of why they’re going about this in such a broad harassing sort of way.”
5.23.13 – Biden: Gun Control Push Coming This Fall
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They are pushing the gun control, this has nothing to do with children or all the other shootings, this only has to do with getting rid of the 2nd Amendment and disarming the people before the collapse. The collapse is coming and they are running out of time and they need to push this agenda forward and quickly.So what do they need to do, create an event to speed this process up. This event could be anything, shooting, bombs with black powder or use the Kokesh march on July 4th, plant agents into into the march, these people will start a shootout and the government will come down hard on all gun owners.[/stextbox]
This law is a complete violation of every persons 4 Amendment right.
The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
Every American should be outraged. When they come to frisk, just say no. This is in violation of my 4th amendment.
Data compiled by the New York Police Department as a result of the city’s controversial focus on stop-and-frisk measures has shown that those suspects who were white were more often to be found in possession of weapons and drugs.
The analysis of 2012 statistics provided by the Public Advocate’s office shows that the likelihood that an African American detained for search would be found in possession of a weapon was half that of a white person.
Specifically, the New York Police Department uncovered a weapon in one out of every 49 stops of white New Yorkers, while for Latinos a weapon was found for every 71 stops, and for African Americans that number was 93 stops.
Meanwhile, the likelihood that a stop of an African American New Yorker would yield contraband was one-third less than that of white New Yorkers stopped.
The NYPD uncovered contraband in one out every 43 stops of white New Yorkers. By contrast, it took the Department 57 stops of Latinos and 61 stops of African Americans to uncover contraband.
Recent testimony by several New York police officers in connection to a lawsuit allege that the department regularly targets young black men and other minorities, which are judged by an arbitrary notion of “reasonable suspicion.”
Further, the stop-and-frisk practice is allegedly tied to quotas by which superiors measure success rates over the city’s police precincts.
“A lot of people are being frisked or searched on suspicion of having a gun and nobody has a gun,” said Judge Scheindlin on Monday during closing arguments in the trial.
“So the point is: the suspicion turns out to be wrong in most of the cases,” she added.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]More laws to spy on the people of America[/stextbox]
According to the New York Times, President Obama is “on the verge of backing” a proposal by the FBI to introduce legislation dramatically expanding the reach of the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA. CALEA forces telephone companies to provide backdoors to the government so that it can spy on users after obtaining court approval, and was expanded in 2006 to reach Internet technologies like VoIP.
The new proposal reportedly allows the FBI to listen in on any conversation online, regardless of the technology used, by mandating engineers build “backdoors” into communications software. We urge EFF supporters to tell the administration now to stop this proposal, provisionally called CALEA II.
The rumored proposal is a tremendous blow to security and privacy and is based on the FBI’s complaint that it is “Going Dark,” or unable to listen in on Internet users’ communications. But the FBI has offered few concrete examples and no significant numbers of situations where it has been stymied by communications technology like encryption. To the contrary, with the growth of digital communications, the FBI has an unprecedented level of access to our communications and personal data; access which it regularly uses. In an age where the government claims to want to beef up Internet security, any backdoors into our communications makes our infrastructure weaker.
Backdoors also take away developers’ right to innovate and users’ right to protect their privacy and First Amendment-protected anonymity of speech with the technologies of their choice. The FBI’s dream of an Internet where it can listen to anything, even with a court order, is wrong and inconsistent with our values. One should be able to have a private conversation online, just as one can have a private conversation in person.
A man believed to be a soldier has been beheaded in an attack on a street near the Woolwich barracks in London, witnesses report.
Metropolitan Police Commander Simon Letchford confirmed tonight that two men were shot by armed officers.
Prime Minister David Cameron has described the killing as “truly shocking” and said he had asked the Home Secretary Theresa May to chair a meeting of Cobra, the Government’s emergency committee dealing with incidents that have implications for national security.
The Government is reported to be treating it as a suspected terrorist incident. Mrs May tonight confirmed she has been briefed by the Director General of the Security Service MI5 and the Met commissioner Sir Barnard Hogan-Howe on the “sickening and barbaric” incident in Woolwich.
The Press Association is reporting that one Whitehall source said the attackers were heard to shout ‘Allah Akbar’.
Metropolitan Police Commander Simon Letchford said in a statement: “At approximately 1420 we were called to reports of an assault in John Wilson Street, Woolwich, where one man was being assaulted by two other men.
“A number of weapons were reported as being used in the attack, and this included reports of a firearm. Officers including local Greenwich officers arrived at the scene and shortly after firearms officers attended the scene.
“On their arrival at the scene they found a man, who was later pronounced dead. At this early stage I am unable to provide any further information about the man who has died.
“Two men, who we believe from early reports to have been carrying weapons, were shot by police. They have both been taken to separate London hospitals. They are receiving treatment for their injuries.”
Several witnesses described seeing a “beheading” as a man was reportedly attacked with a machete-style weapon and dumped in a south-east London street.
Woolwich and Greenwich MP Nick Raynsford said he understood that a serving soldier was dead. The Ministry of Defence have not confirmed whether the dead man was a soldier.
London Air Ambulance confirmed a man was found dead as one patient was airlifted from the scene, while another was taken away by road ambulance.
One witness, identified only as James, said he and his partner saw two men attack a young man aged around 20 like he was “a piece of meat”.
“They were hacking at this poor guy, literally,” he told LBC radio. “They were hacking at him, chopping him, cutting him. These two guys were crazed. They were just animals. They dragged him from the pavement and dumped his body in the middle of the road and left his body there.”
“They were oblivious to anything, they were more worried about having their photo taken, running up and down the road.”
Local head teacher David Dixon told the BBC News Channel he walked out of the school gates and saw a body lying in the road a short distance away, he then heard gunshots.
“All the traffic had stopped. There were gunshots after that so I am not sure about the situation after,” he told BBC News.
“But all I needed to know was that there was an emergency and we needed to go into our emergency procedures to make sure that the children were as safe as possible. That was my main priority.
“We got all the staff to get the children in because some of them were outside doing activities. We locked all the gates. I and some of my senior staff liaised with police to find out what we needed to do after that.”
How do we know that a collapse will happen in August or September of 2013.
1. Quickly creating laws to remove rights 2. More taxes 3. More troops on the ground 4. More military exercises within our borders 5. Bail ins (bank holiday) 6. More false flags to pass gun control laws, CISPA law, martial law 7. War has started
The “Dr. Boom” scenario: America is about to “unleash a spending spree. Years of self-denial give way to pent-up demand,” predicts UBS economist Maury Harris in USA Today’s bold lead story.
His clue? Consumer sentiment: “Harris estimates that in the next five years, catch-up consumption will boost annual consumer spending growth by a half point to above 3% from about 2%.”
Reassuring? No, wishful thinking. Be very skeptical. As Robert Kuttner, author of the new “Debtors’ Prison: The Politics of Austerity Versus Prosperity” once wrote in BusinessWeek, “What do you call an economist with a prediction? Wrong.”
Harris is bucking the headwinds of history. As Jeremy Grantham, chief strategist of the $100 billion GMO money managers, recently told InvestmentNews, the newspaper of record for America’s 90,000 professional investment advisers, “3% annual GDP growth is history.”
Here’s why you better be preparing today for a crash dead ahead. As Pimco’s Bill Gross warned in his recent newsletter: “You’re going to lose money investing … because the central banks say so.” That’s right, this is a Fed-driven rally. Soon the Fed will be forced to stop printing cheap money.
No spending spree; Obama’s new Fed Chair has to raise rates
Here’s the alternative “Dr. Doom’s August scenario:” Aging bull market. Fifth year. Markets at risk. Down soon. August. Will Obama reappoint Bernanke again? No way. But who? New blood? Shake things up with Wall Street mastermind Mayor Michael Bloomberg? After more than two decades of Greenspan/Bernanke’s misguided, destructive monetary policies, America could use a guy like him at this crucial turning point.
“Dr. Doom,” the economist Nouriel Roubini is also hedging his bet, misleading investors, telling us to expect a “huge rally in risky assets” the next couple years “setting markets up for a major sell-off.”
Warning, a crash is more likely to happen in August 2013 than in 2015 when the next presidential election campaign is kicking into high gear. So start preparing for a crash when the new Fed chairman ends cheap money.
Or maybe this is a trick question, and the answer for the “New Normal”, when all central banks are coordinating on reflating the biggest asset bubble of all time, is “all of them”…
And some thoughts on the chart above from Obermeyer Asset Management:
The above chart shows that once every ten years or so, some investment theme becomes dominant and takes on bubbly proportions. What these dominant themes seem to have in common are roots in economic factors that morph into “truths” that take on a life of their own. These “truths” have self-reinforcing properties where market prices validate the “truth” and vice versa. This creates a virtuous cycle until market prices become unsustainably high, reverse themselves, and essentially purge the beliefs that created the risky condition. This is often a lengthy process.
The purpose of this commentary is not to explore the well-covered ground of how manias form and unwind. Rather, it is to highlight the role of psychology within investment markets and advise caution when conventional beliefs or “truths” begin to take shape. The reality is that there is no single truth that can be relied upon to make money in financial markets. If there were, everybody would be rich. Markets are driven by people, so psychology plays a big role in driving returns on any given day. But a recognition of some of the “truths” evolving within markets can help identify the causes of price trends, which can reveal risks and long-term opportunities.
One of the “truths” that seems to be evolving – as evidenced by how investors are allocating their capital – is that interest rates will stay low for a very long period of time. If this is true, what we’ve seen in markets is rational; if it’s not, many will be disappointed. One of the recurring themes that I heard at the Value Investor Conference earlier this month is that today’s environment is challenging for bargain-oriented investors. Many in attendance saw the Fed as a too-powerful force driving most stock prices out of bargain territory. While this may indeed be the case, there are almost always good investments to be made, especially in areas that are overlooked. The universe of stocks that are popular, that have obvious appeal and are easily understood is rarely fertile ground for bargains.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]It always amazes me when those people who attack the constitution need it when they are in trouble. [/stextbox]
IRS official Lois Lerner who heads the tax exempt division of the IRS will be invoking Fifth Amendment protections under the Bill of Rights to avoid incriminating herself in federal testimony, reports the LA Times. What makes this such a hilarious example of hypocrisy, of course, is the fact that her office specifically targeted non-profits that were teaching the Constitution and the Bill of Rights.
As has now emerged across mainstream news, the IRS targeted these groups for “extra scrutiny” by demanding answers to questions like: What are the contents of your prayers? What books do you read? What are the names of the students you’ve instructed? Applications for tax exempt status were also denied tax exempt status for three years even while pro-Obama non-profits were quickly approved, no questions asked.
Suddenly the enemies of America want Constitutional protections…
By invoking the Fifth Amendment, Lois Lerner is flat out admitting that her campaign of targeting pro-Constitution groups was a traitorous, criminal betrayal of America. She also apparently believes that Bill of Rights protections only apply to her, not the People of America. This elitist attitude runs like a festering case of cancer throughout the Obama administration, where a culture of intimidation persists.
Activist James Kaleda was giving testimony when state legislators did not agree with what he was stating and claimed that Mr. Kaleda was “Out of Order”, requesting that he be forcibly removed from the hearing on a new gun control bill in NJ.
Mr. Kaleda receives a standing ovation from the spectators as he is removed by NJ state troopers. Everyone is entitled under the 1st Amendment to express criticism of the government, but when Big Brother doesn’t like what you have to say, the Constitution is thrown out the window.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Why did the FBI need to question him at midnight, that is strange. Something else went on or he knew something about the Boston bombing.[/stextbox]
The FBI was involved in a fatal shooting near Universal Studios in Orlando, Fla., early Wednesday that killed a man with ties to the older brother suspected in last month’s deadly terrorist bombing at the Boston Marathon.
CBS News senior correspondent John Miller, a former FBI assistant director, reported on “CBS This Morning” that the man, Ibrahim Todashev, was friends with Tamerlan Tsarnaev, a suspect in the attack that killed three people and injured more than 260 others.
The FBI has not commented on the relationship between Todashev and Tsarnaev.
Special Section: Boston Marathon Bombing
Miller reported that FBI agents went to Todashev’s apartment complex after midnight Wednesday morning to question him. Todashev had been on the bureau’s radar since Tsarnaev was identified as a suspect in the bombing.
“He had been interviewed along with a number of other people in the apartment complex, but the interest in him was higher because of a couple of factors: He was in contact with Tamerlan Tsarnaev. He had been to Boston to visit him, and he was planning a trip to Chechnya,” Miller said.
FBI agents went to question him overnight after there were indications that he canceled that trip, Miller said.
“In the encounter in the apartment, something went wrong,” Miller said.
In a statement Wednesday, the FBI said, “We are currently responding to a shooting incident involving an FBI special agent. The incident occurred in Orlando Florida. The agent encountered the suspect while conducting official duties. The suspect is deceased. We do not have any further details at this time. We expect to have more information later this morning.”
Tamerlan Tsarnaev was killed in a shootout with police outside Boston in the days after the marathon bombings. His younger brother, Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, remains in federal custody awaiting trial.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I thought this was America, where you have the right to freely express how you feel. To let government know that they are infringing on the rights of the people. But as you see the government has one agenda only, get the guns no matter what![/stextbox]
What many had assumed would be a meeting regarding New York State Sheriffs’ Association concerns about New York’s strict new gun laws, turned into a verbal scolding from the Governor which included the threat of some people’s jobs if they didn’t toe the line and shut up about the SAFE Act. –
The sheriffs thought they were being summoned to the Capitol to discuss ideas for changes to New York’s gun control law, the SAFE Act. Instead, Gov. Andrew Cuomo told them to keep quiet.Opposition to the new law has simmered in upstate areas since Cuomo signed the law in January. Many county sheriffs oppose it, particularly its expanded definition of banned assault weapons, and have spoken out around the state. In January, the New York State Sheriffs’ Association wrote Cuomo with an analysis, and later suggested tweaks.
Cuomo invited its leaders to the Capitol last month, people briefed on the meeting said.
Rather than discuss the merits of the letter, Cuomo asked those in attendance to stop publicly discussing opposition to the SAFE Act.
One individual briefed on the meeting claimed that Cuomo had threatened to remove some sheriffs from office.
What has raised the ire of the Governor is a lawsuit the Association has joined in, challenging the Constitutionality of the SAFE Act.
The New York State Sheriffs’ Association has joined as amicus curiae in a lawsuit brought by the New York State Rifle and Pistol Association challenging the constitutionality of several provisions of SAFE Act. Sheriff Maciol has been a member of the NYS Sheriff’s Association since taking office as Sheriff in 2011, serves on many of their committees, and is currently serving as the association’s Sergeant at Arms.
The amicus brief will support the main suit by setting forth legal arguments against the SAFE Act specifically from the view of law enforcement. Some of the arguments contained in the brief are that the law impinges upon the 2nd Amendment to a degree that renders it unconstitutional, that the law is fatally vague, and that the law does not provide sufficient guidance to law enforcement.
Much as he did when ramming the gun legislation through in January by avoiding a three-day public screening, Governor Cuomo is simply trying to silence opposition.
Silencing opposition is a good way to flesh out one’s Democrat credentials for national office, no doubt. If his presidential aspirations fall through, there may be a position available for Cuomo at the IRS.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This UN Arms Treaty does not fit into the constitution and the 2nd Amendment is in jeopardy. They will use this to continually erode the 2nd Amendment. [/stextbox]
Our rights are at risk, it’s time to get on the front lines and FIGHT
Just when we all thought the gun debate was dying down, the Obama administration has said it is now pursuing to sign the UN Arms treaty in the “near future”. On April 2nd, 2013, the UN general assembly voted 153-4 to proceed with the arms treaty, with the United States voting in favor of the bill.
So what exactly does the arms treaty do to us as Americans? It’s a complex ban, still in prototype but the main force of the bill is to regulate the international trade in conventional weapons.
The treaty is expected to be signed by the Obama administration by June 3rd, 2013.
Mainly what needs to be concerned here is the fact that the treaty regulates trade of firearms and like. This gives the elite a “foothold” to invade on our second amendment rights, and later down the road our other rights.
The main reason that the treaty has been successful with other countries, is the fact that it does not ban firearms directly. However, it allows the governments of the countries who enact it to gain backdoor access to later infringe upon rights. Politicians are using the excuse that “the treaty will not take away our rights, rather enforce them”. This gives a decepted population the feeling that the treaty is good and will not harm our rights. This however is not true. Looking back into history, the first Nazi Regulation against firearms in 1938 was mild. It did not outright ban gun, rather it classified them and restricted them a bit. The, a few years later, Jews were ordered that they could not own, transfer or posses firearms, no exceptions.
So while may some think that the treaty is harmless, it is important to know that this is just the beginning of a long road to the gun debate. No different from the others in the past 5 decades, citizens must stay armed, frosty and vigilant in order to avoid things like gun control.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]I can see this being used in America or around the World to track certain groups and people. If your phone, electronics, car has this technology they can track everyone. If they implant the chip in people it will make even easier to track everyone. [/stextbox]
The US military is planning to launch a new, efficient method of sending small satellites into space which will dramatically boost soldiers’ ability to locate, track and eventually annihilate potential enemies.
The military has spent years quietly developing and implementing radio-frequency identification (RFID) tags to track Taliban leaders, suspected terrorists, and other perceived enemies. Tribesmen in the Middle East are paid to “plant the electronic devices” on the intended targets or the targets’ home, according to a 2009 report in The Guardian.
The device can be tracked to within three feet of its location, providing targeting co-ordinates that have become integral in launching drone strikes.
“Transmitters make a lot of sense to me,” former CIA case officer Robert Baer told Wired in 2009. “It is simply not possible to train a Pashtun from Waziristan to go to a targeted site, case it, and come back to Peshawar or Islamabad with anything like an accurate report. The best you can hope for it they’re putting the transmitter right on the house.”
Chinese hackers who breached Google’s servers several years ago gained access to a sensitive database with years’ worth of information about U.S. surveillance targets, according to current and former government officials.
The breach appears to have been aimed at unearthing the identities of Chinese intelligence operatives in the United States who may have been under surveillance by American law enforcement agencies.
It’s unclear how much the hackers were able to discover. But former U.S. officials familiar with the breach said the Chinese stood to gain valuable intelligence. The database included information about court orders authorizing surveillance — orders that could have signaled active espionage investigations into Chinese agents who maintained e-mail accounts through Google’s Gmail service.
“Knowing that you were subjects of an investigation allows them to take steps to destroy information, get people out of the country,” said one former official, who, like others interviewed for this article, spoke on the condition of anonymity to discuss a highly sensitive matter. The official said the Chinese could also have sought to deceive U.S. intelligence officials by conveying false or misleading information.
Although Google disclosed an intrusion by Chinese hackers in 2010, it made no reference to the breach of the database with information on court orders. That breach prompted deep concerns in Washington and led to a heated, months-long dispute between Google and the FBI and Justice Department over whether the FBI could access technical logs and other information about the breach, according to the officials.
The U.S. government has been concerned about Chinese hacking since at least the early 2000s, when network intrusions were discovered at U.S. energy labs and defense contractors. The FBI has for years led a national security investigation into Chinese cyberespionage, some of which has been linked to the Chinese military.
What is going to happen when the greatest economic bubble in the history of the world pops? The mainstream media never talks about that. They are much too busy covering the latest dogfights in Washington and what Justin Bieber has been up to. And most Americans seem to think that if the Dow keeps setting new all-time highs that everything must be okay. Sadly, that is not the case at all. Right now, the U.S. economy is exhibiting all of the classic symptoms of a bubble economy. You can see this when you step back and take a longer-term view of things. Over the past decade, we have added more than 10 trillion dollars to the national debt. But most Americans have shown very little concern as the balance on our national credit card has soared from 6 trillion dollars to nearly 17 trillion dollars. Meanwhile, Wall Street has been transformed into the biggest casino on the planet, and much of the new money that the Federal Reserve has been recklessly printing up has gone into stocks. But the Dow does not keep setting new records because the underlying economic fundamentals are good. Rather, the reckless euphoria that we are seeing in the financial markets right now reminds me very much of 1929. Margin debt is absolutely soaring, and every time that happens a crash rapidly follows. But this time when a crash happens it could very well be unlike anything that we have ever seen before. The top 25 U.S. banks have more than 212 trillion dollars of exposure to derivatives combined, and when that house of cards comes crashing down there is no way that anyone will be able to prop it back up. After all, U.S. GDP for an entire year is only a bit more than 15 trillion dollars.
But most Americans are only focused on the short-term because the mainstream media is only focused on the short-term. Things are good this week and things were good last week, so there is nothing to worry about, right?
Unfortunately, economic reality is not going to change even if all of us try to ignore it. Those that are willing to take an honest look at what is coming down the road are very troubled. For example, Bill Gross of PIMCO says that his firm sees “bubbles everywhere”…
We see bubbles everywhere, and that is not to be dramatic and not to suggest they will pop immediately. I just suggested in the bond market with a bubble in treasuries and bubble in narrow credit spreads and high-yield prices, that perhaps there is a significant distortion there. Having said that, it suggests that as long as the FED and Bank of Japan and other Central Banks keep writing checks and do not withdraw, then the bubble can be supported as in blowing bubbles. They are blowing bubbles. When that stops there will be repercussions.
And unfortunately, it is not just the United States that has a bubble economy. In fact, the gigantic financial bubble over in Japan may burst before our own financial bubble does.
5.22.13 – Catherine Austin Fitts : Deliberate Implosion of the U.S. Economy: Well worth listening to.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]If Bernanke exits it all comes crumbling down, if Bernanke keeps printing the bubbles pop and it all comes crumbling down. He is stuck, no matter which way he turns he is screwed. This is when plan “C” comes in. False Flags to bring us into WAR!!!![/stextbox]
BOK KIM SAYS WORLD MAY FACE RATE RISK IF U.S. EXITS FROM QE
Not when, if. And there you have it: if the Fed exits, the world (and most certainly Japan) gets it. Thus, for the sake of the children (who will have inhert about $100 trillion in debt but don’t worry: debt is an asset as some “analysts” will promise) Bernanke can never exit. QE…D
And since never is a litte longer than 2016/2017, at some point in the next few years Bernanke will be the proud owner of all marketable Treasury paper. All of it.
As the BoJ prepares to thrill us with even moar in its latest policy meeting (or not as we discussed earlier) and with Amari et al. now jawboning JPY to some extent to control the out-of-control chaos in JGBs, it is perhaps worth taking 20 minutes to comprehend just what all this extreme policy action means. The following brief presentation covers it all in a Kyle-Bass-ian facts-and-fallacies manner, Christine Hughes sums it all up perfectly, for Japan, “The Math Is Stacked Against Japan – It’s Not ‘If’, It’s When.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The cyber attack is coming we just don’t know when. When this event occurs it will be horrific in many ways. 1. Long term power outage, people angry, frustrated, and people will die 2. Martial Law will be declared, gun grab 3. Money in banks will be siphoned off, power turned on people will have no money 4. The government will blame it on another country and we will go to war, actually people will be so angry they will want to go to war [/stextbox]
Several U.S. power utilities say they face constant cyber attacks on critical systems, according to a report by two Democratic lawmakers amid warnings from the Obama administration that foreign hackers are seeking to attack the electric grid.
Congressmen Edward Markey of Massachusetts and Henry Waxman of California disclosed their findings on Tuesday as the House Energy and Commerce Committee held a hearing on cybersecurity.
In preparing the report the two asked some 160 utilities to describe their experiences fighting cyber attacks over the past five years.
More than a dozen utilities said they experienced daily, constant or frequent attempted cyber attacks, according to a 35-page report summarizing their responses.
The report cited an unidentified Northeastern power provider as saying it was under constant attack from cyber criminals as well as activist groups who have been targeting firms in the energy sector over the past few years.
A power provider from the Midwest said it experienced daily probes of its systems: “Much of this activity is automated and dynamic in nature, able to adapt to what is discovered during its probing process,” the company said.
The U.S. public has become more aware of cyber threats against the grid and other critical infrastructure since late last year, when senior Obama Administration officials began warning that foreign enemies are looking to sabotage the U.S. power grid, air traffic control systems, financial institutions and other infrastructure.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]When the government tells us the economy is getting better does it mean companies layoff employees? Another sign that the unemployment percentage does not match reality[/stextbox]
A tipster told Deadspin that ESPN is planning to lay off more than 400 employees today.
A source at ESPN confirmed to Deadspin that layoffs were planned, and while 400 seemed high, the number of layoffs will be “in the hundreds.”
As Deadspin also points out, ESPN may need to cut costs because they have recently gotten rights to several live events (like the US Open Finals) which are very expensive.
ESPN gave us the following statement:
We are implementing changes across the company to enhance our continued growth while smartly managing costs. While difficult, we are confident that it will make us more competitive, innovative and productive.
UPDATE: Deadspin has heard from several laid-off staffers. One staffer who worked at ESPN for almost 10 years said they were laid off “completely out of the blue” and that it would be “10% across the board.” Another laid-off employee said that the layoffs are related to the profit margin and that ESPN has NOT met the number they need to meet.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Another potential false flag event[/stextbox]
As preparedness drills go, the 3-day PACE (Portland Area Capabilities Exercise) Setter bioterrorism exercise that starts Tuesday is big. The exercise–which simulates a terrorist attack involving a biological weapon–will unfold across 50 different venues and some 65 jurisdictions from Gresham to Tigard.
Officials say it’s the largest such exercise undertaken since 2007, when a drill known as TOPOFF tested a simulated response to a dirty bomb explosion in Portland.
“Exercises such as this are critical to identifying strengths and weaknesses in our response capabilities and to understanding the complexities of multi-state, multi-agency incident response operations,” said Scott Porter, director of Washington County Emergency Management and co-chair of the exercise process.
The exercise is designed to test the region’s plans, operations, policies and response to a widespread, complex public health emergency.
The purpose of the exercise is to test the region’s ability to respond to a complex public health incident affecting multiple agencies across several political boundaries. The exercise will address policy, plans and operations related to bioterrorism incident mobilization and response.
The imagined scenarios will play out at seven main locations, organizers said, on Wednesday and Thursday; Tuesday is reserved for planning and set-up.
But please note: These events are not designed to be visible to the public, but will be open for media coverage.
The biggest thing to come out of Texas may turn out to be a blow to Internet freedoms: legislators there are considering a bill that would compromise privacy on the Web for all residents of the Lone Star State.
Lawmakers in the State Senate are expected to vote Monday on a bill that, if passed, would compel Internet Service Providers (ISPs) anywhere in the world to fork over private Web records if that information could aid in a criminal investigation.
Federal legislation already in place would likely trump any attempts from Texas prosecutors to pry personal ISP records or other online communications from the likes of social networking sites, but the efforts on behalf of Lone Star lawmakers to get the ball rolling on a new cyber-spy bill are indeed very real. Last week, its companion bill in the State House of Representatives passed unanimously, and similar outcome in the Senate is all now expected any moment. Now should SB 1052 proves victorious in the Senate, an Internet surveillance bill written in Texas but with international implications could be added to the law books later this year.
Ben Sherman of the Burnt Orange Report cautioned in a blog post last week that the bill could be very dangerous to all Americans if passed because it would let local authorities seize electronic records held on servers outside of Texas.
“The bill requires any Internet provider to people in Texas (that is – just about the entire Internet) to respond to search warrants for online communications in 4-30 days. That is an extremely narrow window which makes it difficult for Internet providers to keep users’ other information private,” he wrote.
Charles Evans who is one of the biggest pushers for QE, stated that the Fed has “the appropriate monetary policy in place” and that the economy is “improving quite a lot.”
The Bank of Japan is beginning a two-day policy meeting today.
Regarding #1, Evans has been one of the biggest pushers for more QE. Throughout 2011 and 2012, every time he appeared on TV he stated that the Fed should do more.
So for Evans to suddenly change his tune and state that the Fed’s current policy is “appropriate,” indicates a significant shift in tone. This goes along with the Fed’s recent hint at tapering QE, which we’ve noted before on these pages. It’s now becoming more and more clear that the Fed is planning on tapering QE in the coming months and is trying to manage down investor expectations.
Which means that stocks are going to be losing some (not all) of their life support.
Regarding #2, Japan is beginning a two-day monetary policy today. As noted yesterday, Japan is Ground Zero for the great QE experiment. For decades now, Bernanke and his pals have claimed that the biggest problem with the Fed’s actions during the Great Depression was that it didn’t do enough.
Japan, which has now engaged in NINE QE efforts, has finally hit the “enough” stage by announcing a record $1.2 trillion QE plan. To put this in perspective, Japan’s economy is $5.86 trillion, so this single QE effort is equal to 20% of their GDP.
If this plan fails to bring about economic growth in Japan, or worse still fails to bring about growth and unleashes inflation, then it’s GAME OVER for Central Bankers. Their one great claim “we’re not doing enough QE” will have been proven to be total bunk.
At that point there is literally nothing they can do.
We’re keeping an eye on the meeting in Japan for hints that QE isn’t working or that the Bank of Japan may attempt to taper it. If this proves to be the case, then we’re in for a truly rough time in the markets.
Given last week’s revelation that the IRS targeted conservative groups seeking tax-exempt status, it’s worth recalling President Obama’s Ohio State University commencement address. The president decried “voices” warning “that tyranny is always lurking just around the corner.”
It’s no longer lurking. It’s here.
There is a simple way to restrain the IRS so this type of intrusion doesn’t happen again: get rid of it. That’s what Steve Forbes proposed in his run for president in 1996 and 2000. So did former presidential candidate Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas). Forbes proposed a flat tax of 17 percent and a simple tax code. Individuals could file their tax returns on a post card.
“In the late 1800s, when Congress first attempted to impose an income tax, the notion of taxing a citizen’s hard work was considered radical,” Paul wrote in 2001. “Public outcry ensued; more importantly, the Supreme Court ruled the income tax unconstitutional. Only with passage of the 16th Amendment did Congress gain the ability to tax the productive endeavors of its citizens.” And tax it did. And waste it did.
Another event-free day in which the only major economic data point was the release of UK CPI, which joined the rest of the world in telegraphing price deflation, despite bubbles in the real estate and stock markets, printing 2.0% Y/Y on expectations of a 2.3% increase, the lowest since November 2009 and giving Mark Carney carte blanche to print as soon as he arrives on deck. In an amusing twist of European deja-vuness, last night Japan’s economy minister who made waves over the weekend when he said that the Yen has dropped low enough to where people’s lives may be getting complicated (i.e., inflation), refuted everything he said as having been lost in translation, and the result was a prompt move higher in the USDJPY, quickly filling the entire Sunday night gap. That said, and as has been made very clear in recent years, data is irrelevant, and the only thing that matters, at least so far in 2013, is whether it is Tuesday: the day that has seen 18 out of 18 consecutive rises in the DJIA so far in 2013, and whether there is a POMO scheduled. We are happy to answer yes to both, so sit back, and wait for the no-volume levitation to wash over ever. The US docket is empty except for Dudley and Bullard speaking, but more importantly, the fate of Jamie Dimon may be determined today when the vote on the Chairman/CEO title is due, while Tim Cook will testify in D.C. on the company’s tax strategy and overseas profits.
Perhaps the only chart that matters: the Dow with and without the impact of Tuesdays:
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Makes you start to wonder why they are talking about the power grid so much. EMP could wipe out the entire power grid, cyber attacks could wipe out our entire power grid. Hmmm, are they trying to tell us something?[/stextbox]
While Washington is abuzz this week with investigations into several scandals, a summit on a much graver threat that could affect the lives of some 160 million people is underway on Capitol Hill.
The annual International Electric Infrastructure Security Summit began Monday with panel discussions on the vulnerability of U.S. power grids to potential threats.
The summit opened with a chilling video calling into question the U.S.’ preparedness to handle the threat of electromagnetic pulse, or EMP, and severe space weather that could cripple the U.S. technological infrastructure to a debilitating degree.
“We are only one act of madness away from a social cataclysm unlike anything our country has ever known,” said conference moderator Rep. Trent Frank, R-Ariz.
Read the documentation that’s sparking the worry about the EMP threat, in “A Nation Forsaken.”
Electric Infrastructure Security Council Founder and CEO Avi Schnurr warned summit attendees, “Governments and corporations are used to dealing with crises by experiencing them and gradually learning how to respond. EMP and severe space weather are in a different category. We are talking about a black swan event, which is not effectively survivable.”
Throughout the day, panelists drew attention to just how unprepared the U.S. is to handle such a threat.
As one speaker explained, water supplies, food, gasoline, transportation, emergency services, medical care and financial services would essentially come to a standstill in the event of an EMP attack or severe space weather catastrophe.
Dr. Robert Hermann of the Commission to Assess the Threat to the United States from Electromagnetic Pulse Attack warned, “EMP is one of a small number of threats that could hold at risk the continued existence of U.S. civil society.”
With an EMP generated from the sun’s flares – some of which can be up to 10 times the size of the Earth – the unprotected grid, including transformers, electrical components and automated control systems that everyone takes for granted in their everyday lives, could either be severely damaged or fried, taking months if not years to replace.
NASA estimates that a direct hit to Earth from one of these enormous flares would have a catastrophic impact on the nation’s critical infrastructures over a very wide geographical area.
In the first year alone, NASA estimates, such a disaster could cost just the U.S. upward of $2 trillion. It also would take from four to 10 years to recover – if that even would be possible – and affect the lives of some 160 million people, threatening starvation and death.
Some EMP experts say that such a catastrophic event could wipe out America’s urban centers, due to their total dependency on critical infrastructures for electricity, communications, food and water delivery, oil and gas, transportation, automated banking and financial institutions and even emergency services.
Rep. Yvette Clark, D-N.Y., warned the EIS Summit, “The likelihood of a severe geomagnetic event capable of crippling our electric grid is 100 percent.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Does anyone really believe its voluntary. If it is voluntary then there should be no repercussions correct?[/stextbox]
Hidden amongst the reams of reports about the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) scandal is one little gem: the outgoing IRS Commissioner Steve Miller said that America’s tax system is “voluntary” in his testimony.
Now, whatever you do, don’t take that to mean that it is actually voluntary in the way that the word voluntary is normally used.
While you might think that voluntary means something which is “done without compulsion or obligation” or “done, made, brought about, undertaken, etc., of one’s own accord or by free choice,” when it comes to America’s “voluntary” tax system, it’s quite the opposite.
If you freely choose not to voluntarily participate in the tax system, you will enjoy being raided by armed agents, prosecuted and sent to federal prison. Quite the voluntary system indeed.
Furthermore, there are some practices that are clearly in no way voluntary. When income taxes are withheld from paychecks, for example, there is nothing voluntary about it.
When Xavier Becerra (D-Calif.) said during the recent House Ways and Means Committee hearing on the IRS scandal that the U.S. tax system is “a voluntary system,” Stephen Miller said, “Agreed.”
In fact, Becerra said it is “a voluntary system” twice. Becerra said those exact words at one hour, twenty nine minutes and eight seconds and again at one hour, thirty minutes and thirty five seconds, according to the C-SPAN transcript.
Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid said the same thing in an interview with Jan Helfeld in 2008.
In the interview embedded below, Helfeld asked, “If the government is in the business of forcefully taking money from some people in order to provide welfare benefits to others, how will the people whose money is being taken feel about the government?”
“Well, I don’t accept your phraseology. I don’t think we force people,” Reid answered.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]My heart goes out to those families in Oklahoma.[/stextbox]
At least 91 casualties, including children, were reported after a record-breaking tornado swept through the Oklahoma City suburb of Moore, destroying hundreds of buildings and two schools. Meteorologists reported winds of up to 200mph.
A large tornado touched down on Monday in Moore, Oklahoma, a suburb of Oklahoma City, causing catastrophic damage to several housing developments and at least two schools in the area. A local television news helicopter tracked the tornado as it moved through the area, and then began to survey the extensive destruction to the region.
The Oklahoma Medical Examiner’s Office has confirmed a total of 91 fatalities so far as a result of today’s tornadoes, 40 of whom are reportedly children. Over 233 injured, including around 70 children, have been reported, with many of the victims being treated at two local hospitals.
“Earnings are the mother’s milk of the stock market,” is the oft-repeated anthem of a million marching lemmings; parroting the same phrase come hell or high-water in the dismal hope that they can gather moar assets-under-management, garner moar fees, and make moar TV appearances. However, as the chart below shows, we suspect perhaps given the reality of earnings expectations that the new normal mantra for stocks-for-the-long-term should be – “Central Bank liquidity is the PCP of the stock market.”
A few days when reporting that the Russian Pacific fleet had crossed the Suez canal for the first time in decades in order to form a Mediterranean task force parked in Cyprus for obvious symbolic reasons (in close proximity to Syria and the Israel-parked Kearsarge), some observed that while the submarine support was adequate, the actual warship fleet designated to support any potential escalation in Syria would be largely insufficient. Perhaps the Russian Navy heard these complaints, and several hours ago RIA reported that two extra warships from the Russian Black Sea fleet had joined the Mediterranean task force, citing Capt. First Rank Vyacheslav Trukhachyov, has said. None of these recent deployment should come as a surprise: in March Russian Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu said a permanent naval task force in the Mediterranean was needed to defend Russia’s interests in the region. Read Syria, Cyrpus (where the task force will be on anchor indefinitely), and, of course, any and all western offensive involving Iran. And slowly but surely said task force is nearing completion.
“During a planned rotation, large landing ships Nikolai Filchenkov and Azov from Russia’s Black Sea Fleet have started performing their tasks in the Mediterranean,” Trukhachyov said.
The two ships will be added to a fleet that is becoming increasingly imposing in both numbers and capability: the task force currently includes vessels from the Pacific, Northern, Baltic and Black Sea fleets: the Admiral Panteleyev and Severomorsk destroyers, the Yaroslav Mudry frigate, the Peresvet and Admiral Nevelskoi amphibious warfare ships, the Fotiy Krylov, Altai and SB-921 salvage/rescue tugs, the PM-138 repair ship, the Pechenga, Lena and Dubna tankers. The task force may be enlarged to include nuclear submarines.
Have you ever wondered who controls the mainstream media? In America today, we are more “connected” than ever. The average American watches 153 hours of television a month, and we also spend countless hours watching movies, playing video games, listening to music, reading books and surfing the Internet. If someone could control the production of all of that media, that would make them immensely powerful. They would literally be in a position to tell people what to think. Well, what if I told you that there are just six enormous media conglomerates that combine to produce about 90 percent of all the media that Americans consume. Would that alarm you? It should alarm you. The truth is that our attitudes, opinions and beliefs are greatly shaped by what we allow into our minds. After all, they don’t call it “programming” for no reason. Even those of us that realize that we are connected to “the matrix” probably greatly underestimate the tremendous influence that the media has over us. We live at a time when it is absolutely imperative to think for ourselves, but most Americans are being absolutely overwhelmed with information and seem more than content to let others do their thinking for them. Sadly, this is greatly contributing to the downfall of our society.
And of course the mainstream media desperately does not want you to look at “the man behind the curtain”. They just want you to stay plugged into the “programming” that they are feeding you without asking any questions.
Fortunately, a growing minority of Americans are waking up and are starting to reject the mainstream media. An increasing number of people are beginning to recognize that the mainstream media is the mouthpiece of the establishment and that it is promoting the agenda of the establishment.
So why is the mainstream media so bad? The following are 7 things about the mainstream media that they do not want you to know…
#1 The Mainstream Media Has Very Deep Ties To The Establishment
Did you know that the president of CBS and the president of ABC both have brothers that are top officials in the Obama administration?
#2 The Mainstream Media Gets Things Wrong Very Frequently
Even prominent members of the mainstream media admit that this is the case. For example, during a recent speech at Quinnipiac University CBS anchor Scott Pelley confessed that journalists in the mainstream media “are getting big stories wrong, over and over again”…
#3 The American Public Does Not Consider The Media To Be Very Trustworthy
Trust in the mainstream media has definitely been slipping. In fact, a Gallup poll taken last year found that distrust of the media had reached an all-time high. According to that poll, 60 percent of Americans “have little or no trust” that the media is reporting the news accurately.
#4 The Mainstream Media And The Politicians That They Worship Hate The Fact That They Cannot Control Internet News Sites
In the old days, the mainstream media had a virtual monopoly on the news. But these days, anyone with an Internet connection can put up a news site, and this is driving the establishment absolutely bonkers.
#5 The Mainstream Media Is Extremely Liberal
When it comes to politics, the mainstream media is far more liberal than the general population is.
#6 Six Mammoth Media Corporations Produce About 90 Percent Of The Media That Americans
#7 The American People Are Absolutely Addicted To The Mainstream Media
In a previous article about the media, I noted that the average American watches 153 hours of television a month.
5.20.13 – Jim Willie: Coming to a Climax with Gold at $7,000 per Ounce
You know it’s getting frothy when… “We’re seeing many people cash out 401(k)s or IRAs because they want to take advantage of the [real estate] market.” As CNNMoney reports, in order to get in on hot housing markets, amateur investors are buying up homes and taking risky measures – like tapping their retirement accounts – to fund the deals. As one adviser noted, “our average client has retirement accounts of about $150,000 and is looking to buy one or two properties,” he said. “After 2008, they didn’t trust Wall Street. They wanted hard assets.” but as with every bubble there is always the greater fool to rely on – “They bought a lot of stuff cheap last year, but now they’re paying market value,” said Jack McCabe, a Florida-based real estate consultant. “Sometimes they’re overpaying… There’s no way they can get an 8% return buying at today’s market prices.” The problem, of course, is amateur investors sometimes spend all their free cash on their purchases, as “a whole lot of the people in the markets are not experts.” If the real estate market turns south again, that could leave a lot of investors in dire financial condition for their golden years.
In order to get in on hot housing markets, amateur investors are buying up homes and taking risky measures — like tapping their retirement accounts — to fund the deals.
“We’re seeing many people cash out 401(k)s or IRAs because they want to take advantage of the market,” said Sean Galaris of financial services firm LM Funding, based in Tampa. “This new scenario involves people losing significant personal funds since they are financing real estate through retirement accounts, savings and life insurance.”
“The decision to take money from your 401(k) is not for everyone,” said McDermott. At the age of 48, she has already had five arterial stents implanted. “Having heart disease put me in a position where I was scrambling for life insurance,” she said. ” I looked elsewhere to create a legacy: real estate.”
“Our average client has retirement accounts of about $150,000 and is looking to buy one or two properties,” he said. “After 2008, they didn’t trust Wall Street. They wanted hard assets.”
But Wall Street is getting into this market as well and that is driving prices higher.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This reminds me of 2008. Before 2008 the news, investors, realtors, the FED were telling us to buy, buy real estate. Goldman Sachs was bullish on real estate but betting against it. All those people that listened to these people lost a lot of money. If they are telling us gold and silver are no good to hold, that means it is and they are trying to convince everyone to get rid of it because they know in the end that paper will be worthless and the only thing worth holding is gold and silver.[/stextbox]
You know that gold bear market that the financial press keeps touting? The one George Soros keeps proclaiming? Well, it is not there. The gold bear market is disinformation that is helping elites acquire the gold.
Certainly, Soros himself doesn’t believe it, as the 13-F release issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15 proves. George Soros has significantly increased his gold holding by purchasing $25.2 million of call options on the GDXJ Junior Gold Miners Index. (Source)
In addition the Soros Fund maintains a $32 million stake in individual mines; added 1.1 million shares of GDX (a gold miners ETF) to its holdings which now stand at 2,666,000 shares valued at $70,400,000; has 1,100,000 shares in GDXJ valued at $11,506,000; and 530,000 shares in the GLD gold fund valued at $69,467,000. [values as of May 17]
The 13-F release shows the Soros Fund with $239,200,000 in gold investments. If this is bearish sentiment, what would it take to be bullish?
The misinformation that Soros had sold his gold holdings came from misinterpreting the reason Soros’ holdings in the GLD gold trust declined. Soros did not sell the shares; he redeemed the paper claims for physical gold. Watching the gold ETFs, such as GLD, being looted by banksters, Soros cashed in some of his own paper gold for the real stuff.
The giveaway that Soros is extremely bullish on gold comes not only from his extensive holdings, but also from his $25.2 million call option on junior gold stocks. This is a highly leveraged bet on the weakest gold mines. With high production costs and falling gold price from constant short selling in the paper market, Soros’ bet makes no sense unless he thinks gold is heading up as the short raids concentrate gold in elite possession.
Officials within the United States government say hackers from China have renewed their assault on US targets only three months after a highly-touted investigation linked the People’s Liberation Army to a series of cyberattacks waged at American entities.
According to the New York Times, computer security experts and US officials alike say the PLA’s sophisticated cyber squadron is attempting to hack American businesses after a brief hiatus.
Obama administration officials, speaking on condition of anonymity, did not react in disbelief. One senior official that spoke to the Times said, “this is something we are going to have to come back at time and again with the Chinese leadership,” who, he added, “have to be convinced there is a real cost to this kind of activity.”
Mandiant declined to identify which computer systems have been allegedly targeted in the latest round of attacks, but claimed that many of the very same entities hit before their report was published are once again in trouble.
“The hackers now use the same malicious software they used to break into the same organizations in the past, only with minor modifications to the code,” wrote David Sanger and Nicole Perlroth for the paper. “[T]hey have gradually begun attacking the same victims from new servers and have reinserted many of the tools that enable them to seek out data without detection.”
So far, though, the Chinese have largely refused to buy into the claims that a top-secret PLA group is orchestrating some of the most serious cyberattacks ever waged at American entities. It was nearly one month after the February Mandiant report was released when Premier Li Keqiang called the claims “groundless accusations” and impractical.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The central banks are in a tough position, continue printing and the value of the dollar collapses and the treasury bond, stock market, and housing bubbles pop and the economy collapses. Stop printing and the the entire economy collapses. Same result in the end, a economic collapse[/stextbox]
Monetarists across the world have warned that the International Monetary Fund and the Bank for International Settlements are making an historic error by calling for a withdrawal of emergency stimulus before the global economy has fully recovered.
The two watchdogs launched broadsides against central bank largess last week. The BIS — the forum of central banks — was particularly blunt, seeming to imply that quantitative easing “does not work”.
Critics say this risks undermining the credibility of radical measures when more may yet be needed. They fear central banks could repeat the mistake made in 1937 when the Federal Reserve lost its nerve and tightened too soon, tipping America back into depression.
“The BIS and the IMF are deeply misguided and risk doing the world a grave disservice. The biggest threat right now is irrational fear of bubbles among central banks,” said Lars Christensen, a monetary theorist at Danske Bank.
“How can they criticize the Bank of Japan for pulling the country out of 15 years of deflation and the longest asset price collapse in modern history?”
Mr Christensen said deflationary forces are stalking the global economy, making it essential to offset budget cuts with monetary stimulus. The US is tightening fiscal policy by 2pc of GDP this year, the most in half a century.
Rumors that Brazil’s social security fund called Bolsa Familia was to be cancelled led thousands of people to rush to withdraw money from a Brazilian bank over the weekend.
Customers lined up at ATMs at dozens of bank branches of Caixa Economica Federal, a government-owned bank, which pays the social security subsidy on Saturday and Sunday.
“The bank branches themselves aren’t open on Saturdays. What happened is that once the rumor gained momentum, people flocked down to their local branches to try to withdraw money from the ATMs,” Rafael Carregal, a journalist at Brazil’s main TV network Globo told CNBC.
Brazilian newspaper Estado de Sao Paulo reported that at five branches in the northeastern city of Sao Luiz and four others in the state of Maranhao, depositors broke into branches. Most of the branches that were affected were in the poorer northeast region of the country.
In all, branches in 12 states were affected as the government tried to quell the rumors.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They cannot track where these attacks are coming from, the only lead they have is the last proxy server they bounced the attack off of. As soon as an attack happens they know who did the attacking. Really??[/stextbox]
Three months after hackers working for a cyberunit of China’s People’s Liberation Army went silent amid evidence that they had stolen data from scores of American companies and government agencies, they appear to have resumed their attacks using different techniques, according to computer industry security experts and American officials.
The Obama administration had bet that “naming and shaming” the groups, first in industry reports and then in the Pentagon’s own detailed survey of Chinese military capabilities, might prompt China’s new leadership to crack down on the military’s highly organized team of hackers — or at least urge them to become more subtle.
But Unit 61398, whose well-guarded 12-story white headquarters on the edges of Shanghai became the symbol of Chinese cyberpower, is back in business, according to American officials and security companies.
It is not clear precisely who has been affected by the latest attacks. Mandiant, a private security company that helps companies and government agencies defend themselves from hackers, said the attacks had resumed but would not identify the targets, citing agreements with its clients. But it did say the victims were many of the same ones the unit had attacked before.
The hackers were behind scores of thefts of intellectual property and government documents over the past five years, according to a report by Mandiant in February that was confirmed by American officials. They have stolen product blueprints, manufacturing plans, clinical trial results, pricing documents, negotiation strategies and other proprietary information from more than 100 of Mandiant’s clients, predominantly in the United States.
According to security experts, the cyberunit was responsible for a 2009 attack on the Coca-Cola Company that coincided with its failed attempt to acquire the China Huiyuan Juice Group. In 2011, it attacked RSA, a maker of data security products used by American government agencies and defense contractors, and used the information it collected from that attack to break into the computer systems of Lockheed Martin, the aerospace contractor.
More recently, security experts said, the group took aim at companies with access to the nation’s power grid. Last September, it broke into the Canadian arm of Telvent, now Schneider Electric, which keeps detailed blueprints on more than half the oil and gas pipelines in North America.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]They will never come up with a plan, they will continue to suspend the debt ceiling which means there is no limit to borrowing. It’s like having a credit card with no limits[/stextbox]
America’s ticking debt bomb has been reset. Washington has suspended the debt ceiling, setting a date, and not a concrete dollar sum as a deadline, an unprecedented first in US history.
Citing ‘extraordinary measures’, the US Treasury has further delayed tackling America’s debt, and will wait until Labor Day, September 2nd, to revisit the burgeoning crisis. The ceiling has been lifted, and the Treasury has promised it will keep cash pumping into government spending programs beyond the debt limit through a series of emergency cash tools.
“It will not be until at least after Labor Day” when Washington will have reached their full borrowing capacity, Treasury Secretary Jacob Lew, told CNBC television on May 10th.
Until then, the Treasury will borrow money to mend any gaps between government spending and revenues, adding to the already $16.7 trillion debt.
On Friday, the Treasury Department announced it will suspend sales of State and Local Government Series loans (SLGS) until further notice. The suspension applies to demand deposit and time deposit securities.
In the last four months, the US has accumulated $300 billion in debt. The Congressional Budget Office forecasts that the federal deficit will be $642 billion in FY13.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Building the propaganda for the big cyber attack event[/stextbox]
The US’ critical infrastructure is vulnerable to cyber attacks and better information sharing is needed to strengthen defenses.
That’s the message Charles Edwards, deputy inspector general for the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, told a Congressional committee at a public hearing on Thursday.
Since 1990, Industrial Control Systems (ICS), which are used to manage components of the country’s critical infrastructure, have been connecting to the Internet to improve their operations, Edwards explained in written testimony submitted to the House Subcommittee on Cybersecurity, Infrastructure Protection and Security Technologies.
However, companies hooked their control systems into the public Internet with little regard for security. “[Security] for ICS was inherently weak because it allowed remote control of processes and exposed ICS to cyber security risks that could be exploited over the Internet,” Edwards said.
“As a result, ICS are increasingly under attack by a variety of malicious sources,” he continued. ” These attacks range from hackers looking for attention and notoriety to sophisticated nation-states intent on damaging equipment and facilities, disgruntled employees, competitors, and even personnel who inadvertently bring malware into the workplace by inserting an infected flash drive into a computer.”
Edwards cited survey results that showed that a majority of the companies in the energy sector had experienced cyber attacks, and about 55 percent of these attacks targeted control systems.
“Successful attacks on ICS can give malicious users direct control of operational systems,” he said, “creating the potential for large-scale power outages or man-made environmental disasters and cause physical damage, loss of life, and other cascading effects that could disrupt services.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Like I have been saying DHS is not here to find terrorists, their terrorist alert system is always blank, they are put in place to control the American people before, during and after the economic collapse. [/stextbox]
Bakersfield, CA. resident, David Silva, was executed for being drunk in his own home. He was executed by the Kern County Sheriff’s Department. What happened to Silva was clearly an abuse of power but is representative of what the federal government has in store for all of America in which the people are the enemy of law enforcement and will treated accordingly.
The Tenth Amendment provides for the division of power and law enforcement between the federal, state and local governments. Unfortunately, The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is changing the face of local law enforcement.
In the aftermath of 9/11, DHS was created to protect the “Homeland” from further terror attacks from foreign born terrorists. DHS kept us safe at the airports by goosing granny. They also protected us from the trauma of natural disasters, through the use of FEMA, with such stellar performances like the one in New Orleans following Hurricane Katrina. And of course, FEMA has been instrumental in creating a multitude of so-called FEMA Camps which they say is to house a sudden influx of illegal aliens. Newsflash, there are 30 million illegal aliens here, you might want to roll back the covers and keep the soup warm. Of course, the camps are not for the illegals, they are for the citizens of this country who are deemed to be a threat to the roll out of martial law. Meanwhile, the real terrorists, al-Qaeda are being funded by the CIA in places like Libya and Syria.
DHS’ Real Mission
Meanwhile, back in reality, DHS was only created to pretend to thwart a foreign terror threat. The real reason that DHS has been created is now becoming obvious to all. With the advent of the MIAC Report which listed gun owners, Second Amendment supporters, Ron Paul supporters, Libertarians, Constitutionalists, Veterans and Christians as “domestic terrorists.” This was the real reason why DHS was created.
Forget everything you learned about markets, economics and finance. Perhaps Newton, Galileo, Copernicus, Darwin, Freud, Einstein, and other noted figures were wrong.
Central banks run today’s world. Major ones matter most. Money printing madness controls everything. Love doesn’t make the world go round. Liquidity-driven markets reflect the power of bankers to do it.
They’re more powerful than standing armies. They can levitate markets. They can enrich themselves at the same time.
They can do it while economies crater. The power of massive liquidity infusions combined with market manipulation generates huge profits.
What can’t go on forever, won’t. What’s going on now defies reason. Disconnect barely explains it. US equity markets hit record highs. So did Germany’s DAX. Japan’s Nikkei reached a five and a half year high.
One recent headline read “Central banks pop champagne corks as stock markets soar.” Another said “Which European Market Will Hit a Record High Next?”
Turkey’s BIST-100 topped 91,000 for the first time. Switzerland’s SMI has a ways to go. It’s headed in the right direction. Sweden’s OMX Stockholm 30 and the OMX Nordic are closer.
London’s FTSE 100 looks poised for a record high. It could do so in weeks. Who said defying gravity’s impossible? Markets are doing it with ease.
“The bond market, stock market and the US dollar” are levitating. (S)omething is going to go. This is possibly one of the riskiest years in Western civilization.”
Combined with police state enforcement and imperial wars, it’s menacing.
Australian economist Steve Keen’s Debtwatch web site “analyses the collapse of the global debt bubble.” He calls America’s stock market a giant one. It’s debt-fueled. Margin debt levels match 2000 and late 2007 highs, he says.
Nothing can accelerate forever. At some point the acceleration stops, and when it does the market breaks.
He believes trouble’s coming in one or two years. He thinks America’s stock market will burst the way Japan’s did in the early 1990s.
5.20.13 – Nora Craig returns to speak to the NJ Senate Committee
History demonstrates that the descent into war is preceded with a justification, real or contrived. As with all tyrants, if a legitimate justification for the impending conflict is not forthcoming, the despot, in this case Obama, will simply make one up. And the way that this objective is reached is through the creation of a false flag event.
Make no mistake about it, this is coming to America. In Part Two of this series, it was demonstrated the Federal Reserve needs to seize the Iranian oil fields in order to save the Petrodollar. This means we will be at war with Russia and probably China and India who are buying Iranian oil in gold.
America can’t just march into Syria and then Iran and expect support from the people while risking the beginning of a catastrophic war. Rather, this administration needs a level of justification that the majority of American sheeple will support.
I do not look for one false flag event designed to move the country into martial law, it is likely that several false flag events will take place, in different regions of the country. This will give the administration the ability to incrementally implement martial law in a fashion similar to what happened in with the implementation of illegal martial law in Boston following the Boston Marathon bombing on April 15th. The roll out of Boston’s martial law was a beta test for what is coming all across the country. And who could ever forget the images of the federal subjugation of an American city.
The last part of this series demonstrated that Obama faces five scandals which dwarfs the Watergate scandal which ended the presidency of Richard Nixon. Yet, Obama does not appear to be the least bit nervous. After reading this article, you will discover why the President is so calm and composed.
All the pieces needed for a tyrannical takeover of the country are presently sitting on the chessboard. Some of them are already in place. For example, we know that Boston was the blueprint for the roll out of martial law, but beyond that, nobody can say for certain what the false flag attacks will look like. If I were a betting man, I would wager that Memorial Day weekend might be a target of opportunity. However, I do not know “the what” and I do not know “the where”. I only know that if Obama does not act soon to distract the country, his presidency has a limited shelf life.
Obama may be able to buy some time by sacrificing Eric Holder. Yet, Obama’s people must move quickly because the media’s noose around this administrations neck is tightening quickly as the media scrutiny of his five “Watergates” is intensifying. The removal of Holder will not buy Obama much time as the Attorney General is only one degree of separation from the President. Even with Holder soon to be sacked, the public will not be totally satisfied. In the near future, we all be saying that familiar refrain from the Watergate days, “What did the President know and when did he know it?”
Soon, there will be calls for a real investigation in which the participants may be too intimated to play party politics and whitewash the investigation. The removal of the Attorney General will not get Obama past Labor Day. Therefore, Obama quickly needs the mother of all distractions.
Once the false flag occurs, there will be two general camps of Americans. First, there will be the Kool-Aid drinking sheep that will endlessly watch CNN for the latest in Obama propaganda and they will gladly do as they are told so long as the government promises to protect them from the imaginary terrorists. Then there will be a second group, one that won’t easily forget about Obama’s five Watergate scandals. The latter group will have to be dealt with because some won’t be swayed by a contrived crisis and they have learned to recognize the unmistakable signs of a false flag attack.
In a controversial move that some believe will essentially lead to a de facto ban on semi-automatic handguns, Attorney General Kamala Harris announced that, effective immediately, all new semi-automatic firearms sold in the State of California will require a unique microstamp on every shell ejected when a gun is fired.
Microstamping, or ballistic imprinting, is a technology patented in the 1990?s by engineer and NRA member Todd Lizotte. When a gun is fired, a tiny engraving on the firing pin etches a microscopic identifier onto the cartridge as it is expended by the firearm.
The law, which requires every semi automatic gun sold in the state to imprint the gun’s serial number on the cartridge, was signed into law by former California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger in 2007 and was delayed due to patent stipulations in the legislation.
The legislation specified that it would take effect only when the technology was available and all private patents had expired.
But at a Los Angeles news conference Friday, Harris announced that micro-stamping had cleared all technological and patenting hurdles and would be required on newly sold semiautomatics, effective immediately.
“The patents have been cleared, which means that this very important technology will help us as law enforcement in identifying and locating people who have illegally used firearms,” Harris said.
The California Assembly Revenue and Taxation Committee recently approved a measure called AB 187, which puts a 10 percent tax on all ammunition sold in the state. Gee, and I thought California’s high tax and anti-gun policies couldn’t get any worse.
Assemblymen Rob Bonta and Roger Dickinson support the bill. Both are Democrats. Shocking.
They say that the new revenue will help cities that have high gun violence. “Cities throughout the state, including Oakland, are suffering horrific and increasing gun violence. AB 187 will provide the City of Oakland, and cities in similar circumstances, with sufficient street-level public safety presence to prevent gun violence and attend to it when it does occur,” said Bonta.
Taxing law-abiding citizens’ ammunition will not curtail gun violence. It will now be more expensive for innocent people to defend themselves against armed criminals. AB 187 only makes criminals, who do not follow laws to begin with, more likely to buy ammunition on the black market to avoid the tax.
It is generally well known that the major new york banks and hsbc are naked shorting gold and silver, aka selling contracts that they do not have the gold and silver inventory to deliver on if the buyer asked for delivery.
On the other hand the privately owned central banks of the world are taking delivery of gold and so this puts the lie to bernankes trashing of gold, but of course when doesnt bernanke and the central bankers not lie.
China and the rest of asia are also loading up on gold, they know that the feds house of cards or hologram of QE is headed for catastrophe , the QE scam is going to end with a financial collapse that will shake the financial foundations of the world.
The elite banking cartel privately owned fed is destroying america by debasing the currency and the stock market is going up because the actual value of the dollar is going down.
No nation including the roman empire ever survived debasing its currency, this debasement in every case led to financial collapse.
A nation can withstand the enemy from without , but a nation can never withstand the enemy from within, the fed is an enemy from within.
5.20.13 – Jeff Gundlach: “We Are Drowning In Central Banking”
North Korea has fired a short-range missile into the Sea of Japan on Monday, South Korean Defense Ministry reports. It’s the third day in a row of such launches, despite calls from the UN to cease them.
Amid the launches, Seoul placed Israeli precision-guided missiles capable of hitting North Korean targets on its Yellow Sea border islands, Yonhap news agency reported Sunday.
“Dozens of Spike missiles and their launchers have recently been deployed on Baengnyeong and Yeonpyeong islands,” an official for the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) said. “They can destroy [North Korea’s] underground facilities and can pursue and strike moving targets.”
The satellite-guided Spike missile has a range of about 20km (12.4 miles) and weighs 70kg (154lbs), according to military officials.
South Korea moved to place the Israeli missiles after Seoul confirmed that North Korea on Saturday had launched three short-range guided missiles off its east coast into the Sea of Japan. Two launches were fired on Saturday morning and another one in the afternoon, the Yonhap news agency reported.
On Sunday North Korea launched another short-range missile.
On the third day of the launches North Korea announced that the country is conducting scheduled military drills. The missile launches are part of the exercises, said a Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) report, citing an official of Pyongyang’s body for cross-border affairs.
Media reports speculated that the projectiles were likely shore-based anti-ship KN-2 Toksa missiles, North Korea’s version of the Soviet-made OTR-21 Tochka tactical ballistic missile, which Pyongyang is believed to have reverse-engineered.
“The missiles traveled about 120 km and in the North Korean arsenal, only the modified KN-02 or multiple rocket launchers of 300 mm or larger in caliber can go that far,” a source in the South Korean government said.
The Hong Kong Mercantile Exchange (HKMEx) announces today it has decided to voluntarily surrender the authorisation to provide automated trading services () granted by the Securities and Futures Commission (“the SFC”). With immediate effect, no new orders may be placed and all open positions will be financially settled at the settlement price determined by HKMEx and its designated clearinghouse.
The status of the dollar as world reserve currency gives the U.S. a number of advantages over other countries. The most important global commodities traded in dollars, although much of this material is not made in the USA. The fact that the global financial system based on the dollar, the Fed allows exporting inflation to other countries, and the government can easily operate under huge deficits.
So far, only China has actively opposed the supremacy of the dollar. RMB internationalization is an official priority of the Chinese leadership.Currency swap agreements with major partners such as Brazil, France and Australia are the albeit small, but important steps the Chinese strategy.Change in the global financial system – not an easy task. But now, it seems, Beijing found an ally in the Kremlin. And among the BRICS countries, most likely, there is a consensus – is an urgent need to remove the dollar system.
A week before the recent BRICS summit in Durban, the Kremlin administration has quietly produced a document which describes the Russian strategy in the context of the BRICS. The document is quite interesting for anyone who is brave enough to wade through the pile of legal terms Russian language. The strategy was developed in the “inner circle” of Vladimir Putin’s team, so it’s safe to assume that this is a formal point of view on the future of BRICS.
Russia should be a Byzantine politics, the fact that the Kremlin has decided not to hide the document or to allow him to “escape” for a few selected journalists, and published it, is a very clear signal in the direction of the United States. The signal that the Western media chose to ignore.
In the preamble of the document authors point out that “there is a common desire of the partner countries to reform outdated BRICS global financial and economic system that does not take into account the growing economic weight of emerging markets.” Moreover, Russian strategists consider the BRICS as a tool for reforming how at the moment is global governance:
Russia suggests that, given sufficient political will of the leaders of the BRICS countries to further deepen cooperation, this alliance could be one of the key elements of the new system of global governance, especially in the economic and financial fields.
Get out of the New World Order! BRICS are going to change the world.
Objectives are clear. In the section entitled “Strategic Goals”, the first item on the agenda of the BRICS should reform the global financial system, so as to make it “fairer, more stable, and more efficient.” In subsequent chapters, clearly states that this “reform” is actually dismantling the dollar system.
It is worth noting that the space allotted to this task in the list of priorities of the BRICS, clearly indicates its importance. According to the order of priority, the deprivation of the dollar’s status as the world’s reserve currency is more important than the “prevention of violation of sovereignty” (ie “the Syrian problem”) or “enhanced economic cooperation.”
The language used in this document indicates that it was written under the strong influence of the Presidential Adviser on Economic Affairs Sergei Glazyev, who believes that Bernanke’s policies will eventually lead to a military confrontation, “Saving the logic of the current financial and political system leads to a further escalation military-political tensions, including the beginning of a great war. ”
An entire chapter of the strategic document assigned step by step instructions for dismantling the existing global financial system. The list of activities includes:
– The reform of the world monetary system in order to create a representative, stable and predictable system of the world’s reserve currency;
– Decrease associated with massive cross-border capital flows, risks destabilizing the currency and equity markets;
– Increased use of national currencies in trade between the mills BRICS;
– Increase the level of cooperation between the BRICS countries to promote their interests in world trade;
– Strengthening the BRICS exchanges alliance;
– The creation of independent rating agencies;
After the summit in Durban was implemented, at least one of these tasks: the creation of the rating agency. As soon as the BRICS countries implement other strategic objectives will become clear whether the dollar system to survive the onslaught of the joint largest growing markets.
Not a day passes without the financial media denouncing gold as an investment option and hailing the bureaucrats heading the world’s monopolist monetary central planning agencies as superheroes. It began prior to gold’s recent breakdown, with widely cited bearish reports on gold published by Credit Suisse and Goldman Sachs, among others. Never mind that most of their arguments were easily unmasked as spurious. It should be no wonder though: gold’s rise was the most conspicuous evidence of faith in central banking being slowly but surely undermined. The banking cartel relies on the fiat money system remaining intact; the legal privilege of fractional reserve banking provides it with what is an essentially fraudulent profit center unparalleled by any other in the world (fraudulent in terms of traditional legal principles, but not in terms of the current law of course). Not surprisingly, ever since the completely unrestrained fiat money system became operational in the early 1970s, the financial sector’s share of corporate profits has inexorably risen and finally eclipsed all other sectors of the economy.
In other words, the banks have to protect a major franchise. It is a good bet that if gold had continued to rise in the face of money printing being accelerated all over the world, the inevitable loss of faith in central banks would have happened sooner rather than later. That it will eventually happen is unavoidable – the modern monetary system was fated to self-destruct the moment it was conceived. This is so because central planning and price controls cannot workin the long run, even though central banks are socialistic institutions adrift in a capitalist sea, so to speak. They can to some extent observe prices in the market, but the problem is that the market price most relevant to them – namely the ratio of future against present goods as expressed in interest rates on the credit markets – is not independent of their actions. There is therefore nothing that can tell them whether their administered interest rates are too high or too low. It is a system that is condemned to fail at some point (unfortunately with grave consequences for the economy at large).
The fact that a great many people ostensibly believe in its viability is not proof that it is viable; most of those who are most vocal about retaining the central bank money monopoly are directly profiting from its existence after all. That the commercial banks only want to protect a source of large profits and an invaluable backstop in case their speculations go wrong is clear, but the same is true of most academics in the economics profession. The great bulk of them derives its income from the State, and the central bank is at the forefront of supporting the livelihood of its apologists.
At the time, a full 76% of the ‘big money’ fund managers surveyed declared themselves bearish on Japan. Currently, 69% of the managers surveyed in the most recent Barron’s poll are bearish on gold. One must of course admit that from a technical perspective gold currently looks weak. That is undeniably the case and there could therefore be more near to medium term downside. However, the most important fundamental data as well as the sentiment backdrop clearly remain bullish. In fact, the skepticism of investors regarding commodities in general and gold in particular in the face of the biggest money printing orgy of the modern age is what we would call an ‘extreme long term bullish dichotomy’. It seems highly likely to us that a year from now or maybe even earlier, the conversation will have profoundly changed.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]It’s amazing to me that the biggest “take the guns away from people” person (Piers Morgan) is now saying the government is tyrannical. These types of people are always great after the fact. If we listened to these types of people they would have taken all the guns away and then when the government is coming after them they sit there and say we need the guns to protect us against tyrannical governments. This is why our founding father included the 2nd amendment [/stextbox]
In the face of the outrageous IRS intimidation scandal now sweeping across America, gun control advocates are changing their tune. All of a sudden, the idea that the federal government could engage in tyranny against the People of America is no longer a “conspiracy theory.” It’s historical fact right in your face thanks to all the recent scandals now bursting onto the scene: IRS intimidation, secret targeting of non-profit groups for possible “thought crimes,” the Department of Justice seizing AP phone records and so on.
Just which liberals are changing their minds on all this? Piers Morgan, for starters. The man who once called Larry Pratt of Gun Owners of America a “very stupid man” on live national television is suddenly reversing course. Here’s what Morgan now says in the wake of the IRS intimidation scandal:
“I’ve had some of the pro-gun lobbyists on here saying to me, well the reason we need to be armed is because of tyranny from our own government, and I’ve always laughed at them. I’ve always said don’t be so ridiculous. Your government won’t turn itself on you. But actually when you look at this [IRS scandal]… actually this is vaguely tyrannical behavior by the American government. I think what the IRS did is bordering on tyrannical behavior, I think what the Department of Justice has done to the Associated Press is bordering on tyrannical behavior.”
The establishment has made no secret of the fact that they are not very impressed with Adam Kokesh’s planned Open Carry March on Washington DC this coming July 4.
But yesterday the situation devolved to a new low when Kokesh was arrested for….doing nothing.
The controversial talk-radio host of Adam Vs. the Man has been made a political prisoner.
A “political prisoner” is defined as:
A person who has been imprisoned for holding or advocating dissenting political views. source
Regardless of your personal beliefs on whether marijuana should be legalized, if you believe that freedom of speech is protected by the First Amendment to the Constitution, what happened at the May 18 “Smoke Down Prohibition” event in Philadelphia is a clear-cut violation of Kokesh’s rights. While other people there were actually breaking the law and smoking in an act of civil disobedience, Kokesh was not – he was simply speaking.
Adam Kokesh is being charged with resisting arrest…Check out the video – all I see is a man with his hands up (and no marijuana in those hands either). You don’t have to be an expert on the law to see that he went with the officers peacefully.
A trio of Obama scandals has forced the corporate media admit its own reports are nothing more than the government-controlled talking points and not the product of a free and open press.
If you have been following the news lately you’ll notice there are 3 government scandals that the media is focusing on 1) The DOJ spying on the AP reporters 2) Benghazi gate 3) IRS targeting of activist groups.
While each of these are truly a damning indictment of the widespread corruption in our now gone rogue federal government, combing these three stories reveals an even bigger story which is recurring open admission by the media that the news they report is being controlled government.
These three scandals have led the media to rebel against the Obama administration in a way that it has not done in the past while at the same time forcing the media to admit some damning facts about the way news is truly originated in America.
The media’s reporting on the scandals has provided the public insights into the operations of the incestuous relationship between the press and the government.
Such revelations clearly suggest the corporate media is telegraphing to the public the American government has just gone way too far out of control.
These three scandals forced the corporate media to admit openly what has long been dismissed as merely conspiracy theory — that the corporate media is now openly admitting that they are in fact controlled stenographers that do nothing more than echo pre-scripted narratives outlined in talking points created by the rulers of America’s shadow government.
To be absolutely clear, that is not hyperbole nor is it speculation. It’s a fact that the corporate media is now openly admitting their reporting on the Benghazi scandal over the last 8 months has been merely the parroting of statements given by government officials who were merely echoing talking points issued by the CIA.
A powerful explosion has hit Ruken al-Deen neighborhood in Damascus, causing an unknown number of casualties, local state TV reports. At least three people are said to have been killed in the latest blast to strike the Syrian capital.
Residents have confirmed a large explosion shook the area.
Initial reports said the blast was caused by a car bomb and that experts are dismantling other explosives in the area.
In a move considered aggressive by US and European officials, Russia has sent at least 12 warships to patrol waters near its naval base in Tartous, Syria.
The deployment appears to be a warning to Israeli and Western officials against military intervention in Syria’s bloody civil war, which has now claimed the lives of over 80,000 people.
Russia’s increased presence in the region — which began raising eyebrows in the US three months ago — represents one of its largest sustained naval deployments since the Cold War, the Wall Street Journal reported on Thursday.
It was less than a month ago that the new Italian government of the pseudo-technocrat Letta, of Bilderberg 2012 and Aspen Institute fame, was voted in by a majority of the PD and the PDL parties (the latter agreeing so Berlusconi would get an extension of his much needed political immunity from assorted prison sentences). It may not last too long. As Reuters reports, it took just 20 days for Letta’s approval rating to plunge by 25%, dropping from 43% at the start of the month to 34%, according to an SWG institute poll. It would appear the Italian people (unlike their Japanese peers who at least according to government-controlled media data could not be happier with PM Abe, supposedly because of the bubblelicious 50% rise in the Nikkei225 year to date, even though under 20% are actually invested in the stock market making one wonder just how credible polling, and all other data in Japan actually is) don’t have Mrs. Watanabe’s childish fascination wth soaring stock bubbles, sexy bonds, mini skirts and 2% inflation bras, and instead demand real economic results. Which also means the protests are once again back.
Thousands of people protested in Rome on Saturday against austerity policies and high unemployment, urging new Prime Minister Enrico Letta to focus on creating jobs to help pull the country out of recession.
“We hope that this government will finally start listening to us because we are losing our patience,” said Enzo Bernardis, who joined the sea of protesters waving red flags and calling for more workers’ rights and better contracts.
Less than a month in power, Letta is trying to hold together an uneasy coalition between his center-left Democratic party and the center-right People of Freedom, led by former prime minister Silvio Berlusconi.
Confidence in the government, cobbled together after inconclusive elections, is already falling, with one poll on Friday by the SWG institute showing its approval rating had dropped to 34 percent from 43 percent at the start of the month.
“We can’t wait anymore” and “We need money to live” were among slogans on banners held up by the crowds.
Letta promised to make jobs his top priority when he came to power in April after two months of political deadlock. But several protesters complained he was not sticking to his vow, focusing instead on a property tax reform outlined this week.
Gold prices are down about 12.5% since the start of April. But global central banks have been increasing their reserves of the yellow metal.
A new report from the World Gold Council shows that central banks bout 109 tonnes of gold in the first quarter.
This was the seventh straight quarter in which they purchased over 100 tonnes of gold.
Central banks held 31,735.4 tonnes of gold as of May 2013. This was up from 31,694.8 tonnes as of April 2013.
Gold entered a bear market during that quarter. In the current quarter, gold has gone from $1,603 on April 1 to below $1,400 today.
According to the WGC, Russia and South Korea were among the biggest buyers of gold.
“The price drop in April, fuelled by non-physical moves in the market, proved to be the catalyst for a surge of buying that has left many retailers short of stock and refineries introducing waiting lists for deliveries,” said Marcus Grubb managing director at World Gold Council in a press release. “Putting this into context, sales of bars and coins, jewelery and consumption in the technology sector still make up 81% of the market.
“What these figures show is that even before the events of April, the fundamentals of the gold market remain robust with; growing demand in India and China, central banks consistently adding gold to their reserves and strong buying of investment products such as gold bars and coins.”
Overall global demand for gold fell 19% on the quarter in Q1 to 963 tonnes.
In a deliberate move to catch gun control activists off guard, an organization representing Colorado sheriffs in a lawsuit over a series of recently passed gun control laws abruptly announced the filing of the suit in federal court today.
“We did that deliberately,” David Kopel, an attorney with the Independence Institute, which is handling the case, said. “We wanted to catch our opponents who support gun control off guard.”
As recently as Wednesday, the Independence Institute was suggesting the filing was still a few weeks off. Appearing at a rally against another bill, Amy Oliver Cooke, wife of Weld County Sheriff John Cooke, said they were planning to file the suit in the next couple of weeks.
The suit, which was filed in federal district court, lists 54 out of the state’s 64 sheriffs as plaintiffs in the case.
Kopel says what is significant to note is that while not all sheriffs are party to the suit, not a single sheriff has come out in opposition to it.
Cooke had harsh words for critics in the media and others who questioned whether a government official should sue another government official.
“Some in the media … asked me if I think it’s a good idea or if it’s appropriate for [a] government official to sue another government official. My response is unequivocally yes. It is our duty and responsibility as sheriffs to protect the people who elected us and whom we serve.”
At a recent event in Fort Collins by the Independence Institute providing updates on the case, Cooke said he was proud that gun control supporters are nervous over the lawsuit.
“When we announced our opposition to these gun control laws, the Greeley Tribune ran a story titled, ’48 Sheriffs going Rogue on Guns,’” Cooke said. “They should be fearing us. What right does the state have dictating how many rounds of ammunition [a woman] can have to defend herself?”
The lawsuit isn’t just limited to law enforcement officials, but lists a variety of organizations including the Colorado Farm Bureau, which has expressed concerns about rural farmers and ranchers having to deal with predators, Women for Concealed Carry, and the Colorado Outfitters Association.
“We have a diverse number of plaintiffs in this case. We are celebrating diversity,” Kopel said. “The difference is we actually believe in genuine diversity.”
Were you to look at official government statistics that calculate our rate of price inflation for food, energy, clothing, and other consumer goods, you’d think that prices were as stable today as they were under the gold standard.
According to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, the CPI (Consumer Price Index) inflation rate remains well below the Federal Reserve’s 2.5% threshold. Insofar as the government is concerned America’s core inflation rate is just 1.7%, a testament to the economic prowess of our central bank and Chairman Ben Bernanke.
And because there is no significant price rise being realized in consumer goods based on the government’s calculations, the millions of Americans dependent on disbursements like social security, disability assistance and nutritional food support will see no adjustments to their monthly stipend. And why would they? Prices aren’t rising!
Or are they?
According to Peter Schiff, who is well known for his dire economic warnings leading up to the crash of 2008, the government is involved in a wide array of manipulations and fuzzy-math in an effort to convince us that the price increases we’ve seen in stores, restaurants and gas stations over the last decade are merely a figment of our imagination.
“What we get from the government when it comes to inflation is not information, it’s propaganda. “
North Korea launched three short-range guided missiles into the sea off the Korean Peninsula’s east coast Saturday, South Korea’s semi-official news agency Yonhap cited the South Korean Defense Ministry as saying.
The ministry said it had detected two launches in the morning, followed by another in the afternoon, Yonhap reported.
The missiles were fired in a northeasterly direction, away from South Korean waters, the ministry said.
South Korea has beefed up monitoring on North Korea and is maintaining a high-level of readiness to deal with any risky developments, the ministry added, according to Yonhap.
According to the Arms Control Association, a U.S.-based organization, short-range guided missiles are generally classified as those traveling less than 1,000 kilometers (about 620 miles.)
North Korea rattles saber again Memories of fighting for North Korea Orphaned and homeless in North Korea
Tensions in the region have eased in recent days since a fraught period last month that included near daily North Korean threats of war.
U.S. and South Korean officials feared at that time that Kim Jong Un’s regime was planning to carry out a test launch of longer-range ballistic missiles, believed to be Musudans. The South Korean government says they have a maximum range of 3,500 kilometers (2,175 miles).
Andrew Salmon, a journalist and author based in the South Korean capital, Seoul, said North Korea’s reported launch of short-range missiles Saturday should not cause the same degree of concern as the launch of a satellite or medium-range Musudan rocket.
“It’s a short-range tactical weapon. If any other country launched this kind of weapon, it’s a routine test, nobody would be too worried. It’s really simply because it’s North Korea doing this that it raises concerns,” he said.
5.18.13 – Cyber attacks against banks more severe than most realize [stextbox id=”x22report”]They are letting us know that cyber attacks are worse than they thought, that the big cyber attack is right around the corner which will cut off power, rob the people of their money and bring us to war. Be prepared !![/stextbox]
The series of cyber attacks that repeatedly knocked major U.S. banking websites offline in the past nine months has been more powerful than the general public realizes, government officials and security experts told the Reuters Cybersecurity Summit.
A self-described activist group, Cyber Fighters of Izz ad-din Al Qassam, has claimed credit for the distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks that took down the websites of more than a dozen U.S. banks for hours or even days at a time. Members of congressional intelligence committees say the attacks are sponsored by Iran and show its growing capability in cyberspace.
U.S. banks, Internet service providers and security companies “have had trouble keeping up with the recent DDoS attacks that have had the sophistication and the level of resources that a nation-state entity like Iran can devote to them,” House Intelligence Committee Chairman Mike Rogers told Reuters.
“As a result, many key parts of our telecommunications and financial services infrastructure have been stressed to a dangerous level,” Rogers said.
In three waves of attacks since September, consumers have reported inability to conduct online transactions at more than a dozen banks, including Wells Fargo & Co (WFC.N), Citigroup Inc (C.N), JPMorgan Chase & Co (JPM.N) and Bank of America Corp (BAC.N). Banks have spent millions of dollars to fend off the hackers and restore service.
In DDoS attacks, thousands of computers all try to contact a target website at the same time, overwhelming it with meaningless connections until it is rendered inaccessible.
The banks have said little about their frantic efforts behind the scenes to restore websites, and industry groups have generally played down the impact and severity of the attacks.
But Rogers, U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano, and FBI Executive Assistant Director Richard McFeely told the summit this week that the progression of intense electronic assaults had spurred new efforts to coordinate among companies, sectors, and governments.
“The increasing frequency with which we have seen that has really increased our relationship with financial institutions,” Napolitano told the summit in Washington.
More alarming was the rapid changes in website functions targeted by the machines, including the secure-communications protocols through which banks identify customers, according to George Kurtz, chief executive of security firm CrowdStrike.
“They used to change every few days, but then it was every hour, and then every few minutes,” Kurtz said.
Let me be clear, my objective in sharing prior knowledge of a mass casualty terror drill is to prevent criminal elements in the government from taking this drill live at the jamboree. I want the good people in government to feel confident in maintaining accountability over one another. As an Eagle scout myself, I want the scouts to have a great jamboree.
FEMA JULY DRILL
I have been on the phone with two reliable sources connected with military and a well known private investigative network. The military source decided to come forward because of the Boston bombing and the evidence that it was staged by the FBI. The source provided information regarding a July FEMA mass casualty terror drill that has been kept a secret from the public. As I’ve previously said, it is not the announced FEMA/DHS/FBI terror drills that concern me, it is the unannounced drills that go live like Boston that concern me because real people can and do die. The source indicated that we need to scrutinize the National Scout Jamboree 2013 for a possible mass government staged false flag attack. https://summit.scouting.org/en/Jamboree2013/Pages/default.aspx The leaders of the event are changing the location of the event for the first time in 30 years. Governor Earl Ray Tomblin of West Virginia has signed an executive order giving DHS, FEMA, and the national guard martial law police power over the event. “Thousands” of national guard soldiers will be there. http://www.register-herald.com/local/x2063990347/State-s-Division-of-Homeland-Security-to-coordinate-Jamboree Governor “Tomblin said he expects several thousand National Guard from West Virginia and across the country on the ground during the Jamboree “in case of an attack … or health crisis.”” There will be 50,000 scouts there with their families. The source provided notes from a government source that FEMA is preparing an unannounced disease outbreak drill caused by conventional and unconventional terrorism in July with 4:1 ratio of mental and “sick” and believes this drill could be held at the Jamboree. Unconventional terrorism is chemical and germ weapons. There will be kill and wounded family members involving sociogenic illness which means that a medical condition will be shared by a mass of people. They will have multiple unexplained physical symptoms. There will be no clear start or stop to the event that will be long term inciting panic and mistrust of public officials. Being at this reserve, the scouts would be in the perfect location to rationalize a quarantine. Rioting/”breaking quarantine”, “noncompliance with vaccination and medical orders” as well as “resisting travel restrictions” are addressed in this powerpoint by the man named as the FEMA expert Steven M. Crimando overseeing the drill scenario http://www.njeha.org/pdf/Steven%20Crimando%20-%20Psychology%20Disaster.pptx.pdf If you look at his bio slide, he was a responder to both terrorist attacks on the WTC 1993 and 9/11 and Anthrax threat. In other words, this man is an expert in what would be the 9/11 scale of bio/chemical terrorist attacks.
New official data show the number of US citizens applying for unemployment benefits has hit the highest level in six weeks.
The US Department of Labor issued a statement on Thursday saying that applications for state unemployment benefits last week increased by 32,000 to a seasonally adjusted 360,000 claims– the highest since late March.
The four-week average for new claims also rose by 1,250, the department added.
Nearly six million Americans are currently receiving jobless benefits. However, the actual figure would have been much higher if state authorities had not stopped extending benefit programs.
The US Federal Reserve said the country’s industrial production dropped by 0.5 percent in April.
The US economy shrank by 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012, casting doubt on the strength of economic recovery in the country.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The war is being pushed forward, they need to start it to cover up the collapse of the economy. Government and Central Banks will do what ever it takes.[/stextbox]
News Channel “Fox News”, presented a video which shows IDF soldiers emerging from Syrian territory. Those who know and read between the lines, can understand that the story was probably in conjunction with the approval of the IDF and may aim to send a message to Assad.
Israel might strike Syria again soon, report says
The Wall Street Journal late Thursday cited US officials as saying that Israel could strike a weapon shipment from Syria to Hezbollah “in the near future.”
“Israeli and Western intelligence services believe [Yakhont] missiles, which have been sold by Russia to Syria in recent years, could be transferred to the militant Hezbollah group within days,” the US daily reported.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Brainwashing the people of the world for the big one!![/stextbox]
The Financial Times website and multiple Twitter accounts belonging to the news organisation were hacked today, the company confirmed, apparently by hacker group the Syrian Electronic Army.
The breach, which took place just before 1pm BST, is just the latest in a spate of attacks against media organisations including The Guardian and the Associated Press.
The FT blogs webpage portrayed the message “Hacked by the Syrian Electronic Army” and Twitter accounts including the Lex Column and FT Markets tweeted “The Syrian Electronic Army was here” to hundreds of thousands of followers.
A spokeswoman from the Financial Times confirmed the hack this afternoon and said the organisation was “working to resolve” the problems “as quickly as possible”.
5.17.13 – A Message From America’s Founding Fathers
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So they can predict when the war on terror will be finished. [/stextbox]
A top US military official has emphasized that the American so-called “war on terror” on Muslim world will continue for ‘at least 10 to 20 years.’
Assistant US Secretary of Defense for Special Operations Michael Sheehan made clear at a Senate Arms Services Committee hearing on Thursday that Pentagon has no intention to put an end to its 12-year-old wars and military actions against predominantly Muslim targets around the world under the pretext of war on terror for “at least 10 to 20 year.”
In response to grilling questions by members of the committee about future of the American self-serving ‘war on terror’ actions overseas, Sheehan told Senators that the extent of the US counterterrorism program stretches “from Boston to the FATA,” in an apparent reference to the region in Pakistan that the US military has persistently claimed as a ‘terrorism hotbed.’
A federal judge recently ruled that if someone has their cell phone turned on, their location data does not deserve protection under the Fourth Amendment, meaning law enforcement can track individuals without a search warrant.
New York magistrate judge Gary Brown decided in favor of Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) agents who were seeking his approval over a warrant on a doctor who they suspected was being paid for issuing thousands of prescriptions. The warrant would have compelled the physician’s phone company to provide real-time tracking data from his cell.
Brown, certainly to the delight of police, issued a 30-page brief outlining his opinion that, by carrying a cell phone, someone is essentially waiving their Fourth Amendment right to due process.
“Given the ubiquity and celebrity of geolocation technologies, an individual has no legitimate expectation of privacy in the prospective of a cellular telephone where that individual has failed to protect his privacy by taking the simple expedient of powering it off,” Brown wrote.
“As to control by the user, all of the known tracking technologies may be defeated by merely turning off the phone. Indeed – excluding apathy or inattention – the only reason that users leave cell phones turned on is so that the device can be located to receive calls. Conversely, individuals who do not want to be disturbed by unwanted telephone calls at a particular time or place simply turn their phones off, knowing that they cannot be located.”
He goes on to suggest that because there are smartphone applications available that allow users to locate people in their area with similar interests, cell phone customers should not expect their inherent right to privacy to be observed.
“Given the notoriety surrounding the disclosure of geolocation data to retailers purveying soap powder and blue jeans to mall shoppers, the police searching for David Pogue’s iPhone and, most alarmingly, the creators and users of the Girls Around You app, cell phone users cannot realistically entertain the notion that such information would (or should) be withheld from federal law enforcement agents searching for a fugitive.”
The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) has long been a voice for the American people against governmental overreach and technological surveillance. Chris Soghoian, a principal technologist and senior policy analyst at the ACLU, wrote that Brown’s opinion was “ridiculous.”
“There is a big difference between location information you knowingly share with a select group of friends (or, in fact, the world) and information collected about you without your knowledge or consent,” he wrote.
Exactly how common this practice is throughout the law enforcement community is unclear but it has widely been reported that a Michigan police force tried to gain information about every single cell phone within the proximity of a labor protest.
Congressional leaders are currently considering two laws that would address how freely police are able to bug citizens. During an April hearing on Capitol Hill one detective told Senators that warrantless geolocation tracking is “essential to obtain in the early stages of investigations when probable cause has not yet been established.”
That attitude, and the wide potential for abuse this kind of law creates, has the ACLU alarmed.
“Someone might be happy to share their location with a few friends by ‘checking in’ using Foursquare while at a music festival, but not want law enforcement to access that same information,” Soghoian continued. “And, they would still reasonably expect that their location a week later at an Alcoholics Anonymous meeting or abortion clinic should remain private. Sharing location data isn’t and shouldn’t be all or nothing.”
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Didn’t the government say the employment is getting better. Remember what ever they say it is the opposite.[/stextbox]
The middle class American worker is in danger of becoming an endangered species. The politicians are not telling you the truth, and the mainstream media is certainly not telling you the truth, but the reality is that there is nothing but bad news on the horizon for workers in the United States. In the old days, when the big corporations that dominate our society did well, that also meant good things for American workers since those corporations would need more of us to work for them. But in the emerging one world economic system that our economy is being merged into, those corporations have other choices now.
#1 Wages And Salaries As A Percentage Of GDP
#2 Average Annual Hours Worked Per Employed Person In The United States
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This has to be a coincidence, U.S. has ships and forces in the Mediterranean and now the Russians are sending ships there. Or everyone is preparing for something, could this be war? That’s right the Central Bankers need a war to cover up the economic collapse.[/stextbox]
Earlier we reported that the US has now officially landed a Marine force in Israel as well as an assault ship, in a visit that the US Navy promptly assured “is not associated with, nor a reaction to, any world events.” It seems we were not the only ones who read this justification somewhat skeptically: so did Russia. And in a historic event, the Russian Pacific fleet, for the first time in decades, crossed the Suez Canal and entered the Mediterranean, direction Cyprus’ port of Limasol (hi Cyprus – Russia will be arriving shortly) in what is now the loudest implied warning to the US and Israel amassing military units across Syria’s border that Russia will not stand idly by as Syria is used by the Israeli “Defense” Forces for target practice. “The task force has successfully passed through the Suez Channel and entered the Mediterranean. It is the first time in decades that Pacific Fleet warships enter this region,” Capt. First Rank Roman Martov said. This is what is also known as dropping hints, loud and clear.
The group, including the destroyer Admiral Panteleyev, the amphibious warfare ships Peresvet and Admiral Nevelskoi, the tanker Pechenga and the salvage/rescue tug Fotiy Krylov left the port of Vladivostok on March 19 to join Russia’s Mediterranean task force.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Remember, what ever the FED says its always the opposite. There is no way they can stop QE, I’m sorry there is one way, during an economic collapse, we won’t need the FED to do QE anymore.[/stextbox]
Last week it was Fed’s WSJ lapdog hinting at a tapering. Now it is up to the Fed’s own John Williams to provide an even stronger hint at what may be coming as soon as this summer. From Bloomberg:
WILLIAMS SAYS FED MAY REDUCE QE IN SUMMER, HALT BY YEAR END
However, promptly following this is the following headline which we can only hope has a typo in it:
WILLIAMS: UNEMPLOYMENT WON’T FALL BELOW 6.5% UNTIL MID-2105 (er, sic?)
And just to confuse everyone, as the Fed enjoys doing, here is the conclusion:
WILLIAMS SAYS SLOWING QE WOULDN’T MEAN TIGHTENING IN POLICY
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This is interesting, The U.S. Marshal service lost 2 suspected terrorists from the witness protection program. How convenient that they lost track during the Obama scandals. They also need to get the gun bill and the wars started. Let’s keep an eye out for this, this would be a perfect setup for an event. [/stextbox]
The U.S. Marshal Service has been “unable to locate” two former participants in the federal Witness Security Program “identified as known or suspected terrorists,” states the public summary of an interim Justice Department Inspector General’s report obtained by CNN.
The Marshals have concluded that “one individual was and the other individual was believed to be residing outside of the United States.”
The news comes from an audit of the Witness Security Program by the IG’s office, which states that “the Department did not definitively know how many known or suspected terrorists were admitted into the WITSEC program,” among other “significant issues concerning national security.” The report makes 16 recommendations.
The “Interim Report on the Department of Justice’s Handling of Known or Suspected Terrorists Admitted Into the Federal Witness Security Program” notes that while in the midst of an audit of the WITSEC program, the Inspector General felt the need to notify the Justice Department of national security vulnerabilities, and the IG’s office “developed the interim report to help ensure that the Department promptly and sufficiently addressed the deficiencies we found.”
The news comes in the midst of a week of horrible news for the Obama administration, with revelations that the Justice Department secretly collected months of phone records for reporters and editors at The Associated Press; renewed speculation over the White House’s response to the Benghazi attack; and revelations that the Internal Revenue Service targeted conservative groups.
The Justice Department issued a statement, saying, “The number of former known or suspected terrorists ever admitted into the WitSec Program represents a fraction of one percent of the total WitSec population, and the vast majority were admitted into the program prior to Sept. 11, 2001.
Gov. Martin O’Malley on Thursday signed a gun-control bill that is among the country’s most sweeping legislative responses to the December mass shooting in Newtown, Conn.
The law bans the sale of assault-style rifles, including the AR-15 used in the Newtown killing of six educators and 20 first- and second-graders. The law limits gun ownership for people with mental illness, outlaws the sale of high-capacity magazines and establishes the nation’s first new handgun licensing scheme in two decades.
The signing is expected to set off both a legal challenge from the National Rifle Association and a public relations campaign from gun-control supporters. A petition drive is underway to stop the law from going into effect on Oct. 1, though it is unclear whether opponents can gather enough signatures in time to trigger an automatic hold on the bill. If they are, the law would go before voters in 2014.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]The war needs to get started one way or another to cover up the economic collapse. It doesn’t matter which countries because the war will spread to all[/stextbox]
Hawkish Prime Minister Shinzo Abe said Tuesday Tokyo could mount a military response if foreign submarines enter its territorial waters while underwater, as Japan and China continue to squabble over islands.
Abe’s comment came after Japan’s Defence Ministry said a submerged vessel was spotted in the contiguous waters — a 12 nautical mile strip outside territorial waters — near one of Japan’s Okinawa islands, from late Sunday to early Monday.
The government would not confirm media reports it was a Chinese sub.
“These are serious acts. If (submarines) enter our territorial waters while underwater, we would have to implement maritime security action,” Abe told parliament Tuesday.
He did not clarify further, but the form of words he used may indicate that the Defence Minister could order action by Japan’s Self Defense Forces.
In the incident on Monday, the submarine was tracked close to territorial waters off Kume, although it did not violate any laws.
Under international rules, vessels can pass freely through the outer ring of waters, provided their intent is peaceable. Submarines must surface and display their flag if they navigate into territorial waters.
The submarine incident came as three Chinese government ships spent half a day in waters off the Tokyo-controlled Senkaku islands that Beijing claims as the Diaoyus.
It was the latest episode in a fraught few months which have seen repeated stand-offs between official ships from both sides as they jostle over ownership of the strategically-important and resource-rich islands.
China is believed to be boosting its naval capability in the Pacific and has been criticised by neighbours for what is seen as an increasingly aggressive stance in the region, particularly in its multiple territorial disputes.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Let’s start an investigation and go off of what the Pope has just said. Let’s investigate the Central Bankers. Since they continually tell us they are not part of the government and they are not a government agency lets treat them like any other corporation that they are. Let’s get a warrant and go through all their records[/stextbox]
Pope Francis has denounced the global financial system, blasting the “cult of money” that he says is tyrannizing the poor and turning humans into expendable consumer goods.
In his first major speech on the subject, Francis demanded Wednesday that financial and political leaders reform the global financial system to make it more ethical and concerned for the common good. He said: “Money has to serve, not to rule!”
It’s a message Francis delivered on many occasions when he was archbishop of Buenos Aires, and it’s one that was frequently stressed by retired Pope Benedict XVI.
Francis, who has made clear the poor are his priority, made the comments as he greeted his first group of new ambassadors accredited to the Holy See.
Uh, this sounds a lot like 2008 or 2009. The Central Arizona Bank in Scottsdale, AZ did not even open THIS MORNING!!!! The bank was seized last night with little warning and instead of seizing the parent company in total (Capitol Bank Holdings, Lansing, MI) this one unit was suddenly seized Tuesday night and shut down. Something does not smell right as it has always been EXTREMELY RARE for a bank to be shut down on a weekday evening other than Fridays.
Central Arizona Bank, Scottsdale, Arizona, was closed today by the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, which appointed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as receiver. To protect the depositors, the FDIC entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with Western State Bank, Devils Lake, North Dakota, to assume all of the deposits of Central Arizona Bank.
The sole former branch of Central Arizona Bank will reopen tomorrow as a branch of Western State Bank during its normal business hours. Depositors of Central Arizona Bank will automatically become depositors of Western State Bank. Deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC, so there is no need for customers to change their banking relationship in order to retain their deposit insurance coverage up to applicable limits. Customers of Central Arizona Bank should continue to use their current branch until they receive notice from Western State Bank that systems conversions have been completed to allow full-service banking at all branches of Western State Bank.
This evening depositors of Central Arizona Bank can access their money by writing checks or using ATM or debit cards. Checks drawn on the bank will continue to be processed. Loan customers should continue to make their payments as usual.
As of March 31, 2013, Central Arizona Bank had approximately $31.6 million in total assets and $30.8 million in total deposits. In addition to assuming all of the deposits of the failed bank, Western State Bank agreed to purchase essentially all of the failed bank’s assets.
Customers with questions about today’s transaction should call the FDIC toll-free at 1-800-423-6395. The phone number will be operational this evening until 9:00 p.m., Mountain Time (MT), and thereafter from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., MT. Interested parties also can visit the FDIC’s Web site at http://www.fdic.gov/bank/individual/failed/centralaz.html
The FDIC estimates that the cost to the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) will be $8.6 million. Compared to other alternatives, Western State Bank’s acquisition was the least costly resolution for the FDIC’s DIF. Central Arizona Bank is the 13th FDIC-insured institution to fail in the nation this year, and the second in Arizona. The last FDIC-insured institution closed in the state was Gold Canyon Bank, Gold Canyon, on April 5, 2013.
Something seriously does not smell right here. What records did this bank hold relating to Fast and Furious or one of the other scandals that needed to be sealed?
[stextbox id=”x22report”]You know how everyone talks about how the paper market and physical market are going to eventually go their separate ways, well its starting, the paper and physical have nothing to do with each other.[/stextbox]
China’s demand for gold jumped 20% to 294 tonnes in the first quarter of 2013, while global gold demand overall slid 13% thanks to the dramatic rotation of demand from paper to physical. Chinese demand in gold bars and coins grew to 109.5 tonnes – more than double the five-year quarterly average of 43.8 tonnes. Central banks added 109.2 tonnes of gold to their reserves in Q1 2013, the ninth consecutive quarter of net purchases. But it was the Q1 ETF outflows of 176.9 tonnes, equating to a 7% decline in total gold ETF holdings that obscured the strong rise in investment for gold bars and coins at the retail level. In the face of the huge ‘paper’ gold ETF outflows, ‘physical’ gold demand surged to its highest in 18 months…
And direct from the WGC showing Q1 demand breakdown:
5.16.13 – 75 Years in Prison For Videotaping Police
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So let me get this straight, you cannot film the police without their consent but they can place cameras all over the place and film the people without their consent. Police are aloud to have cameras in their cars and film people without their consent. Hmmm, can anyone say police state. [/stextbox]
President Obama has announced the ouster of Steven Miller, the acting commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, as the administration is embroiled in controversy for targeting conservative and tea-party groups.
“Today, Secretary [Jacob] Lew took the first step by requesting and accepting the resignation of the acting commissioner of the IRS, because given the controversy surrounding this audit, it’s important to institute new leadership that can help restore confidence going forward,” Obama said during a Wednesday evening broadcast from the White House.
“I’ve reviewed the Treasury Department watchdog’s report, and the misconduct that it uncovered is inexcusable. It’s inexcusable, and Americans are right to be angry about it, and I am angry about it. I will not tolerate this kind of behavior in any agency, but especially in the IRS, given the power that it has and the reach that it has into all of our lives.”
“As I said earlier, it should not matter what political stripe you’re from, the fact of the matter is that the IRS has to operate with absolute integrity.”
“I’ll do everything in my power to make sure nothing like this ever happens again,” the president added.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]This was mentioned on Episode 64 and here is the confirmation of the Detroit Mayor calling it quits.[/stextbox]
After a tumultuous four years overseeing a city long riddled with blight, corruption, crime, and historic financial issues, mayor Dave Bing has had enough, telling a stunned audience at the Charles H. Wright Museum of African-American History Tuesday that he’d leave when his term ends in December.
The 69-year-old Bing, a hall-of-fame NBA player who spent most of his career with the Pistons and then was a successful businessman in Detroit had never run for office before narrowly winning the 2009 race to replace Kwame Kilpatrick, who in less than a term in office had gone from rising Democratic star to scandal-embroiled mayor to convicted felon. After winning a full term the same year, Bing tried to turn around a city that has been losing population and sinking into an ever-deeper economic hole for decades, with a City Council resistant to his plans for radical changes to save Detroit and the looming prospect of the Republican governor appointing an emergency economic manager who would effectively take control of the city’s finances from its elected officials. When Governor Rick Snyder in March ended months of deliberation by appointing Kevyn Orr emergency manager, with sweeping powers to modify contracts and sell city assets, Bing, whose frustrations had been mounting, had enough.
Without any direction from the President, if you believe the current denials, the IRS went on a politically-motivated rampage that turned its own agents into weapons of intimidation and censorship against any non-profit which taught the Constitution or used conservative buzzwords like “We the People.”
As part of its campaign of tyranny, the IRS demanded from the groups titles of all the books they had recently read, details of Facebook posts and names of all their donors. They even asked for the names of students they taught! Applications for non-profit status were routinely denied or delayed, and a huge number of individuals including Catholic priests were warned that if they didn’t stay silent about opposing Obama, they would be “scrutinized” even further (i.e. audited or worse).
Obama says he knows nothing about any of this, even though he was of course the primary beneficiary of all this activity. But let’s assume he’s telling the truth for a moment, as bizarre as that idea may seem to most. If Obama really knew nothing about all this, it paints an even more frightening picture of a rogue government group with unlimited power that answers to no one and does whatever it wants, regardless of the legality of its actions or directions from Washington.
And then, once the truth comes out and the criminal behavior is exposed, those who carried out the crimes say, “We were just doing what our bosses told us” while their bosses — the heads of government — say, “We had no idea what these people were doing. They went rogue!”
Lawless government out of control
What the IRS scandal really proves is that big government is completely out of control. Give an unelected group a bureaucrats enough power — the IRS is run by appointees who don’t answer to voters — and they will sooner or later construct fiefdoms of corruption and criminality.
This is a universal law of bureaucracy. What the IRS did to conservative groups, the FDA is routinely doing to natural products manufacturers and supplement companies. It’s what the DEA is doing to medical marijuana dispensaries and what the FTC is doing to religious ministries that also happen to sell herbs for cancer.
All bureaucracies become criminal mobs if given enough time and power. This is a screaming red flag with a clear message: Government is TOO BIG, too complex, too powerful and is operating far outside its limits of power.
Government is the biggest threat to freedom and justice in America today.
In fact, this IRS criminality has been going on since at least 2010, and the agency has been getting away with it until just now when a few facts just happen to come to light. No one knows just how many people have been threatened and intimidated, mobster-style, by the IRS which focused its efforts on intimidating those who were speaking out against Obama. Technically, this behavior by the IRS calls into question the validity of the entire 2012 presidential election. Had the IRS not been engaged in overtly criminal activity to suppress the free speech of non-profits critical of big government, the election may have very well turned out differently.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Wait a minute, I thought if the stock market it going up the economy is doing well. You mean the stock market has nothing to do with the economy. If we look back to 1929 or 2008 the housing, job and the entire economy was slowing while the stock market was going higher and higher and then POP!!![/stextbox]
We didn’t really need a confirmation that the economy was deteriorating and completely disconnected from the “market”, but we got it nonetheless. First, Initial Claims coming at 360K, on expectations of 330K, the worst print and worst miss in six weeks, confirming that weekly data is largely noise and that there is no sustainable downward trend. The May 11 weekly print adjusted and unadjusted were 360K and 318K respectively, virtually unchanged from a year ago at 373K and 325K, showing that in one year there has been essentially no progress, and that weekly initial claims of 350K is the new normal. Of course, the last week’s print was also revised higher from 323K to 328K, while initial claims also missed expectations of a round 3MM print, instead printing at 3009K.
The second negative economic number came from Housing Starts, which plummeted from a downward revised 1021K to just 853K, well below expectations of 970K, the biggest miss since January 2007 and validating the data we have shown previously in the collapse of lumber prices. So much for the “that” recovery too. The silver lining – the “no capital requiring” housing permits which rose from 890K to 1017K, which as all hedge funds know, is the easiest way to game interest in the system.
Finally, confirming that the Fed’s transmission channels are completely broken, and yet paradoxically giving Bernanke even more green light to continue building up future inflation and more QE, was CPI data, which declined from -0.2% to -0.4% in April, the worst MoM drop since December 2008 despite the monetary pumpathon from the Fed and BoJ. This is the second monthly miss in a row (and fifth of the last six). The YoY figures also misses +1.7% relative to a 1.8% expectation (ex Food and Energy) – also the lowest print since June 2011, although not very unexpected in light of the previously reported weak PPI data.. Much of the driver for this drop MoM and YoY are from a 4.3% drop in Energy prices MoM. That said, CPI would have been +0.1% if it was not for gasoline. Of course the bad is good mantra is in full swing as lower inflationary prints are providing ammunition for doves to push for more QE to defend their inflation goal. We wonder just how quickly oil prices will snap back once chatter of a taper is dismissed.
Remember when several months ago Wal-Mart leaked just how weak the economy was and that sales had been a “total disaster” (a piece of truthiness that promptly led to the termination of the leak source)? Guess what: they were not lying. Moments ago WMT reported Q1 results, which at the easily fudged bottom line were just in line with expectations, ot $1.14 driven by $2.2 billion in stock repurchases (30 million shares). However, it was sales, as warned, that came in well weaker than expected, posting at $114.2 billion on expectations of $116.1 – just as the guy warned. It gets worse:
Q2 EPS expected in the range $1.22-$1.27, on expectations of $1.29
Q1 comps ex-fuel -1.2% vs Exp. 0.4%
Comps in Canada and Japan declined
Sam’s Club implements first fee increase since 2006: raises membership fee to $45 nationwide
During the 13-week period, the Walmart U.S. comp was negatively impacted by a delay in tax refund checks, challenging weather conditions, less grocery inflation than expected and the payroll tax increase. Comp traffic was down 1.8 percent, while average ticket increased 0.4 percent.
From the CFO, Charles Holley: “Although we believe our company will leverage expenses for the year, the second quarter will be challenging, given expense pressures in International and our corporate area. Expense leverage may not be delivered evenly across the quarters, but we believe that by executing our plans, we will continue to reduce expenses and improve productivity.”
And with this bad news to close the retail reporting season, we now fully expect the S&P to explode higher out of the gates on zero volume, with Kevin Henry’s blessing of course, to such manipulated highs that even Joe Sixpack can do nothing but laugh.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]You can see slowly but surely the government is preparing and setting everything up for martial law. Just look at all the facts.[/stextbox]
The manhunt for the Boston Marathon bombing suspects offered the nation a window into the stunning military-style capabilities of our local law enforcement agencies. For the past 30 years, police departments throughout the United States have benefitted from the government’s largesse in the form of military weaponry and training, incentives offered in the ongoing “War on Drugs.” For the average citizen watching events such as the intense pursuit of the Tsarnaev brothers on television, it would be difficult to discern between fully outfitted police SWAT teams and the military.
The lines blurred even further Monday as a new dynamic was introduced to the militarization of domestic law enforcement. By making a few subtle changes to a regulation in the U.S. Code titled “Defense Support of Civilian Law Enforcement Agencies” the military has quietly granted itself the ability to police the streets without obtaining prior local or state consent, upending a precedent that has been in place for more than two centuries.
The most objectionable aspect of the regulatory change is the inclusion of vague language that permits military intervention in the event of “civil disturbances.” According to the rule:
Federal military commanders have the authority, in extraordinary emergency circumstances where prior authorization by the President is impossible and duly constituted local authorities are unable to control the situation, to engage temporarily in activities that are necessary to quell large-scale, unexpected civil disturbances.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]So you don’t think gun confiscation is true, think again, look how all of this slowly snuck up on everyone. [/stextbox]
Gun control activists do not want to confiscate our guns. Really. Just trust them about it. They don’t. Instead, they just want to pass simple, common sense and reasonable gun laws that have nothing to do with confiscating lawfully owned property. Trust them. They really, really don’t want to take our guns. Really.
As President Barack Obama said on the campaign trail in 2008, “I believe in the Second Amendment. I will not take your shotgun away. I will not take your rifle away. I won’t take your handgun away … But I am not going to take your guns away. So if you want to find an excuse not to vote for me, don’t use that one because it just ain’t true. It ain’t true.”
See, it just ain’t true, like the President said. No lawmaker or politician will propose legislation that will confiscate guns from law-abiding citizens. Really. In fact, every gun control supporter is a huge fan of the right to keep and bear arms. Really.
1. Dianne Feinstein: “Dry up the supply”
Feinstein is the queen bee of the modern gun control movement. In the past, she’s flat out admitted that she wanted “Mr. and Mrs. America” to “turn em all in.”
“If I could have gotten 51 votes in the Senate of the United States for an out-right ban, picking up every one of them… ‘Mr. and Mrs. America, turn ‘em all in,’ I would have done it. I could not do that. The votes weren’t here.” – Sen. Feinstein on CBS-TV’s “60 Minutes,” February 5, 1995.
2. NY SAFE Act
Gov. Andrew Cuomo’s severely flawed New York Secure Ammunition and Firearms Enforcement Act explicitly bans the possession of magazines that hold more than 10 rounds of ammunition, including those magazines that were grandfathered in under the previous Assault Weapons Ban.
3. California’s Confiscation Task Force
As highlighted in a previous Guns.com article, earlier this month California Gov. Jerry Brown signed a bill into law that will allow the state government to send out special agents to confiscate firearms from individuals who are prohibited from owning them.
4. New Jersey Lawmakers: “Confiscation, Confiscation, Confiscation”
Sometime last week some New Jersey lawmakers — Sens. Loretta Weinberg (D), Sandra Cunningham (D), Linda Greenstein (D) — were caught on open microphone mocking gun owners who feared their firearms would be confiscated:
5. Missouri/Minnesota Bill
Lastly, the most convincing evidence that pro-gun control lawmakers really want to confiscate our firearms is legislation that seeks to do just that.
Back in February, several states including Missouri and Minnesota introduced bills that contained the following language:
“Any person who, prior to the effective date of this law, was legally in possession of an assault weapon or large capacity magazine shall have 90 days from such effective date to do any of the following without being subject to prosecution,” the proposed bill states.
[stextbox id=”x22report”]Basically Israel and the U.S. wants Syria to hit back so they can start the war. War with Syria means war with Iran and the U.S. will get involved because of Resolution 65. This allows the U.S. to help Israel with the war with Iran. Syria and Iran are backed by Russia and this will turn into WWIII.[/stextbox]
In a clear warning to Syria to stop the transfer of advanced weapons to Islamic militants in the region, a senior Israeli official signaled on Wednesday that Israel was considering additional military strikes to prevent that from happening and that the Syrian president, Bashar al-Assad, would face crippling consequences if he retaliated.
“Israel is determined to continue to prevent the transfer of advanced weapons to Hezbollah,” the Israeli official said. “The transfer of such weapons to Hezbollah will destabilize and endanger the entire region.”
“If Syrian President Assad reacts by attacking Israel, or tries to strike Israel through his terrorist proxies,” the official said, “he will risk forfeiting his regime, for Israel will retaliate.”
Subprime 2.0 – Auto Loan Deliquency Balances Rise 24% YoY
As we warned six weeks ago, the Fed’s ZIRP side-effects have driven auto-lenders to scrape the bottom of the subprime-lending barrel once again (loans to subprime borrowers +18% YoY). It seems, based on the Fed’s latest data, that this over-exuberant lending is coming back to bite once again as delinquent balances surge 23.9% year-over-year (though optimistically Experian reflects “obviously, we never want to see a rise in delinquencies or repossessions, but… they are still lower than the recession-level rates,”). As Experian also notes today, repossessions rose 16.9% year-over-year.
The following are 12 recession indicators that are flashing red…
#1 The price of copper has traditionally been one of the very best indicators of the future performance of the U.S. economy.
#2 Home renovation spending has fallen back to depressingly-low 2010 levels.
#3 As Zero Hedge recently pointed out, U.S. retail spending is repeating a pattern that we have not seen since the last recession…
#4 Manufacturing activity all over the country is showing signs of slowing down.
#5 In April, consumer confidence unexpectedly fell to a nine-month low…
#6 NYSE margin debt peaked right before the recession that began in 2002, it peaked right before the financial crisis of 2008, and it ispeaking again.
#7 The S&P 500 usually mirrors the performance of Chinese stocks very closely.
#8 The economic data coming out of the Chinese economy lately has been mostly terrible…